ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) FOR ENVIORNMENT CLEARANCE OF MANUFACTURING OF TECHNICAL GRADE PESTICIDES M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PRIVATE LIMITED, AT PLOT NO 31-32, INDUSTRIAL GROWTH CENTER, , AREA: 10000 SQ. YARD, CATEGORY Á”, 5(b) PROJECT COST: 6.0 CRORES (BASELINE MONITORING PERIOD: 1ST OCTOBER 2017 TO 31 ST DECEMBER 2017) (Latitude:30.14° 98’77 "N, Longitude: 75.05° 77’93 "E)

PROJECT PROPONENT: - M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PRIVATE LIMITED, AT PLOT NO. 31-32, BATHINDA, WOLKEM LIMITED PUNJAB (NABET approved EIA Consultant Organization;

S. No. – 161 of list dated May 07, 2018) E-mail:- [email protected] Post Box No. 21, E-101-102, Mewar Industrial

Area (Madri) Udaipur-313003; Tel: 0294- 2494600/602 Email: [email protected] EIA-EMP REPORT INDEX S.NO. CONTENTS PAGES FORM 1 - TOR COMPLIANCE - CHAPTER - 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 PURPOSE OF REPORT C1 - 1 1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT C1 - 1 1.3 JUSTIFICATION AND THE NEED OF PROJECT C1 - 2 1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION C1 - 3 OF THE PROJECT 1.5 APPROACH TO THE PROJECT SITE C1 - 8 1.6 PURPOSE OF EIA C1- 9 1.7 OBJECTIVE OF EIA C1- 9 1.8 METHODOOLOGY FOR EIA C1- 9 1.9 STRUCTURE OF REPORT C1 - 11 CHAPTER - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT C2 - 1 2.2 NEED OF PROJECT C2 - 1 2.3 MAIN PHASES OF THE PROJECT C2 - 2 2.4 RAW MATERIAL / FINISHED PRODUCT C2 - 23 TRANSPORTATION STORAGE, CONSUMPTION AND HANDLING 2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES C2 - 28 2.6 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND CONTROL MEASURES C2 - 41

2.7 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT C2 - 51 CHAPTER - 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT C3 - 1 3.2 BASELINE DATA GENERATION C3 - 2 3.3 METEOROLOGY & CLIMATOLOGY C3 - 4 3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT C3 - 7 3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT C3 - 16 3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT C3 - 20 3.7 SOI L CHARACTERISTICS C3 - 25 3.8 LAND USE STUDIES C3 - 37 3.9 HYDROGEOLOGY C3- 41 3.10 GEOLOGY C3- 44 3.11 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT C3 - 47 3.12 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT C3 - 63

CHAPTER - 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MEASURES 4.1 GENERAL C4 - 1 4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY C4 - 1 4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT C4 - 8 4.4 NOISE POLLUTION C4 - 18 4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT C4 - 22 4.6 IPMACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT C4 - 26 4.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT C4- 27 4.8 PREDICTION OF IMPACT DURING OPERATION C4- 27 PHASE SOLID / HAZARDOUS WASTE 4.9 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT C4 - 30

CHAPTER - 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE) 5.1 INTRODUCTION C5 - 1

5. 2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY C5 - 1

5. 3 ALTERNATIVE OF FUEL C5 - 2

5. 4 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE C5 - 3

CHAPTER - 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6.1 INTRODUCTION C6 - 1 6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL C6 - 2 6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY C6 - 5 6.4 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS C6 - 6 6.5 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING C6 - 7 DATA CHAPTER - 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION C7 - 1 7.2 HAZARD AND RISK ASSESSMENT C7 - 1 7.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION, & DETAILS OF C7 - 8 PROPOSED SAFETY SYSTEMS 7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT FOR STORAGE AND HANDLING C7 - 18 OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS/SOLVENTS & ACTION PLAN FOR HANDLING & SAFETY SYSTEM TO BE INCORPORATED 7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN C7 -27 7.6 OFF -SITE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN C7 - 38 7.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY C7 - 43 7.8 PERIODIC HEALTH CHECK OF EMPLOYEES C7 - 47 7.9 DETAILS REGARDING INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES C7 - 50 SUCH AS SANITATION, FUEL, RESTROOM ETC. TO BE PROVIDED TO THE LABOUR FORCE DURING CONSTRUCTION AS WELL AS TO THE CASUAL WORKERS INCLUDING TRUCK DRIVERS DURING OPERATION PHASE. 7.10 ENERGY SAVING PLAN C7 - 50 7.11 IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF SOCIO -ECONOMIC C7 - 58 ENVIRONMENT 7.12 R&R ACTION PLAN C7 -62 CHAPTER - 8 PROJECT BENEFITS 8.1 INTRODUCTION C8 - 1 8.2 ECONOMIC VIABILITY C8 - 1 8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE C8 - 1 8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED, SEMI -SKILLED C8 - 2 AND UNSKILLED 8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS C8 - 2

CHAPTER - 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS 9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS C9 - 1

CHAPTER - 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10.1 INTRODUCTION C10 - 1 10.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN C10 - 2 C10 - 8 10.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

C10 - 11 10.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES C10 - 12 10.5 POST-PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING C10 - 13 10.6 REPORTING SYSTEM OF HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT LTD FOR VIOLATIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS CHAPTER - 11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 11.1 INTRODUCTION C11 - 1 11.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT C11 - 1 11.3 PRODUCTION CAPACITIES C11 - 2 11.4 INVESTMENT OF PROJECT C11 - 3 11.5 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT C11 - 3 11.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT C11 - 3 11.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT C11 - 4 11.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT C11- 5 11.9 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND C11- 5 MITIGATION MEASURES 11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING C11- 8 PROGRAMME 11.11 QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS C11- 8 11.12 PROJECT BENEFITS C11- 9 11.13 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN C11- 9 11.14 CONCLUSIONS C11 - 9

CHAPTER - 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

INDEX OF TABLE TABLE CONTENT PAGE NO. NO. 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT C1 - 3 2. 1 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR CLODINAFOP-PROPARGYL TECHNICAL C2 -5 2. 2 MATERIALS BALANCE FOR GLYPHOSATE TECHNICAL C2 -7 2. 3 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR LAMBDA-CYHALOTHRIN TECHNICAL C2 - 10 2. 4 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR FIPRONIL TECHNICAL C2 - 12 2. 5 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR IMIDACLOPRID TECHNICAL C2 - 14 2. 6 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR CYPERMETHRIN TECHNICAL C2 - 16 2. 7 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR ALPHAMETHRIN TECHNICAL C2 - 19 2. 8 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR THIRAM TECHNICAL C2 - 21 2. 9 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR ZIRAM TECHNICAL C2 - 23 2. 10 RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION C2 - 24 2. 11 LAND BREAK-UP OF THE PROPOSED PLANT – HINDUSTAN RASAYAN C2 - 29 PVT. LTD 2. 12 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION C2 - 30 2. 13 DETAILED DESIGN OF ETP C2 - 36 2. 14 DETAILS OF UTILITIES C2 - 41 2. 15 ELECTRICITY REQUIREMENT C2 - 41 2. 16 DETAILS OF STACK & VENTS C2 - 42 2. 17 QUANTITY AND MODE OF TREATMENT OF PROCESS EMISSIONS C2 - 46 2. 18 HAZARDOUS & SOILD WASTE GENERATION QUANTITY AND MODE OF C2 - 50 DISPOSAL 2. 19 EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPANSION C2 - 51 3.1 AVERAGE ANNUAL RAINFALL OF 5 YEARS (2008-2013) C3 - 4 3.2 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA C3 - 5 3.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS C3 - 8 3.4 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS C3 - 10 3.5 PARTICULATE MATTER PM10 (µg/m 3) C3 - 11

3.6 PARTICULATE MATTER PM 2.5 (µg/m 3) C3 - 11

3.7 SULPHUR DIOXIDE SO 2 (µg/m 3) C3 - 11

3.8 OXIDES OF NITROGEN NO 2 (µg/m 3) C3 - 12 3.9 CARBON MONOXIDE CO (mg/m 3) C3 - 12 3.10 CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION AT PROJECT SITE C3 - 15 3.11 LOCATION OF MONITORING STATION OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS IN C3 - 17 THE STUDY AREA 3.12 AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER –DECEMBER C3 - 18 2017 3.13 AMBIENT NOISE STANDARDS, CPCB C3 - 18 TABLE CONTENT PAGE NO. NO. 3.14 LOCATION OF GROUNDWATER MONITORING STATIONS C3 - 21 3.15 OBSERVATION ON GROUND WATER QUALITY C3 - 21 3.16 LOCATION OF SURFACE WATER MONITORING STATIONS C3 - 24 3.17 SURFACE WATER QUALITY C3 - 24 3.18 STANDARD CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL C3 - 26 3.19 MONITORING LOCATIONS FOR SOIL QUALITY TESTING C3 - 27 3.20 SOIL RESULTS C3 - 28 3.21 DISTANCE AND DIRECTION OF RIVER / STREAM / NALA / PRESENT IN C3 - 38 PROJECT SITE WITHIN 10KM RADIUS 3.22 LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE IN SQ. KM OF 10 KM RADIUS C3 - 40 3.23 DISTRICT FOREST COVERS C3 - 47 3.24 LIST OF FLORA IN THE STUDY AREA C3 - 52 3.25 LIST OF FAUNA IN THE STUDY AREA C3 - 56 3.26 AGRICULTURE CROPS GROWN IN THE STUDY AREA C3 - 58 3.27 Census 2011 data of M/s M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD. UNIT-II, C3 - 63 32, INDUSTRIAL GROWTH CENTER, MANSA ROAD, BATHINDA, PUNJAB 3.28 DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION C3 - 64 3.29 DISTRIBUTION OF POPOLATION BY SOCIAL STRUCTURE C3 - 70 3.30 DISTRIBUTION OF LITERATE AND LITERACY RATES C3 - 71 3.31 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE C3 - 72 4.1 STACK EMISSION DETAILS C4 - 9 4.2 PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL C4 - 10 CONCENTRATIONS 4.3 WASTEWATER GENERATION AND TREATMENT METHOD C4 - 22 4.4 MATRIX OF WILDLIFE HABITAT FACTORS IN THE STUDY AREA C4 - 36 6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE C6 - 3 6.2 LIST OF LABORATORY EQUIPMENTS C6 - 5

7.1 HAZARD DUE TO PRESENCE OF CHEMICAL DUST AND VAPORS IN C7 - 9 WORKING AREA 7.2 HAZARD DUE TO FIRE AND HEAT C7 - 10 7.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARD DUE TO HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS C7 - 12 & TOXIC CHEMICALS 7.4 HAZARD DUE HIGH LEVEL OF NOISE C7 - 13 7.5 WORKPLACE INJURY (MINOR & MAJOR) HAZARD C7 - 14 7.6 ELECTRICAL HAZARD ( STATIC AS WELL AS NORMAL ELECTRICITY) C7 - 16 7.7 DETAILS OF SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND THEIR C7 - 18 DISPOSAL TABLE CONTENT PAGE NO. NO. 7.8 Off-Site Action Plan C7 - 35 7.9 IMPACT ON COMMUNITY DEMOGRAPHICS C7 - 49 7.10 OCCUPATION & EMPLOYMENT C7 - 50 7.11 IMPACT ON WORKING POPULATION C7 - 51

7.12 IMPACT ON HEALTH AND RELATED C7 - 51

7.13 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR NEXT FIVE YEARS IN THE HEAD OF C7 - 53 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) 10.1 SPECIES PROPOSED FOR PERIPHERAL PLANTATION C10 - 7 10.2 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN C10 - 13

INDEX OF FIGURE

FIGURE CONTENT PAGE NO. NO. 1.1 THE DETAILED LOCATION MAP C1 - 6 1.2 PROJECT SITE PHOTOGRAPHS C1 - 7 1.3 EXISTING FORMULATION UNIT PHOTOGRAPH C1 - 7 1.4 PROPOSED LAND FOR MANUFACTURING TECHNICAL GRADE C1 - 8 PESTICIDES 2. 1 PROCESS FLOW CHART OF CLODINAFOP PROPARGYL TECHNICAL C2 -4 2. 2 PROCESS FLOW CHART OF GLYPHOSATE TECHNICAL C2 - 6 2. 3 PROCESS FLOW CHART OF LAMBDA -CYHALOTHRIN TECHNICAL C2 - 9 2. 4 PROCESS FLOW CHART OF FIPRONIL TECHNICAL C2 - 11 2. 5 PROCESS FLOW CHART OF IMIDACLOPRID TECHNICAL C2 - 13 2. 6 PROCESS FLOW CHART OF CYPERMETHRIN C2 - 15 2. 7 PROCESS FLOW CHART OF ALPHAMETHRIN TECHNICAL C2 - 18 2. 8 PROCESS FLOW CHART OF THIRAM TECHNICAL C2 - 20 2. 9 PROCESS FLOW CHART OF ZIRAM TECHNICAL C2 - 22 2. 10 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR CHLORINE GAS HANDING C2 -27 2. 11 LAND BREAK -UP C2 - 29 2. 12 WATER BALANCE OF HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT. LTD C2 - 31 2. 13 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF CYANIDE TREATMENT C2 - 37 2. 14 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF ETP C2 - 38 2. 15 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF MULTI EFFECT EVAPORATOR C2 - 39 2. 16 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF RO SYSTEM C2 - 40 2. 17 SCHEMATIC DIA GRAM OF MULTI CYCLONE & DRY SCRUBBING C2 - 43 2. 18 SCRUBBING SYSTEM (PP/FRP) C2 - 44 2. 19 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR SOLVENT (VOC) EMISSION CONTROL C2 - 47 3.1 TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP SHOWING MONITORING LOCATIONS C3 - 3 3.2 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM FOR THE STUDY PERIOD OCTOBER2017 - C3 - 7 DECEMBER 2017 3.3 BASELINE PM10 CONCENTRATION V/S NAAQ STANDARDS C3 - 13 3.4 BASELINE PM2.5 CONCENTRATION V/S NAAQ STANDARDS C3 - 13 3.5 BASELINE SO2 CONCENTRATION V/S NAAQ STANDARD C3 - 14

3.6 BASELINE NO2 CONCENTRATION V/S NAAQ STANDARD C3 - 14 3.7 BASELINE CO CONCE NTRATION V/S NAAQ STANDARDS C3 - 15 3.8 GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF NOISE RESULTS DAY TIME (LEQ) C3 - 19 3.9 GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF NOISE RESULTS NIGHT TIME (LEQ) C3 - 19 3.10 SITE PLAN (SOURCE: GOOGLE EARTH IMAGE DATA) C3 - 31 3.11 LAND USE & LAND COVER MAP OF 10KM RA DIUS FROM SATELLITE C3 - 35 IMAGE FIGURE CONTENT PAGE NO. NO. 3.12 DRAINAGE MAP (SOURCE: SURVEY OF INDIA TOPOSHEET & GOOGLE C3 - 37 EARTH IMAGE DATA) 3.13 LAND USE & LAND COVER MAP (SOURCE: SURVEY OF INDIA C3 - 39 TOPOSHEET & SATELLITE IMAGE DATA) 3.14 PERCENTAGEWISE CLASSIFICATION OF LAND USE & LAND COVER C3 - 40 MAP 3.15 SHOWING LAND USE, HYDROGEOLOGICAL & GEOLOGICAL STUDY OF C3 - 41 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN 3.16 SHOWING HYDROGEOLOGICAL, LAND USE & GEOLOGICAL STUDY OF C3 - 43 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN 3.17 PUNJAB FOREST COVERS C3 - 47 3.18 PUNJAB FOREST MAP C3 - 48

3.19 STUDY AREA PHOTOS DURING ECOLOGICAL & BIODIVERSITY STUDY C3 - 60 3.20 SEX RATIO IN THE STUDY AREA C3 - 70 3.21 LITERACY RATE IN THE STUDY AREA C3 - 72 3.22 EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA C3 - 73 3.23 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES AVAILABLE AND NOT AVAILABLE IN C3 - 74 THE VILLAGES 3.24 DISCUSSION AMONG THE VILLAGERS C3 - 75 4.1 IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT C4 - 2 4.2 IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT C4 - 3 4.3 IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT C4 - 4 4.4 IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT C4 - 5 4.5 IMPACT NETWORK ON LAN D ENVIRONMENT C4 - 6 4.6 IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO -ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL C4 - 7 ENVIRONMENT 4.7 ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL GROUND LEVEL C4 - 11 CONCENTRATIONS OF PM10 4.8 ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL GROUND LEVEL C4 - 12 CONCENTRATIONS OF SO2 4.9 ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL GROUND LEVE L C4 - 15 CONCENTRATIONS OF NO2 4.10 ISOPLATH SHOWING THE EFFECT OF NOISE IN THE CORE AND C4 - 19 BUFFERZONE 4.11 ISOPLATH SHOWING INCLUDING THE EFFECT OF HIGHWAY NOISE IN C4 - 20 THE CORE AND BUFFER ZONE 4.12 LAY OUT OF RAIN WATER HARVESTING C4 - 25 7.1 INDIVIDUAL R ISK PER ANNUM C7 - 7 7.2 ON SITE EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION CHART C7 - 31 FIGURE CONTENT PAGE NO. NO. 10.1 EHS MANAGEMENT C10 -14

2/6/2019 Report Part 1

APPENDIX I (See Paragraph-6) FORM 1

Note : If space provided against any parameter is inadequate, Kindly upload supporting document under 'Additional Attachments if any' at the last part of the Form1. Please note that all such Annexures must be part of single pdf document. (I) Basic Information

S.No. Item Details

Whether it is a violation case and application is being submitted under No Notification No. S.O.804(E) dated 14.03.2017 ?

Name of the Project/s Manufacturing of Technical grade pesticides Brief summary of project Annexure-Brief summary of project 1. Proposal Number IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015 Project Cost (in lacs) 600

2. 5(b) Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates S. No. in the schedule (excluding formulations)

Project Sector Industrial Projects - 2

Proposed capacity/area/length/tonnage to 3. be handled/command area/lease 1000 MT ha. area/number or wells to be drilled

4. New/Expansion/Modernization New

5. Existing Capacity/Area etc. ha.

6. Category of project i.e. 'A' or 'B' A

Does it attract the general condition? If 7. No yes, please specify

8. Does it attract the specific condition? If No yes, please specify

9. Location of the project District Bathinda Shape of the project land Block (Polygon)

Uploaded GPS file Annexure-GPS file Uploaded copy of survey of India Annexure-Survey of india toposheet Toposheet Plot/Survey/Khasra No. 31 & 32 Town / Village Industrial Growth Center Bathinda State of the project Punjab

Details of State of the project

S.no State Name District Name Tehsil Name

(1.) Punjab Bathinda Bathinda

Nearest railway station along with distance Bathinda, 15 km 10. in kms Nearest airport along with distance in kms , 350 km

http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015&pid=New 1/9 2/6/2019 Report Part 1 11. Nearest Town/City/District Headquarters Bathinda , 10 km along with distance in kms

Village Panchayats, Zila Parishad, Muncipal 12. Corporation, Local body (Complete postal address with telephone nos. to be given)

13. Name of the Applicant Vinay

Site No. 31 & 32, Industrial Growth Center Bathinda, Mansa 14. Registered Address Road, District Bathinda, Punjab.

Address for correspondance: Name of the Company HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT LTD Name of the Applicant Vinay Designation (Owner/ Partner/ CEO) Managing Director Pin code 110008 15. E-mail [email protected] Telephone No. 011-22332200 Fax No. 011- Copy of documents in support of the competence/authority of the person NIL making this application to make application on behalf of the User Agency .

16. Details of Alternative Sites examined, if any. Location of these sites should be No shown on a toposheet

17. Whether part of Interlinked projects? No

Whether separate application of Interlinked 18. N/A project has been submitted?

19. If Yes, MoEF file number N/A Date of submission N/A

20. If No, Reason N/A

21. Whether the proposal involves Approval/ Clearance under: if yes, details of the same and their status to be given (i) Whether the proposal involves approval/clearance under the Forest No (Conservation) Act,1980? (ii) Whether the proposal involves approval/clearance under the wildlife No (Protection) Act,1972? (iii) Whether the proposal involves approval/clearance under the C.R.Z No notification, 2011?

22. Whether there is any Government No Order/Policy relevant/relating to the site?

23. Whether any Forest Land Involved? Area of Forest land Involved (hectares) N/A

24. Whether there is any litigation pending against the project and/or land in which the No project is proposed to be set up? (a) Name of the Court N/A (b) Name of the Sub court N/A (c) Case No. N/A (d) Orders/directions of the court, if any N/A and relevance with the proposed project http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015&pid=New 2/9 2/6/2019 Report Part 1

(II) Activity

Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which will cause 1 physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc.)

S.No Details there of (with approximate Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

Permanent or temporary change in land use, land cover or topography including 1.1 Yes From agricultural to Industrial increase in intensity of land use (with respect to local land use plan)

Clearance of existing land, vegetation and 1.2 No No such clearance required. buildings?

1.3 Creation of new land uses? Yes From agriculture to Industrial

Pre-construction investigations e.g. bore 1.4 Yes Soil testing shall be done as per requirement houses, soil testing?

As the project is green field infrastructure, storages 1.5 Construction works? Yes and utilities shall be constructed as per requirement and after getting Clearance from MoEF.

1.6 Demolition works? No No demolition work required

Temporary shelter with proper sanitation shall be Temporary sites used for construction 1.7 Yes provided to construction workers if required for long works or housing of construction workers? term construction workers also.

Above ground buildings, structures or Processing area, Ware houses utility area, medical earthworks including linear structures, cut 1.8 Yes room, workers changing room and canteen etc. No cut and fill or excavations and fill or and fill required excavations

Underground works including mining or 1.9 No Not involved tunnelling?

1.10 Reclamation works? No Not involved

1.11 Dredging? No Not involved

1.12 Offshore structures? No Not involved

The detailed flow diagram and chemical reaction 1.13 Production and manufacturing processes? Yes involved in the manufacturing of technical grade pesticides are enclosed in the PFR.

Separate ware houses will be constructed for incoming 1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or materials? Yes material and finished products with adequate fire fighting and other safety arrangement.

For solid waste : Drums, containers and bags, etc. will be disposed off as per the solid and hazardous waste Facilities for treatment or disposal of solid 1.15 Yes management rules i.e. will be sold to authorized waste or liquid effluents? disposal facility / dealers. For Liquid effluents : ETP of suitable capacity shall be constructed accordingly.

Facilities for long term housing of 1.16 Yes Shall be provided if required. operational workers?

New road, rail or sea traffic during Project site is well connected to road, New road shall 1.17 Yes construction or operation? be constructed only in plant premises.

1.18 New road, rail, air water borne or other No Not applicable transport infrastructure including new or http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015&pid=New 3/9 2/6/2019 Report Part 1 altered routes and stations, ports, airports etc?

Closure or diversion of existing transport 1.19 routes or infrastructure leading to changes No Not applicable in traffic movements?

New or diverted transmission lines or 1.20 No Not applicable pipelines?

Impoundment, damming, culverting, 1.21 realignment or other changes to the No Not applicable hydrology of watercourses or aquifers?

1.22 Stream crossings? No Not applicable

Abstraction or transfers of water from 1.23 Yes Water Consumption : 5 KLD ground or surface waters?

Changes in water bodies or the land 1.24 No Not expected surface affecting drainage or run-off?

Transport of personnel or materials for 1.25 construction, operation or Yes Locally for construction purposes. decommissioning?

Long-term dismantling or decommissioning 1.26 No Not involved or restoration works?

Ongoing activity during decommissioning 1.27 which could have an impact on the No It is a green field project. environment?

Influx of people to an area in either 1.28 No Not applicable temporarily or permanently?

1.29 Introduction of alien species? No Not applicable

1.30 Loss of native species or genetic diversity? No Not applicable

1.31 Any other actions? No Not applicable

Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land, water, 2 materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-renewable or in short supply):

S.No Details thereof (with approximate Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

Land especially undeveloped or agricultural 2.1 Yes The plant shall be located on a agriculture land. land (ha)

Water (expected source & competing 2.2 No Water Consumption : 5 KLD users) unit: KLD

2.3 Minerals (MT) No Not Required

Construction material like cement, sand, bricks, Construction material – stone, aggregates, 2.4 Yes Iron/steel rods, stone aggregates etc shall be sand / soil (expected source – MT) purchased locally as per requirement.

2.5 Forests and timber (source – MT) No Not applicable

Energy including electricity and fuels Electricity : 500 KVA DG shall be provided for Back up. 2.6 (source, competing users) Unit: fuel Yes Fuel : HSD for DG sets (back-up) and Boiler (MT),energy (MW)

Any other natural resources (use 2.7 No Not involved appropriate standard units) http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015&pid=New 4/9 2/6/2019 Report Part 1 3 Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived risks to human health

S.No Details thereof (with approximate Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

Many hazardous chemicals will be used in the Use of substances or materials, which are manufacturing of Pesticides and intermediates hazardous (as per MSIHC rules) to human chemicals as per the list of Raw Materials given in PFR. 3.1 Yes health or the environment (flora, fauna, All the chemicals and substances will be handled as and water supplies per the hazardous waste rules 2008 / amendment, if any.

Changes in occurrence of disease or affect 3.2 disease vectors (e.g. insect or water borne No No such change expected diseases)

Positive effect shall be there as there will an Affect the welfare of people e.g. by 3.3 Yes employment generation of around 200 peoples due to changing living conditions? upcoming project.

Vulnerable groups of people who could be 3.4 affected by the project e.g. hospital No No as such group prevails in the study area. patients, children, the elderly etc.

3.5 Any other causes No Not applicable

4 Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning (MT/month)

S.No Details thereof (with approximate Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine wastes No Not applicable

Entire domestic waste will be segregated as biodegradable and non biodegradable. Degradable will Municipal waste (domestic and or 4.2 Yes be shifted into site located pits and covered with soil. commercial wastes) Non degradable will be sent to approved recycler doe safe disposal.

Used oil – 30 kg per month Residue after solvent Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous Waste recovery – 2 KL per month Process solid waste – 800 4.3 Yes Management Rules) kg per month ETP sludge – 1 MT per month Incinerator Ash – 200 kg per month

4.4 Other industrial process wastes No Not applicable

4.5 Surplus product No Not applicable

Sewage sludge or other sludge from However Septic tanks shall be provided for sewage and 4.6 No effluent treatment sanitation.

Only construction wastes shall be used for green belt 4.7 Construction or demolition wastes Yes development

4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment No No redundant machinery and equipment

4.9 Contaminated soils or other materials No No contamination of soils

4.10 Agricultural wastes No No agriculture wastes

4.11 Other solid wastes No No other solid

5 Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air(Kg/hr)

S.No Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015&pid=New 5/9 2/6/2019 Report Part 1 quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

Emissions from combustion of fossil fuels 5.1 Yes NOx, SPM when DG sets will be used. from stationary or mobile sources

Operation Control Procedure will be issued and 5.2 Emissions from production processes Yes implemented to control as per prescribed EPA/MINAS standards

Emissions from materials handling including 5.3 Yes Fine dust only storage or transport

Emissions from construction activities Only when DG sets shall be used but limited to plant 5.4 Yes including plant and equipment premises only

Dust or odours from handling of materials Proper dust management with water spraying systems, 5.5 including construction materials, sewage Yes rol management. Scrubber and suitable green belt and waste around plant boundary for Odor control management

Ventury Scrubber, followed by packed bed scrubber 5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste Yes followed by Droplet Separator will be installed to control emissions as per SOP.

Emissions from burning of waste in open 5.7 air (e.g. slash materials, construction No Not involved debris)

5.8 Emissions from any other sources No Not applicable

6 Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:

S.No Details thereof (with approximate Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

From operation of equipment e.g. engines, 6.1 Yes Marginal and limited to plant premises. ventilation plant, crushers

6.2 From industrial or similar processes Yes Marginal and limited to plant premises.

6.3 From construction or demolition No Not involved

6.4 From blasting or piling No Not involved

6.5 From construction or operational traffic Yes Marginal

6.6 From lighting or cooling systems No Not involved

6.7 From any other sources No Not involved

Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or into 7 sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:

S.No Details thereof (with approximate Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

From handling, storage, use or spillage of Separate Building will be constructed for storage of 7.1 Yes hazardous materials hazardous materials.

From discharge of sewage or other 7.2 effluents to water or the land (expected No Zero Liquid Discharge mode and place of discharge) http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015&pid=New 6/9 2/6/2019 Report Part 1 7.3 By deposition of pollutants emitted to air No Not involved into the land or into water

7.4 From any other sources No Not involved

Is there a risk of long term build up of 7.5 pollutants in the environment from these No Not involved sources?

Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect human 8 health or the environment

S.No Details thereof (with approximate Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

From explosions, spillages, fires etc from 8.1 storage, handling, use or production of Yes Proper Safety Procedures will be followed. hazardous substances

8.2 From any other causes No

Could the project be affected by natural disasters causing environmental damage 8.3 No (e.g. floods, earthquakes, landslides, cloudburst etc)?

Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead to 9 environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or planned activities in the locality

Details thereof (with approximate S.No Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

Lead to development of supporting utilities, ancillary development or development stimulated by the project which could have impact on the environment e.g.:

Supporting infrastructure (roads, 9.1 power supply,waste or waste water No treatment, etc.) housing development extractive industries supply industries Other

Lead to after-use of the site, which could 9.2 No have an impact on the environment

9.3 Set a precedent for later developments No

Have cumulative effects due to proximity to 9.4 other existing or planned projects No with similar effects

(III) Environmental Sensitivity

S.No Areas Name/Identity Aerial distance (within 15km.) http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015&pid=New 7/9 2/6/2019 Report Part 1 Proposed project location boundary

Areas protected under international There are no areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation conventions, national or local legislation for their 1 No for their ecological, landscape, cultural or ecological, landscape, cultural or other related other related value value

Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons - Wetlands, 2 No None watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests

Areas used by protected, important or There are not Areas protected under sensitive species of flora or fauna for international conventions, national or local 3 No breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural wintering, migration or other related value

Inland, coastal, marine or underground 4 No Not applicable waters

There are no State, National boundaries in the 5 State, National boundaries No 20 km Radius area.

Routes or facilities used by the public for New Delhi, Hissar & Bathina road 10 km in West 6 access to recreation or other tourist, Yes of site. pilgrim areas

7 Defence installations No There are no Defense installations.

8 Densely populated or built-up area Yes Bathinda – 10 Kms.

Areas occupied by sensitive man-made 9 land uses (hospitals, schools, places of No worship, community facilities)

Areas containing important, high quality or scarce 10 resources.(ground water resources,surface No resources,forestry,agriculture,fisheries,tourism,minerals)

Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage.(those where 11 No existing legal environmental standards are exceeded)

Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems (earthquakes, Project area falls in the seismic zoneIII 12 No subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or (Moderate Risk Zone) extreme or adverse climatic conditions) similar effects

(IV) Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies

1 Uploaded Proposed TOR File Annexure-TOR file

Uploaded scanned copy of covering 2 Annexure-scanned copy of covering letter letter

3 Uploaded Pre-Feasibility report(PFR) Annexure-PFR

Uploaded additional attachments(only 4 Annexure-Additional attachments single pdf file) (V) Undertaking I hereby give undertaking that the data and information given in the application and enclosures are true to be best of my knowledge and belief and I am aware that if any part of the data and information found to be false or misleading at any stage, the project will be rejected and clearance given, if any to the project will be revoked at our risk and cost. http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015&pid=New 8/9 2/6/2019 Report Part 1

V. Name of Applicant Vinay (i) Designation Managing Director Name of Company (Applicant Name HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT LTD should not be given here) Site No. 31 & 32, Industrial Growth Center Bathinda, Mansa Address Road, District Bathinda, Punjab.

Print

http://environmentclearance.nic.in/auth/FORM_A_PDF.aspx?cat_id=IA/PB/IND2/28008/2015&pid=New 9/9 TOR Compliance

Project proponent : Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd Address : Plot No. 31 – 33 Industrial Growth Center Bathinda, District – Bathinda (Punjab) Proposed Products : HERBICIDES-(Clodinafop, Glyphosate, Lembdacyhelothrin) INSECTICIDES (Fipronil, Imidacloprid, Cypermithrin, Alphamithrin) FUNGICIDES (Thiram and Ziram) S. TOR points TOR Compliance No. A SPECIFIC TOR 1 Commitment that no banned pesticides will Project proponent commitment as ‘ Undertaking ’ be manufacturing. stating that no banned pesticides will be manufactured is enclosed in EIA/EMP as annexure-I in EIA EMP report. 2 Details on solvents to be used , measures 1. The details on solvent recovery is given

for solvent recovery and for emission CHAPTER – 2 Page No C 2 -28 (para 2.4.1) control. 2. The details of emission control is given in

CHAPTER – 2 Page No C 2 – 45 (para 2.6.1.4) Figure No-2.19 3 Details of process emission from the Details of process emission and arrangement for

proposed unit and its arrangement to control described in the CHAPTER – 2 Page No C 2 control. – 43(para 2.6.1.3) Figure 2.18 4 Ambient air quality data should include

VOC, other process-specific pollutant like Please refer CHAPTER – 3 Page No C 3 -16 Table – NH3, chlorine, HCL, HBr, H2S, HF, CS2 etc 3.10 (as applicable) 5 Work zone monitoring arrangement for Hazardous chemical cover ed in Environment hazardous chemical. Management Plan CHAPTER – 10, Table 10.2 of EIA/EMP Page No C10-13 To C10-14 6 Details of ef fluent treatment scheme ETP description cover ed in CHAPTER – 2. Page

including segregation for units adopting No C2 - 32 To C2 -36 Figure – 2.13 & 2.14 ‘Zero’ liquid discharge. 7 Action plan for odor control to be Details is elaborated in CHAPTER – 4 page No C4 - submitted. 16 To C4-18 8 A copy of th e memorandum of Attached as Annexure - 1 understanding signed with cement manufactures indicating clearly that they

Page 1 of 2

S. TOR points TOR Compliance No. co -process organic solid/hazardous waste generated. 9 Authorization/Membership for the Proposed project is Zero Discharge Unite an d not disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and any effluent will be sent to CETP solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any 10 Material safety data sheet for all the MSDS are Attached as Annexure – 12 To 20 chemicals are being used and/will be used. 11 Auth orization / Membership for the Attac hed as Annexure - disposal of solid//hazardous waste in TSDF. 12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not Applicable 13 Risk assessment for storage and handling Risk assessment for storage and handl ing of of hazardous chemical/solvents. Action hazardous chemical/solvent elaborated in plan for handling & safety system to be CHAPTER – 7 in EIA/EMP report. Page No C7- 18 incorporated. 14 Arrangements for insuring health and It is described in CHAPTER – 7 and CHAPTER – safety of workers engaged in handling of 10 Page C10-8 To C10 -11 toxic materials. B ADDITIONAL TOR i Public hearing to be conducted and issues Public hearing is not co nducted for preparation o f raised, and commitments made by the EIA/EMP report being site is located in notified project proponent on the same should be industrial area. Office memorandum of MOEFCC included in EIA/EMP report in the form of No.J-11011/321/2016-IA-II (I) DATED 27 th April tabular chart with financial budget for 2018 is attached as annexure - complying with the commitments made. ii ZLD system to be adopted Proposed unit shall be Zero L iquid Discharge. Effluent management is including ETP, RO and MEE and end product is used in utilities and gardening. iii Multi Cyclone with scru bber to be provided Multicyclone with dry scrubber shall be installed in place of dust collector. at 0.6TPH Boiler. Please refer CHAPTER – 2, Page

C2 – 43 Figure 2.17 ******

Page 2 of 2

Chapter-I/ Introduction

CHAPTER–I INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT As per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006, it is mandatory to have the Environmental Clearance for any new industry or the expansion/ modernization of the industry from Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, Government of India, New Delhi / SEIAA. For this Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) must be conducted as per guidelines given by MoEF & CC, New Delhi. The purpose of the EIA report is to provide a coherent statement of the potential impacts of the proposed project and the measures that should be taken to eliminate, reduce and remedy them. It contains essential information for: • The proponent to implement the proposal in an environmentally and socially responsible way; • The responsible authority to make an informed decision on the proposal, including the terms and conditions that must be attached to an approval or authorization; and • The public to understand the proposal and its likely impacts on people and the environment. 1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 1.2.1 Identification of Project

(A) PROJECT PROPOSAL M/S Hindustan Rasayan is a private limited company, run by a Board of Directors supported by a professional management. Its Promoter Mr. Vinay Pal Jain has an experience of more than 45 years in Agro Industry and Mr. Sanjay Jain has experience of over 25 years in this industry. Other promoter Mr. Ankit Jain is a computer Engineer and MBA, and youngest promoter Vasu Jain is Mechanical Engineer from Delhi College of Engineering. Thus, the company has a good combination of experience, education, technology and youth in the management.

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-1 Chapter-I/ Introduction

The company is registered under the company’s act vide registration No 017BTI5038949. At present M/S Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd is engaged in pesticides formulation in the form of Liquid, Granule, Powder and WDG. The main objective of the company is to satisfy the Need and requirement of the customer, to produce Zero Defect/Error free Products, producing the output right the first time. The focuses of company will always on process & system, organization culture, customer and suppliers.

(B) SCREENING CATEGORY - As per EIA Notification dated 14 th September 2006, this project falls under Category “A”, Project and Activity-5 (b) Pesticides industries and Pesticides specific intermediates (Excluding formulation) and requires Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MOEF & CC), New Dehli.

1.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT Name of Project Proponent : Mr. Vinay Pal Jain Mr. Vinay Pal Jain is the Managing Director of the company and has sufficient experience of manufacturing of technical grade of pesticide. M/s Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. is engaged in formulation of pesticide. The unit was set up in year 2016 . PSPCB had issued Consent To Operate under section 21 of Air Pollution control Act 1981, vide Certificate No. CTOA/Fresh/BTI/2017/5212356 valid for a period of 03.04.2017 to 30.09.2021 and Consent to Operate under section 25/26 of water pollution control Act 1974 vide Certificate No. CTOW/Fresh/BTI/2017/5213433 valid for a period of 03.04.2017 to 30.09.2021. The company comprises of reputed businessman and industrialist in addition to the promoter Directors. 1.3 JUSTIFICATION OF THE NEED OF PROJECT In a country like India, whose economy is predominantly based upon agriculture, pesticides can play a key role in the economic development of the country. The per capita consumption of pesticides in India is very low compared to other countries like Japan and USA etc. Even then, the indigenous production of pesticides is not able to meet the existing demand of this sector. Therefore, a large demand and supply gap in the pesticides industry. The situation has been

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-2 Chapter-I/ Introduction

further aggravated with an increase in the incidence of Malaria. The country, therefore, faces an important need for investment in the field of Agro- Chemicals and a consequent creation of more indigenous capacity. India has its inherent strength of low cost manufacturing and qualified low-cost manpower. Therefore, it is in the interest of Indian economy to put up this kind of projects in India. India is a major exporter of pesticides. Exports in value terms have almost doubled from 27.9 bn in 2006 to 52.2 bn in 2010. Exports have grown at CAGR of 13.48 % over the past five years The proposed product of M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd Technical grade Pesticides namely Clodinafop, Glyphosate, Lembdacyhelothrin, Fipronil, Imidacloprid, Cypermithrin, Alphamithrin, Thiram and Ziram are very useful for the farmers. There is a substantial gap in demand and supply of proposed products of M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd., Punjab.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 1.4.1 Brief Description of Nature, Size and Location of Project M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd is situated at plot No. 31 – 33, Industrial Growth Center, Bathinda, District – Bathinda, Punjab. M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd proposes for manufacturing the technical grade Pesticides. Brief description about the nature, size and location of the project has been described in the below table 1.1:- Table – 1.1 Description of project

S. NO PARTICULARS DESCRIPTION 1. Nature and size of Project Sl. Product Existing Proposed Total No. capacity capacity (TPA) (TPA) (TPA) HERBICIDES 1 Clodinafop Nil 50 50 Propargyl 2 Glyphosate Nil 50 50 3 Lembdacyhelothrin Nil 50 50 INSECTICIDES 4 Fi pronil Nil 50 50 5 Imidacloprid Nil 50 50 6 Cypermithrin Nil 50 50 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-3 Chapter-I/ Introduction

7 Alphamithrin Nil 50 50 FUNGICIDES 8 Thiram Nil 50 50 9 Ziram Nil 50 50

2. Location of the Project Plot. No. 31 - 32 Industrial Area Industrial Growth Center Village Bath inda Tehsil Bathinda State Punjab Latitude: 30.14° 98’77 "N Longitude: 75.05° 77’93 "E

Location map of the project site has been shown in figure - 1.1 3. Area Details Total Project area 10000 sq yard Greenbelt/ 3300 sq yard Plantation area Environmental Setting Details (With approximate aerial distance and direction from the project site) S. PARTICULARS DESCRIPTION NO 1 Nearest Railway Railway Station: Bathinda 15 KM away from site station/airport along Airport: Chandigarh 350 KM away from site- with distance in kms. 2 Nearest town, city, Nearest town: Bathinda district headquarters District: Bathinda 3 Village Panchayats, Village Panchayat: Zilla Parishad, Zilla Parishad: Bathinda

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-4 Chapter-I/ Introduction

Municipal Municipal Corporation: Bathinda Corporation 4 Water bodies within 1. Bathinda Lake 6.7 Km from the site in north 10 KM radius 2. Bangi Nagar Talav 2.1 km from the site in north west 3. Jodhpur Romana talav 3.7 km from the site in SW 4. Jassi Pauwali Talav 2.8 km from the site in SE 5. Kot Shamir Talav 8.8 km from the site in SE 6. Phus mandi Talav 4.8 km from site in east 5 Key Plan of the Environmental setting of the 10 km radius study area has been Project shown in Figure- 3.1 Cost details 1 Project Cost Rs. 6.0 Crores (i ncluding building, plant & machinery) 2 Cost for Environmental Protection Measures Capital Cost Rs. 4.2 5 lacs Recurring Cost Rs. 7.50 lacs

1.4.2 Location Map The detailed location map is giving in below figure-

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-5 Chapter-I/ Introduction

Figure 1.1 The detailed Location Map

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-6 Chapter-I/ Introduction

1.4.3 Site Selection This is an new project, infrastructural facilitation like building; electricity; transportation & communication etc. are already available in existing plant, so no alternative site is available for the proposed project.

1.4.4 Project Site Photographs FIGURE 1.2: PROJECT SITE OVERVIEW

FIGURE 1.3: EXISTING FORMULATION UNIT SITE

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-7 Chapter-I/ Introduction

FIGURE 1.4: PROPOSED LAND FOR MANUFACTURING OF TECHNICAL GRADE PESTICIDES

1.5 APROCH TO THE PROJECT SITE The project site is located at Plot No. 31-32 , Industrial Growth Center, Bathinda, District – Bathinda, Punjab. The national highway is approximately 1KM from the project site and nearest railway station Bathinda is approximately 15 KM away from the project site. The project site is in the notified industrial area. It has an easy access to raw material availability and other infrastructural facilities e.g. power, water, transport and communication, approach through road & access distances from the nearest highway, railway station etc.

1..5.1 MAP OF KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS A map depicting administrative boundaries up to Taluka level, showing locations of villages and towns along with National and State highways, major and medium roads and railways is presented as Figure 1.5 . The map also showed the water bodies and boundaries for better understanding of project area. The map marks the area within 10 km with the project site as the center.

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-8 Chapter-I/ Introduction

1.6 PURPOSE OF EIA The purpose of EIA study is to critically analyzed the construction and operation phase activity of proposed project with respect to manufacturing process of different products with reference to types and quantity of raw material consumption, possible source of water consumption & wastewater, air emission and hazardous waste generation, control measures to reduce the pollution and to delineate a comprehensive environment management plan along with recommendations and suggestions based on the finalized TOR by EAC, New Delhi.

1.7 OBJECTIVES OF EIA The main objectives of the study are 1) To assess the background environmental status. 2) To identify potential sources & impact of pollution. 3) To predict and evaluate the impact on environment along with pollution control Measures taken. 4) To prepare a comprehensive Environment and Disaster Management Plan.

1.8 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA Taking into consideration proposed project activities, guidelines and TOR, an area of 10 km radius from the center of the project has been selected and is designated as the study area for the purpose of EIA study.

1.8.1 Base Line Environmental Condition The samples of ambient air, ground and surface water and soil quality has been collected and analyzed as per the standard methods for establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of proposed activity on the same.

1.8.1.1 Ambient Air Environment The air environment around the plant has been studied by setting up eight locations within the study area of 10 Km radius from the project site and collection and monitoring the site specific meteorological data, viz. wind speed and direction, humidity, rainfall and ambient temperature.

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-9 Chapter-I/ Introduction

Design of network for ambient air quality monitoring location is based on guidelines provided by CPCB. The ambient air samples have been collected and analyzed for prediction, evaluation and assessment of potential impact on ambient air environment.

1.8.1.2 Ground and Surface Water Environment To assess the physico-chemical characteristic of water, several surface water and ground water sample collected from the 10 KM peripheral area of the project site and analyzed for pollution parameters.

1.8.1.3 Noise Environment Noise pollution survey has been conducted in the study zone for evaluating existing status. The anticipated noise sources were automobile activities, which are likely to be increased due to proposed activity. Noise levels have been also recorded at the noise generating places and in the surrounding villages for evaluating general scenario of the study area. Hourly equivalent sound levels (Leq) has also been recorded for calculating Day and Night noise levels in the surrounding villages.

1.8.1.4 Soil Environment Soil sampling and analysis has been carried out to assess physico-chemical characteristics of the soils and delineate existing cropping pattern, existing land use and topography, within the study area.

1.8.1.5 Biological Environment Keeping in view, the importance of biological component of total environment due to the proposed project activity, biological characterization of terrestrial and aquatic environments, changes in species diversity of flora and fauna in terrestrial as well as aquatic systems has been studied for impact analysis due to proposed project activity.

1.8.1.6 Socio‐economic Environment Demographic and related socio-economic data has been collected from census handbook and

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-10 Chapter-I/ Introduction

EIC to assess socio-economic status of study area. Assessment of impact on significant historical, cultural, and archeological sites/places in the area and economic and employment benefit arisen out from the project is studied.

1.8.2 IDENDTIFICATION OF SOURCES OF POLLUTION Detailed studies of manufacturing process are carried out along with input and output of materials, water, and wastewater as well as infrastructure facilities available. 1.8.3 EVALUATION OF POLLUTION CONTROL AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The qualitative and quantitative analysis of various pollution sources as well as evaluation of pollution control system have been carried out. 1.8.4 EVELUATION OF IMPACT A comprehensive evaluation of environmental impact with reference to proposed activities are carried out. 1.8.5 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MAMAGEMENT PLAN A comprehensive Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering all the aspects of pollution prevention measures, Air and Water Pollution Control measures, Hazardous Waste Management, Environmental Surveillance and Environmental Management Plan.

1.9 STRUCTURE OF REPORT Environment Impact and Risk Assessment (EIRA) study is carried out as per guidelines prescribed by Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climatic Change (MoEF & CC), New Delhi & TOR given by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), MoEF, New Delhi, Incorporating:-

CHAPTER – 1: INTRODUCTION This chapter provides an Introduction of Industry, their premises and surrounding areas. It is also expressing the basic objectives and methodologies for EIA studies and work to be covered under each Environment component.

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-11 Chapter-I/ Introduction

CHAPTER – 2:- PROJECT DESCRIPTION This chapter includes Project Description and Infrastructure facilities delineating all industrial and environmental aspect of construction and operation phase activities as well as process detail. This chapter gives information about storage and handling, water and wastewater quantitative details, air pollution and control system, utilities, greenbelt and safety measures for proposed project activity.

CHAPTER – 3 :-DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT This chapter provides Base Line Environmental Status delineating meteorological details and identification of base line status of Environmental components (primary data) of surrounding area. A study of Land Use Pattern, Biological Environment & Socio-Economic Environment giving details about District Bathinda and the study area in terms of land use pattern, biological environment, and socio-economic environment.

CHAPTER - 4: - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT & MITIGATION MEASURES This chapter includes Identification and Prediction of Impact, which provides quantification of significant impacts of the proposed modernization activities of plant of various environmental components. Evaluation of proposed pollution control facilities is also carried out in this chapter.

CHAPTER ‐5: - ALTERNATIVE SITE AND TECHNOLOGY This chapter include analysis of alternative technology and alternative site analysis CHAPTER - 6: - ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM This chapter provides the details of environment monitoring cell, environment monitoring methods and data reporting schedule along with laboratory facilities details.

CHAPTER - 7: - ADDITIONAL STUDIES This chapter provides details of Risk Analysis and Disaster Management Plan, Off site/ On site emergency plan; it provides basis for what should be type and capacity of its on-site and off-site emergency plan also what types of safety measures are required.

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-12 Chapter-I/ Introduction

CHAPETR – 8: - PROJECT BENEFITS This chapter provides economic viability of proposed project. Improvement in social infrastructure and employment potential skillet, semi-skilled and unskilled.

CHAPTER ‐ 9: - ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSES This chapter include environmental cost benefits

CHAPTER – 10: - ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN This chapter includes Environment Management plan delineating preparation of Environment Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts if any, and to ensure acceptable impacts.

CHAPTER – 11: - EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONCLUSION This chapter describes the salient features of proposed project.

CHAPTER – 12: - DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED This chapter gives company profile of the consultant engaged.

**********

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C1-13 Chapter-II/Project Description

CHAPTER- II PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd proposes project for manufacturing technical grade Pesticides at Plot No. 31-32, Industrial Growth Center, Bathinda, District -Bathinda, Punjab.

Since this proposed project activity require Environment Impact Assessment Studies and Environment Clearance. Company had applied for environment clearance to MoEFCC, New Delhi. TOR presentation to EAC, MoEFCC has been done and TOR has been finalized during the 8th EAC (Industry-2) during the 26 – 27 May, 2016.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Need for the proposed products are based on the demand and supply gap in the current market. With increasing utilization of the current products, in future, to carter the requirement of all the products, it is essential to have the proposed manufacturing unit. The Indian pesticides industry is characterized by low capacity utilization. The present total installed capacity is 146,000 tones and has a low capacity utilization of <60%. There is a marked difference in the consumption pattern of pesticides in India vis-à-vis the rest of the world. Insecticides account for 76% of the total domestic market. On the other hand, herbicides and fungicides have a significantly higher share in the global market. Crops like cotton, wheat and rice together account for 70% of total agrochemical consumption. The consumption of pesticides in India is low in comparison to other countries. The industry suffers from high inventory (owing to seasonal & irregular demand on account of monsoons) and long credit periods to farmers, thus making operations 'working capital' intensive. India due to its inherent strength of low-cost manufacturing and qualified low-cost manpower is a net exporter of pesticides to countries such as USA and some European & African countries. Based on the demand and supply gap, the need of the project is justified.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-1 Chapter-II/Project Description

LOCATION Location details have been incorporated in Chapter -I of this EIA/EMP Report, Table 1.1 & Figure 1.1 .

2.3 MAIN PHASES OF THE PROJECT 2.3.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES Land use in proposed project activities is for industrial purpose. The project site is located on level ground, which does not require any major land filling for area grading work. Approach road is readily available to access the site hence no major pre -construction activities are required.

3 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES Since this is modernization project and pesticides formulation activities are being carried out in Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd premises. Office and administrative building are available. All construction and commissioning activities of proposed technical grade pesticides project shall be carried out after getting Environmental Clearance from MoEF, New Delhi and Consent to Establish (CTE) from Punjab Pollution Control Board. Erection of various machineries shall start simultaneously. Construction materials like brick, steel, sand aggregates, tiles etc. will be sourced procured locally in the desired quantity as and when required. All construction materials will be transported via road only. Temporary storage yard will be provided for the storage of construction material. Storage yard will be covered from all the sides. No underground mining and tunnelling would be required except construction of plinth.

4 MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES

Manufacturing activities in proposed project activity include various processes as a part of manufacturing proposed products. The activities shall also include operation of various utilities. The manufacturing process is described in detail in following sections.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-2 Chapter-II/Project Description

2.3.3.1 Clodrinafop Propargyl

Process Description:-5 chloro 2,3- difluoro pyridine and R(+) – 2-(4hydroxy phenoxy) propionic acid is charged inside the reactor in presence of potassium carbonate and solvent DMF. Once reaction is completed, propagyl chloride is charged and allowed to react. DMF is recovered and methanol is used for the crystallization of crude clodinafop propargyl technical. The product is dried and sent for packaging. Aq. Layer is discharged to ETP.

DMF, K2CO3, NaOH

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-3 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.1: PROCESS FLOW CHART OF CLODINAFOP PROPARGYL TECHNICAL CLODINAFOP PROPARGYL PROCESS FLOW CHART PER TON BASIS

5-chloro-2,3-difluoro pyridine 416.6 KG R(+)-2-(4-Hydroxy REACTOR Phenoxy) propionic 533.3kg K2CO3/NaOH 400 kg DMF 1666.6 kg

3250.6 KG Aq. Layer Propargyl Chloride 200 kg REACTOR Water 2666.6 kg 1633.10 kg DMF

1100 Kg Methanol Recovered Methanol 1166.6 KG CRYSTILIZATION 66 Kg MethanolLoss

1000 KG CLODINAFOP PROPARGYL

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-4 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.1 MATERIALS BALANCE FOR CLODINAFOP-PROPARGYL TECHNICAL

INPUT PER MT Sr. Raw Material Kg/MT No 1 5-chloro-2,3-difluoro pyridine 416.60 2 DMF 1666.6 3 K2CO3 400.00 4 R(+)-2-(4-Hydroxy Phenoxy) propionic acid 533.30 5 Propargyl Chloride 200.00 6 Methanol 1166.60 7 Water 2666.60 Total Input 7049.70

OUTPUT PER MT Sr.No Output Liquid Air Recovery Solid Remar . Product Effluent Emission (kg) Waste ks (kg) (kg) (kg) 1 Clodinafop 1000.00 Propargyl 2 DMF 1633.10 3 Methanol 66.0 1100.00 4 Effluent 3250.6 3250.6 3733.00 Total 7049.6

2.3.3.2 Glyphosate

Process Description: -Ammonium salt of Phosphono Methyl Imino Diacetic Acid (PMIDA) is charged in water, Catalyst sodium tungstate is charged, and the temperature is raised while stirring. Hydrogen peroxide is added. Clear solution is formed. After addition of catalyst oxidation is carried out to form Glyphosate. Product is cooled and filtered out which is then centrifuged and dried.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-5 Chapter-II/Project Description

Oxidation H 2O2 / CATALYST

FIGURE 2.2: PROCESS FLOW CHART OF GLYPHOSATE TECHNICAL GLYPHOSATE PROCESS FLOW CHART PER TON BASIS

Water 2385.85 KG Soddium Tungstate 5.404 KG PMIDA 1621.2 KG REACTOR Sodium Metabisulphite 20.265 KG 246.75 KG CO2 Vanadium Sulphate o.473 KG H2O2 603.897 KG

4390.34 KG

H2SO4

Water Wash 1351 KG FILTRATION 4741.34 KG Aq. Layer To ETP

GLYPHOSATE 1MT

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-6 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.2 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR GLYPHOSATE TECHNICAL

INPUT PER MT Sr. No Raw Material Kg/MT 1 Water 3736.85 2 Sodium Tungstate 5.404 3 PMIDA Ammonium salt 1621.20 4 Sodium Metabisulphate 20.265 5 Vanadium Sulphate 0.437 6 H2O2 603.897 Total Input 5988.09

OUTPUT PER MT Sr. No. Output Liquid Air Recovery Solid Remarks Product Effluent Emission (kg) Waste (kg) (kg) (kg)

1 Glyphosate 1000.00 Product 2 CO2 246.75 3 Aq. Layer 4741.34 4741.34 246.75 1000.00 Total 5988.09

2.3.3.3 Lambda Cyhalothrin

Process Description:

Lambda Cyhalothric acid is chlorinated with thionyl chloride as the chlorinated agent using hexane as the solvating media. Sulphur di oxide and hydrogen chloride gas which is evolved is scrubbed in two stage scrubbers. The reaction mass Tri Fluora Propenyl Acid Chloride (TFP Acid Chloride) is then condensed with Meta phenoxy Benzaldehyde, Sodium Cyanide to form the product Cyhalothrin. In this process n-hexane is used as solvent along with phase transfer catalyst. The reaction mass of Cyhalothrin is washed with water. The aqueous is separated for detoxification. Solvent n-hexane is stripped off to get pure

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-7 Chapter-II/Project Description

Cyhalothrin oil. Finaly Cyhalothrin oil is epimerized in Isopropyl Alcohol to give Lambda Cyhalothrin of 85% minimum. An aqueous layer which contain traces of sodium cyanide is detoxified by the treatment of sodium hypochlorite (8 – 10%) up to less than 0.2ppm level.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-8 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.3: PROCESS FLOW CHART OF LAMBDA-CYHALOTHRIN TECHNICAL LAMBDA-CYHALOTHRIN PROCESS FLOW CHART PER TON BASIS

Lambda Cyhalothric Acid (539KG) HCL gas (80 kg) CHLORINATION Thionyl Chloride ( 264 KG) SO2 gas (142 kg)

581 kg mass

MPBD (440kg) Aqeous Layer (1315kg) NaCN (109kg) NaOCL(75 kg ) Water (1170kg) CONDENSATION 8-10% Caustic Lye (15kg) Hexane (1200kg) Work Up 2200 kg mass Vessel

Hexane Recovery (1140 kg) DISTILLATION Hexane Loss (60 kg)

1000 kg Mass

IPA (1000 kg) EPIMERIZATION

2000 kg Mass

IPA Recovery (920 kg) DISTILLATION IPA Loss (80 kg)

1000 kg Mass

FILTRATION & DRYING

1MT LAMBDA CYHALOTHRIN

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-9 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.3 MATERIALS BALANCE FOR LAMBDA-CYHALOTHRIN TECHNICAL

INPUT PER MT Sr. Raw Material Kg/MT No 1. Lambda Cyhalothric Acid 539 2. Thionyl Chloride 264 3. Meta phenoxy Benzaldehyde (MPBD) 440 4. NaCN 109 5. Water 1170 6. Caustic Lye 15 7. Hexane 1200 8. Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) 1000 Total Input 4737

OUTPUT PER MT Sr. Output Product Liquid Air Recovery Solid Remarks No. Effluent Emission (kg) Waste (kg) (kg) (kg) 1 Lambda - 1000 Product Cyhalothrin 2 HCL 80 Scrubber 3 SO2 142 Scrubber 4 Aqueous Layer 1315 ETP 5 Hexane 60 1140 Recycle 6 IPA 50 950 Recycle 1315 332 3090 Total 4737

2.3.3.4 Fipronil

Process Description Step -1 Fipronil sulphide is react with Trichloroacetic acid (TCAA) and dichloroacetic acid (DCAA) in presence of hydrogen peroxide at 10-15°C. The reaction mass is maintained for 7 hrs. The reaction mass is subjected to water wash. The solid are dissolved in methanol and purified, dried till constant weight to yield Fipronil technical.. In process and finished product sample are analysed on HPLC.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-10 Chapter-II/Project Description

Stem - 2 Fipronil is purified using methanol as solvent at 20-25 °C. The material is then dried at 60- 65 °C till constant weight. Second step is isolated from the methanol filtrate. Lastly methanol is distilled and recycled for next batch. ( The ratio of Fipronil : Methanol is 1:3)

FIGURE 2.4: PROCESS FLOW CHART OF FIPRONIL TECHNICAL

FIPRONIL TECHNICAL PROCESS FLOW CHART PER TON BASIS

Fipronil Sulphide 2200KG TCAA 4000KG 3813 KG TCAA Recovered DCAA 1500 KG 187KG TCAA Loss H2O2 235 KG REACTOR 1385.KG DCAA Recovered Water washing 4000KG 115 KG DCAA Loss

6435 KG

5435.5KG Aq. Waste Methanol 5000KG FILTRATION AND DRYING 5000KG Methanol

FIPRONIL 1MT

4784.5 Kg Methanol Recovered Methanol 5000 KG DISTILLATION 215.5 Kg MethanolLoss

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-11 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.4 MATERIALS BALANCE FOR FIPRONIL TECHNICAL

INPUT PER MT Sr. No Raw Material Kg/MT 1 Fipronil Sulphide 2200.00 8 TCAA 4000.00 9 DCAA 1500.00 10 H2O2 235.00 11 Water Washing 4000.00 12 Methanol 5000.00 Total Input 16935.00

OUTPUT PER MT Sr. No. Output Liquid Air Recovery Solid Remarks Product Effluent Emission (kg) Waste (kg) (kg) (kg) 1 Fipronil 1000.00 6 TCAA 187.00 3813.00 7 DCAA 115.00 1385.00 8 Aq. Layer 5437 9 Methanol 215.50 4784.50 5437.00 517.00 10981.00 0.00 Total 16935.00

2.3.3.5 Imidacloprid

Process Description: The desired quantities of DMF, 2-nitroimineimidazolidine, Sodium Hydroxide and 2-chloro- 5-chloromethyl pyridine are charged along with catalyst in to reactor. The stirred mixture is heated to reflux till the whole reactants reached to desired level. Once the reaction is over the excess solvent is recovered for re-cycling & the mass is cooled. Water is added to the mass and product is filtered.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-12 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.5: PROCESS FLOW CHART OF IMIDACLOPRID TECHNICAL

IMIDACLOPRID PROCESS FLOW CHART PER TON BASIS

6-Chloro 3-Chloro Methyl Pyridine 825 KG 2-(Nitroimino)imdazolidine 750KG REACTOR DMF 150 KG Sodium Hydroxide 50 KG HCL (36 %) 2000KG Water 1000 KG

Crude Mass/Slurry

75 KG Spent DMF Water Wash 1000 KG CENTRIFUGE 5225 KG Aq. Layer AND To ETP FITRATION

IMIDACLOPRID TECHNICAL 1MT

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-13 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.5 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR IMIDACLOPRID TECHNICAL

INPUT PER MT Sr. Raw Material Kg/MT No 1 6-Chloro 3-Chloro Methyl Pyridine 875.00 2 2-(Nitroimino) imdazolidine 750.00 3 DMF 150.00 4 Sodium Hydroxide 500.00 5 HCL 36 % 2000.00 6 Water 2000.00 Total Input 6275.00

OUTPUT PER MT Sr. Output Product Liquid Air Recovery Solid Remarks No. Effluent Emission (kg) Waste (kg) (kg) (kg) 1 Imidacloprid 1000.00 2 DMF 50.00 3 Aq. Layer 5225.00 To ETP 5225.00 1050 Total 6275.00

2.3.3.6 Cypermethrin

Process Description A solution of sodium cyanide is prepared in SS reactor and further n-hexane is charged along with Catalyst and soda ash. In another reactor a mixture of cypermethric acid chloride, m-phenoxy benzaldehyde and n-hexane is prepared and kept at 10-15oC. This mixture is added to the first reactor keeping the temperature at room temperature and maintaining the same temperature for 1 hour. The organic layer is then washed successively with plain water, hypochlorite solution, and aqueous acetic acid and again with plain water. It is then passed through sparkler filter and hexane is distilled out first at normal pressure and then under vacuum to remove the traces to get Cypermethrin tech. of purity 92% min.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-14 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.6: PROCESS FLOW CHART OF CYPERMETHRIN CYPERMETHRIN PROCESS FLOW CHART PER TON BASIS

Cypermethrin Acid Chloride 562 Kg REACTOR MPB 485 KG n- Hexane 2053 KG

NaCN 140KG Water 500 KG Catalyst 15 KG REACTOR Soda Ash 15 KG

Water 735 KG Hypochlorite 40 KG Aq. Layer 1495 KG Acetic Acid 3 KG Hexane 1992 KG REACTOR Hexane Loss 61KG

CYPERMETHRIN TECHNICAL 1MT HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-15 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.6 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR CYPERMETHRIN TECHNICAL

INPUT PER MT Sr. Raw Material Kg/MT No 1 CMPA (cypermethric acid chloride) 562.00 2 MPB (m-phenoxy benzaldehyde) 485.00 3 Hexane 2053.00 4 Water 1235.00 5 NaCN 140.00 6 Catalyst 15.00 7 Soda Ash 15.00 8 Acetic Acid 3.00 9 Hypo Chlorite 40.00 Total Input 4548.00

OUTPUT PER MT Sr. Output Liquid Air Recovery Solid Remark No. Product Effluent Emission (kg) Wast s (kg) (kg) e (kg) 1 Cypermethri 1000.00 n 2 Aq Layer 1495.00 To ETP 3 Hexane Loss 61.00 Hexane Reco 1992 Recycle 1495.00 61.00 2992.00 Total 4548.00

2.3.3.7 Alphamethrin

Process Description: Metaphenoxy Benzaldehyde is reacted with sodium cyanide to form Metaphenoxy Benzaldehyde Cyanohydrin as intermediate. This on reaction with Cypermethric acid chloride (CMAC) of high cis > 96% form the product Alpha-Cypermethrin oil. In this process n- Hexane is used as solvent along with phase transfer catalyst. The reaction mass is washed by soda ash solution and plane water.

The n-Hexane is then stripped off to get pure Alpha-Cypermethrin oil in Racemic form which is epimerised by catalyst in presence of IPA- solvent to form the final product Alpha

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-16 Chapter-II/Project Description

Cypermethrin of >95% purity.

The aqueous layer of reaction as well as washing which contain traces of sodium cyanide is treated by sodium hypochlorite 8% solution to kill cyanide up to 0.2ppm level, which is then mixed up with main effluent treatment streams at ETP.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-17 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.7: PROCESS FLOW CHART OF ALPHAMETHRIN TECHNICAL ALPHAMETHRIN PROCESS FLOW CHART PER TON BASIS

MPBAD 714 KG 1417 KG Aq. Layer Soda Ash wash ETP CMAC 835 KG 1605 KG Aq. Layer Water wash ETP NaCN 195 kg 3908 KG Recovered n - Hexane Water 1428 KG CONDENSATION 210 KG n - Hexane Loss n - Hexane (F) 492 KG AND 1695 KG NaCN Layer To Treatment n - Hexane (R) 3808 KG WASHING Catalyst II 14 KG Soda Ash Solution (5%) 1400KG Water Washing 1400KG 1451 KG ALPHA CYPER OIL

1376.6 KG IPA Recovery IPA Solvent - F (351 KG) 72.44 KG IPA Loss IPA Solvent - R (1098 KG)EPIMERISATION 397 KG Residue AND Catalyst III (86 KG) NaOCL (10%) FILTRATION 2150 KG

1140 KG CRUDE ALPHACYPER DETOXIFICATION

DETOXIFIED EFFLUENT 3845 KG

PURIFICATION 1120 KG IPA Recovery IPA Solvent - F (280 KG) 20 KG IPA Loss IPA Solvent - R (860 KG) FILTRATION 140 KG Residue DRYING

ETP

ALPHAMETHRIN - 1MT

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-18 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.7 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR ALPHAMETHRIN TECHNICAL INPUT PER MT Sr. No Raw Material Kg/MT 1 Metaphenoxy Benzaldehyde (MPBAD) 714.00 2 Cypermethric acid chloride (CMAC) 835.00 3 NaCN 195.00 4 Water 2828.00 5 Hexane 4300 6 Catalyst II 14.00 7 Catalyst III 86.00 8 Soda Ash Solution (5%) 1400.00 9 Iso Propyl Alcohol (IPA) 2589.00 Total Input 12961.00

OUTPUT PER MT S.No. Output Product Liquid Air Recover Solid Remark Effluent Emissio y (kg) Waste s (kg) n (kg) (kg) 1 Alphamethrin 1000.00 Product

2 Aqueous effluent 1417.00 To ETP of soda ash 3 Aqueous effluent 1605.00 To ETP of water wash 4 Hexane 210.00 3908.00 Recycle 5 NaCN Layer 1695.00 To Pre- treatme nt 6 IPA 92.44 2496.60 Recycle 7 Residue 537.0 0 3022.00 302.44 9099.6 537.0 Total 0 12961.00

2.3.3.8 Thiram

Process Description Sodium complex salt is chlorinated under presence of water and Na2CO3. Bottom aqueous layer is disposed off to ETP and top organic layer is washed with water to form crude thiram. End technical grade product is obtained after filtration and drying.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-19 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.8: PROCESS FLOW CHART OF THIRAM TECHNICAL THIRAM PROCESS FLOW CHART PER TON BASIS

Sodium Complex Salt 1439.424 kg 2155.804 kg Aq. Layer to Chlorine 199.92kg REACTOR ETP Water 1499.4 kg Na2CO3 49.98KG Cl2 Traces to Scrubber

1032.92 KG

Water (2501 KG) REACTOR 2500.6 KG Aq. Layer To ETP

1033.32 KG

33.32 KG Drying Loss DRYING

THIRAM - 1MT

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-20 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.8 MATERIAL BALANCE FOR THIRAM TECHNICAL

INPUT PER MT Sr. No Raw Material Kg/MT 1 Sodium Complex salt Na T 1439.40 2 Chlorine 199.90 3 Water 4000.40 4 Na2CO3 50.00 Total Input 5689.7

OUTPUT PER MT Sr. No. Output Product Liquid Air Recovery Solid Remarks Effluent Emissio (kg) Wast (kg) n (kg) e (kg) 1 Thiram 1000.00 2 Aq. Layer 4656.4 3 Drying Loss 33.3 4656.4 33.3 1000.0 Total 5689.7

2.3.3.9 Ziram

Process Description Sodium dimethyl dithio carbamal 40% solution is charged in to reactor to which water and zink sulphate heptahydrate is added. The reaction mass is stirred for two hours and filtered washed to give Ziram. Water is charges into the reactor to which added ziram wet cake. The reaction mass is stirred for 2-3 hrs and packed Ziram 27% concentration.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-21 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.9: PROCESS FLOW CHART OF ZIRAM TECHNICAL ZIRAM PROCESS FLOW CHART PER TON BASIS

Sodium Dimethyl Ditho Carbamal 40% Solution 703.9025 KG REACTOR Water 1290.5493 KG Zink Sulphate Heptahydrate 280.2336 KG

2274.6854 KG

FILTRATION 1551.7934 KGAq. Layer To ETP

722.892 KG

Water 277.108KG REACTOR

ZIRAM 27% - 1MT

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-22 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.9 MATERIALS BALANCE FOR ZIRAM TECHNICAL

INPUT PER MT Sr. Raw Material Kg/MT No 1 Sodium Dimethy Dithio Carmbamal 40% solution 703.9 2 Water 1567.7 3 Zink Sulphate Heptahydrate 280.2 Total Input 2551.8

OUTPUT PER MT Sr. Output Liquid Air Recovery Solid Remarks No. Product Effluent Emission (kg) Waste (kg) (kg) (kg) 1 Ziram 1000.00 2 Aq. Layer 1551.80 1551.8 1000.0 Total 2551.8

2.4 RAW MATERIAL/FINISHED PRODUCTS TRANSPORTATION, STORAGE, CONSUMPTION AND HANDLING

Transportation of raw materials will be by railways or roadways. The raw materials shall be received in tankers, MS drums, HDPE/fibre drums, Carboys and cylinders as well as through trucks and stored at ambient temperature. During operation phase, raw materials storage shall be done in storage rooms. Storage and handling of hazardous substances shall be within the threshold limit as per MSIHC. All the storage tanks of hazardous substances will be located in separate storage area at ambient temperature. Solvents shall be stored in cool and dry place with all precautionary process instrumentation and safety appliances. Two well-designed warehouse containing store office, raw material store, finished product store, etc will be constructed. These warehouses will be designed in consultation of expert architects and with modern techniques to insure scientific storage condition. Care will be taken to prevent exposure to moisture, sunlight, heat and other environmental parameters. All the materials will be stored at prescribed height and suitable gaps between various items. All activities of procurement, transportation, unloading, handling of materials, dispatch of finished products, storage will be controlled by prescribed

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-23 Chapter-II/Project Description

standard operation procedure and work instruction at all level of concerned employee to ensure safety and environment protection. Regular internal audit will be conducted by qualified & trained auditors for continual improvement. Annual external audit will also be conducted by auditors to verify compliance to the quality and environment management system of company. The personnel protective equipment’s like hand gloves, safety shoes, goggles, helmet, clothing, etc. shall be provided to those handling hazardous chemicals as per requirement. All the motors and electrical connections shall be flame proof. List of raw material and their consumption MT per annum are given in table 2.10

STORAGE OF CHLORINE

Chlorine gas shall be stored in 900 KG tonner. A separate well-furnished chlorine storage area will be developed. At a time one tonner will be allowed in unit for manufacturing process. Chlorine gas scrubbing system will be available with a tank capacity 5KL having 10% caustic lye solution to scrubbed chlorine gas in case of leakage. Chlorine leakage kit and breathing apparatus (Oxygen Cylinder) will be available at site. A schematic diagram for handling chlorine gas is shown in Figure 2.10 TABLE: 2.10 RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION

RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION MTPA Consumption Physic Mode of S. No Name of Raw Material MTPA al Storage State 1. Clodrinafop Propargyl 5-chloro-2,3-difluoro 1 pyridine 20.83 Liquid Drums 2 DMF 1.65 Liquid Drums 3 K2CO3 20.00 Solid Bags R(+)-2-(4-Hydroxy Phenoxy) 4 propionic acid 26.67 Solid Bags 5 Propargyl Chloride 10.00 Liquid Drums 6 Methanol 3.30 Liquid Tanker 2. Glyphosate

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-24 Chapter-II/Project Description

RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION MTPA Consumption Physic Mode of S. No Name of Raw Material MTPA al Storage State 7 Sodium Tungstate 0.27 Solid Bags 8 PMIDA 81.06 Solid Bags 9 Sodium Metabisulphate 1.01 Solid Bags 10 Vanadium Sulphate 0.02 Solid Bags 11 H2O2 30.19 Liquid Drums 3. Lambdacyhelothrin 12 Lambda Cyhalothric Acid 26.95 solid Bag 13 Thionyl Chloride 13.20 Liquid Drums Meta phenoxy Benzaldehyde 14 (MPBD) 22.00 Liquid Drums 15 NaCN 5.45 Solid Bags 16 Caustic Lye 0.75 Liquid Tanker 17 Hexane 3.00 Liquid tanker Sodium Hypochlorite 18 (NaOCL) 3.75 Liquid drum 19 Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) 2.50 Liquid tanker 20 Catalyst – I 5.00 solid bags 4. Fipronil 21 Fipronil Sulphide 100.00 Solid Bags 22 TCAA Trichloro Acetic acid 9.25 solid Bags 23 DCAA Dichloro acetic acid 5.75 solid Bags 24 H2O2 11.75 Liquid drum 25 Methanol 10.75 Liquid tanker 5. Imidacloprid 6-Chloro 3-Chloro Methyl 26 Pyridine 43.75 Liquid drum 27 2-(Nitroimino)imdazolidine 37.50 Solid bags 28 DMF 5.00 Liquid drum 29 Sodium Hydroxide 25.00 Solid bags 30 HCL 36 % 100.00 Liquid tanker 6. Cypermethrin 31 CMPA (cypermethric acid 28.10 chloride) Liquid drum

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-25 Chapter-II/Project Description

RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION MTPA Consumption Physic Mode of S. No Name of Raw Material MTPA al Storage State 32 MPB (m-phenoxy 24.25 benzaldehyde) Liquid drum 33 Hexane 3.00 Liquid tanker 34 NaCN 7.00 Solid drum 35 Catalyst 0.75 soild bags 36 Soda Ash 0.75 solid bags 37 Acetic Acid 0.15 liquid drum 38 Hypo Chlorite 2.00 liquid drum 7. Alphamethrin Metaphenoxy Benzaldehyde 39 (MPBAD) 35.70 Liquid drum Cypermethric acid chloride 40 (CMAC) 41.75 liquid drum 41 NaCN 9.75 solid drum 42 Hexane 10.50 liquid tanker 43 Catalyst II 0.70 solid Bags 44 Catalyst III 4.30 solid Bags 45 Soda Ash 70.00 solid Bags 46 Iso Propyl Alcohol (IPA) 4.60 liquid Tanker 8. Thiram 47 Sodium Complex salt Na T 71.97 Solid Bags 48 Chlorine 10.00 gas Tonner 49 Na2CO3 sodium carbonate 2.50 solid Bags 9. Ziram Sodium DimethyDithioCarmbamal 50 40% solution 35.20 liquid Drum 51 Zink Sulphate Heptahydrate 14.01 Solid Bags

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-26 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE – 2.10: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR CHLORINE GAS HANDLING

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-27 Chapter-II/Project Description

2.4.1 DETAILS OF SOLVENT RECOVERY PLAN

M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd will adopt standard operating procedure for the solvent recovery from mother liquor.

a. All the solvents shall be directly distillate from products and purified in packed column with the help of reflux. b. The solvent distillation system shall be designed so as to achieve minimum 95 % recovery of solvent. c. Wherever required, the solvents shall be directly pumped into day tanks from the storage tanks and shall be charged into the reactors without involving any manual handling. d. All the pumps shall be mechanical seal type to avoid any leakage of solvent. e. All necessary firefighting systems shall be provided with alarm system. Flame proof wiring and flame proof electrical accessories shall be provided to avoid any mishap. f. All the storage tank and day tank shall be connected to a vent system through chilled water/brine condensers to prevent loss of solvents in the atmosphere. g. All the distillation column vents shall also be connected to chilled water/brine condensers for maximum possible recovery of the solvents.

2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

2.5.1 LAND

M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd has acquired land from Industrial Growth Centre Bathinda (Punjab). Total land area is about 8361 M 2. Provisions shall be made for administrative building, laboratory facility, plant area, formulation area, utilities area, storage area, effluent treatment plant, security area, vehicle parking, etc. The breakup of total land area is given in given Table 2.11.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-28 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.11 LAND BREAK-UP OF THE PROPOSED PLANT – HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT. LTD Sr. No Land Use Proposed Area (M 2) 1 Office Building 200 2 Effluent Treatment Plant 600 3 Utilities 300 4 Fire Fighting 225 5 Tank Farm 450 6 Borewell 100 7 Boiler 200 8 Laboratory 200 10 Raw Material (Incoming Store) 450 11 Canteen and Rest Room 200 12 Insecticide Plant 400 13 Herbicides Plant 400 14 Finished product Storage 800 15 Security Block, Parking Zone & open roads 626 17 DG Set, Transformer & MCC Room 450 18 Green Belt 2760 Total area 8361

FIGURE 2.11: LAND BREAK-UP

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-29 Chapter-II/Project Description

2.5.2 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES

As the proposed project area is within notified industrial area (Industrial Growth Centre Bathinda) hence it is well connected with transportation facility. Transportation of raw materials and finished products will be by railways or roadways. During operation phase, raw material and finished products shall be transported from and to the project site through trucks at the peak time of the day.

2.5.3 RAW WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTEWATER GENERATION DETAILS

The water requirement of proposed project will be fulfilling through Municipal Corporation Bathinda. During construction phase, water shall be required for construction of structures, infrastructure facilities and for domestic purpose. Domestic waste water to be generated shall be treated in septic tank followed by soak pit. During operation phase, initial fresh water requirement will be 12.5 KLD. Water consumption is primarily for processing, washing, gardening and domestic purposes. Total waste water generation shall be 8 KLD. Details of water consumption and wastewater generation are given in Table 2.12 and Water Balance Diagram is shown in figure 2.11

TABLE: 2.12 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION

Quantity (KL/Day) SECTION Water Loss Recycled Waste water Consumption Generation Process 4.0 - - 5.0 Boiler/Cooling 5.0 1.0 - 1.0 Industrial Scrubber 1.0 - - 1.0 Washing 1.0 - - 1.0 Total Industrial 11.0 8.0 Domestic Purpose 1.5 - TOTAL (KL/DAY) 12.5 8.0

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-30 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.12: WATER BALANCE OF HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT. LTD

Ground Water

12.5 KLD

Process Boiler/Cooling Washing Domestic Scrubber

4.0 KLD 5.0 KLD 1.0 KLD 1.50 KLD 1.0 KLD

Blowdown Septic Tank 1.0 KLD 1KLD

Process & Leakage 0.2KL

Process Effluent Additional ETP RO MEE Process Effluent RO Reject/ Scrubber 3.8 KLD 4.0 KLD 7.0 KLD 7.0 KLD 1.0 KLD

Plantation RO-Permeable

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD 4.2 KLD Modernization of proposed project C2-31 Chapter-II/Project Description

2.5.4 EFFLUENT GENERATION AND TREATMENT PROCESS

M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd proposes ETP consisting of primary, secondary and tertiary treatment facility to effluent to be generated. The sodium cyanide containing aqueous layer will be treated separately during the manufacturing of Lambda Cyhalothrin, Alphamethrin and Cypermethrin technical in plant.

Sodium cyanide containing aqueous layer will be treated with chlorine gas at a high pH i.e., 12.0 to 14.0 pH (hypochlorite treatment). The hypochlorite in presence of sodium hydroxide and chlorine reacts with sodium cyanide to produce sodium chloride, hydrogen, nitrogen and carbon dioxide. The gases and vapors generated in the reaction are scrubbed with alkaline solution (water with sodium hydroxide) pH 14.0. After completion of the reaction, the water is evaporated and condensed and is send to ETP. The residue (sodium chloride) is collected in containers labeled properly and sent to the PPCB approved land fill agency.

2 Sodium cyanide + 2 Sodium hydroxide + 2 water + 2 chloride 2NaCN + 2NaoH + 2H20 + 2Cl 2

4 Sodium chloride + 2 Carbon dioxide + Nitrogen + 3 Hydrogen 4NaCI + 2CO 2 + N2 + H2

Process Details: Aqueous layer from the reactor is separated and stored in a SS tank. The aqueous layer is transferred to one SS reactors in treatment section. Vapors / gas scrubber medium is prepared (sodium hydroxide solution in water) pH 12.0 – 14.0. On- line digital pH display of scrubber water is switched on. SS reactor vent is connected to scrubber, and scrubber solution circulation is started. The aqueous mass in the SS reactor is stirred for 10 minutes and sample is analyzed for CN content. pH of the mass is increased to 12.0-14.0 by slow addition of sodium hydroxide solution, under constant stirring. After achieving the pH of 14.0, the stirring is continued for further 15 minutes and the pH is again verified. In case pH is found lower than the desired then further

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-32 Chapter-II/Project Description

quantity of sodium hydroxide is added. The mass is stirred for further 60 minutes. The mass is allowed to settle, after stopping the stirring. The bottom aqueous layer is separated and pumped to another MSGL reactor. The scrubber is disconnected from the SS reactor. The aqueous mass in the glass lined reactor is cooled to 10°C to 15°C by circulation of cooling water and subsequently the chilled water. Scrubber water pH is verified to be between 12.0-14.0 and is maintained at this pH through the operation, by regularly adding the required quantity of sodium hydroxide solution. Glass lined reactor vent is connected to the scrubber. Scrubber solution circulation and the online pH display are switched on. The pipe line connection from the chlorine cylinder to the glass lined reactor gas sparger is checked for gas leakage by using ammonium hydroxide solution. The chlorine gas from the cylinder to the glass lined reactor sparger is passed slowly, through the manifold and a rotameter, keeping the gas flow at 5 to 10 Kg per hour under continuous stirring and maintaining the temperature between 10°C to 20°C. Chlorine gas passing is stopped after 8 hours, the mass is stirred for further 6 hours. The sample of the mass is analyzed for cyanide content and pH. The pH is adjusted and the gas passing is resumed. After 4 hours, the chlorine gas passing is again stopped, mass is further stirred for 2 hours and sample is analyzed. The process is repeated till the cyanide content is reduced to 1 ppm or below. After achieving the desired reduction of cyanide, the chlorine gas passing is stopped and the stirring is continued for 4 hours. After 4 hours stirring the glass lined reactor vent is disconnected from scrubber. Scrubber circulation is stopped online pH meter is switched off. The scrubber water is analyzed for cyanide content (Cyanide content is always found to be below detectable level). Glass lined reactor vent is connected to condensing system. The mass in the reactor is heated to boiling point (above 100°C). The condensate is collected in SS receiver. Boiling is continued till all the water is distilled off, and collected in the SS receivers. The distilled water thus collected is in next batch. After cooling, the residue from the reactor is collected in drums. The drums are sealed, labeled and sent to the PPCB approved agency for land fill. The schematic diagram of Cyanide Treatment is presented in figure 2.13.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-33 Chapter-II/Project Description

ETP PROCESS DESCRIPTION

First all biodegradable streams (Stream II) of wastewater (low COD) shall passed through Screen Chamber where Then effluent shall be collected in Collection cum Equalization tank (CET). Pipe grid is provided at bottom of the CET to keep all suspended solids in suspension and to provide proper mixing. 2 nos. of Air Blowers (1 stand by) shall supply air through diffusers to pipe grid. All biodegradable streams (Stream I) with high COD shall collected in Collection Tank (CT) then pumped to Reactor where Acid will be added from Acid Dosing Tank (ADT) to bring pH down and then addition of FeSO4 from (FDT) and H2O2 will be added from HPDT for COD reduction. Mixing is done with help of Agitator. Then treated effluent will be sent to CET for further treatment. Then after, equalized wastewater shall be pumped to Neutralization Tank (NT) where the continuous addition and stirring of lime solution is done to maintain the pH of wastewater from Lime Dosing Tanks (LDT) as per requirement by gravity. Then after, neutralized wastewater shall go to Flash Mixer (FM) by gravity. Alum and Polyelectrolyte shall be dosed from Flocculants Dosing Tank (FLDT) and Polyelectrolyte Dosing Tank (PEDT) respectively by gravity into FM to carry out coagulation by using a Flash Mixer.

Then after, coagulated wastewater shall be settled in Primary Clarifier (PCL). Clear supernatant from Primary Clarifier shall be passed in Aeration Tank-1(AT-1) Domestic wastewater shall be added to AT-1, if required. Here, biodegradation of organic matter of the wastewater shall be carried out by bacteria (suspended growth) in the AT-1 and for that oxygen shall be supplied by 2 nos. of air blowers (B-02) through diffusers. Air blowers also keep MLSS in suspension. Then after, wastewater shall go to Secondary Clarifier-1 (SCL-1) from AT-1. Here the suspended solids shall be settled. Sludge shall be removed from bottom of SC-1 and pumped to AT-1 to maintain MLSS and excess activated sludge shall be sent to Sludge Sump (SS). Clear supernatant from AT-1 shall go to Aeration Tank-2 (AT-2) Here, Further biodegradation of organic matter of the wastewater shall be carried out by bacteria (suspended growth) and for that oxygen shall be supplied by 2 nos. of air blowers (B-02) through diffusers. Thereafter, overflow (Clear

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-34 Chapter-II/Project Description

supernatant) of SCL-1 shall go to Aeration Tank-2 (AT-2) by gravity. Here, biodegradation of left out organic matter of the wastewater shall be carried out by bacteria (suspended growth) in the AT-2 and for that oxygen shall be supplied by 2 nos. of Air Blowers through diffusers. Wastewater from AT-2 shall go to Secondary Clarifier-2 (SCL-2) by gravity. Here, the suspended solids shall be settled. Activated sludge shall be removed from bottom of SCL-2 and pumped to AT-2 to maintain MLSS in AT-2 and excess activated sludge shall be sent to Sludge Sump and clear supernatant from SCL-2 shall go to Intermediate Sump (IS) by gravity. Thereafter, the wastewater shall be passed through Pressure Sand Filters (PSFs) to remove left out TSS and Activated Carbon Filters (ACFs) for final effluent polishing. After tertiary treatment, effluent shall be collected in Treated Effluent Sump (TES). Treated effluent will be sent to RO. RO reject water will be sent to multi effect evaporation system (MEE) and permeable will be used in gardening for maintain zero discharge in proposed unit. The schematic diagram of RO system in shown in Figure -2.15

Sludge settled in PCL shall be pumped to Filter Press-1 for dewatering and Sludge settled in SCL-1 & SCL-2 shall be pumped to Sludge Sump (SS) and dewatering shall be carried out by using Filter Press-2 in Filter Press Shed (FPS) before storage in HWSA and ultimate disposal to TSDF. All Non-biodegradable streams (Stream III) of waste water shall be collected in ME Feed Tank (MFT) then it will pump to Multi Stage Evaporator (ME). Condensate from ME shall be collected and reused for washing etc. Sludge generated in ME shall be collected in HWSA and ultimate disposal to TSDF. Back wash stream shall be collected in Drain pit and pumped to CET-01 for treatment. Design details of ETP are given in Table 2.13 Details Flow diagram of ETP and Multi Effect Evaporation System is given in Figure-2.14 and Figure 2.15 respectively.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-35 Chapter-II/Project Description

Table 2.13 Design details of ETP Design Capacity- 1 KL/Hr: 20 KLD

S. No Name of Unit Dimension (M) No. of Unit Capacity (M 3)

1 Screening 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 1 1.0 Chamber 2 Equalization Tank 2.5 x 2.5. x 3.5 1 20

3 Flash Mixer 1.25 x 1.25 x 1.5 1 2.5

4 Acid Dosing Tank HDPE Tank 1 500 Ltr

6 FeSO4 Soln. HDPE Tank 1 500 Ltr Dosing Tank 7 H2O2 Dosing Tank HDPE Tank 1 500 Ltr

8 Primary Settling - 1 5.0 Tank (Clarifier) 9 Collection Tanks - 2 20

10 Neutralization - 1 2 Tank 11 Aeration Tank - 2 12

12 Secondary - 2 12 Clarifier 13 Pressure Sand - 1 2 m³/hr. Filter 14 Sludge Sump - 1 10

15 Treated Effluent 2.5 x 2.5. x 3.5 20 Sump 16 Reverse Osmoses- Sets of RO 1 500 lit/hr RO 17 Multi Effect Sets of MEE 1 12KL/day. Evaporator -MEE

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-36 Chapter-II/Project Description

Figure 2.13: Schematic diagram of cyanide treatment

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-37 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.14: Schematic diagram of ETP

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-38 Chapter-II/Project Description

Figure – 2.15: Schematic Diagram of Multiple Effect Evaporation System

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-39 Chapter-II/Project Description

Figure 2.16 : SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF RO SYSTEM

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-40 Chapter-II/Project Description

2.5.5 DETAILS OF UTILITIES

Various utilities are required for proper functioning of manufacturing plants. These utilities include boiler, cooling tower, Chilled brine plant, Chilled water Plant, air compressor, DG set, etc. Details of utilities services are in Table 2.14

TABLE: 2.14 DETAILS OF UTILITIES

SR. NO. NAME OF EUIPMENT CAPACITY LOCATION

1 Boiler 0.6 TPH Utility Block

2 Cooling tower 60 M3/Hr Utility Block

3 Chilled Brine plant @ -10 deg cel 5 TR Utility Block

7 D.G. set 2x 62.5 KVA D.G. House

2.5.6 ELECTRICITY REQUIREMENT

TABLE: 2.15: ELECTRICITY REQUIREMENT S. No. Existing Proposed Total Source 1 300 KVA 200 KVA 500 KVA Punjab state power corporation limited DG set 2 62.5 KVA 62.5 KVA 125 KVA

2.5.7 FUEL REQUIREMENT

Rice Husk Briquettes 1.5 MT for Boilers and HSD (82 Liter/day) for D.G. set will be used as fuel.

2.6 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND ITS CONTROL MEASURE 2.6. 1 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM 2.6.1. 1 Point Source Emissions & Control

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-41 Chapter-II/Project Description

Point sources emission of pollutant into air from the proposed project will be through flue gas stacks attached to boiler, DG set, through process vents attached to scrubbers. Adequate stack height of all DG set will be maintained and Multicyclone with scrubber will be installed at boiler to control emission pollutant under norms.

2.6.1. 2 Action Plan to Control Ambient Air Quality

Appropriate control measures shall be taken to control ambient air quality. Details of the stacks, fuel used, and quantity of fuel used, air pollution control measures (APCM), expected pollutants are tabulated in Table 2.16 and schematic diagram of multicyclone with dry scrubber is shown in figure – 2.17

TABLE: 2.16 DETAILS OF STACK & VENTS

Sr. Source of Type of Stack Fuel Name & Pollution Control No Emission Emission Height Quantity Equipment (meter) 1 Boiler-I SPM 30 Rice Husk Multi-Cyclone and SOx Briquettes Dry Scrubber NOx 1.5 MT/day

2 Process HCl, Cl 2, 15 - Caustic Scrubber Vent-I CH 3Cl, HBr, Pesticide in the form of P.M. 3 D.G. Set- I SPM 5 HSD Dust Collector, (62.5 SOx As and when Silencer KVA): NOx required emergenc y use only 4 D.G. Set- SPM 5 HSD Dust Collector, II (62.5 SOx As and when Silencer KVA): NOx required emergenc y use only

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-42 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.17: Schematic diagram: multi cyclone & dry Scrubbing system

2.6.1. 3 Process Vent Emission (HCL, SO 2/Cl 2) and Control

During the manufacture of some of the products gaseous Hydrogen chloride, sulphur dioxide and traces chlorine gas shall be generated. These gases are absorbed in caustic soda solution. A mixture of HCl gas and Sulphur dioxide gas, as obtained from the reaction involving

Thionyl chloride, is absorbed in a dual system using caustic lye solution. Traces Cl 2 generated during the manufacturing of thiram is absorbed in this system using caustic lye solution.

The absorber system is designed for absorbing a mixture of HCl, SO2 and Cl 2. The schematic diagram scrubbing system is given in Figure 2.18.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-43 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.18: Scrubbing System (PP/FRP)

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-44 Chapter-II/Project Description

2.6.1. 4 Diffuse Emission (VOCs) and Control

Emissions will be released from other process equipment like centrifuge, dryers, distillation columns, reaction vessels, etc. These emissions mainly contain volatile contents of the material. It is proposed to provide vent condensers in series to reactors, distillation columns, driers, centrifuges etc. to mitigate release of VOCs into atmosphere. The condensers shall have chilled water and or chilled brine as circulation medium contingent on the solvent/chemical characteristics of the diffuse emissions.

All other vents are connected to common headers and scrubbers. The transfer pumps shall be provided with mechanical seals. The transfer of solvents shall be mainly by closed pipeline systems. Solid phase raw materials shall be charged using closed hoppers to avoid dust emissions and hazard of static electricity. Breather valves shall be provided to storage tanks. Thermal insulation and condensers will be provided for storage tanks of low boiling point solvents. The reactor or solvent storage tank vents when not in use shall be kept closed. The effluent storage tank is a major source of diffuse VOC emissions, and it is proposed to provide a closed tank for initial storage of untreated effluents, with a scrubber connected to the storage tank vent. VOC’s emission that are solvent not recoverable, after vent condenser shall be let off to atmosphere at 15 meter height. The schematic diagram of solvent (VOC) emission control system is shown in Figure 2.19. The quantity of process emissions and the mode of treatment are presented in Table 2.17-

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-45 Chapter-II/Project Description

TABLE: 2.17 Quantities and Mode of Treatment of Process Emissions

Name of Product Name of Quantity Mode of Treatment Gas (KG/D) Clodrinafop Methanol 105.6 To vent Condenser in series Propargyle Glyphosate CO2 394.8 To atmosphere Lambda HCL 128 To Caustic Scrubber Cyhalothrin SO2 227.2 To Caustic Scrubber Hexane 96 To vent Condenser in series IPA 80 To vent Condenser in series Fipronil TCAA 296 To vent Condenser in series DCAA 184 To vent Condenser in series Methanol 344.8 To vent Condenser in series Imidacloprid DMF 80 To vent Condenser in series Cypermethrin Hexane 97.6 To vent Condenser in series Alphamethrin Hexane 336 To vent Condenser in series IPA 87.9 To vent Co ndenser in series Thiram Cl2 Traces To Caustic Scrubber Ziram - - -

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-46 Chapter-II/Project Description

FIGURE 2.19: Schematic diagram for solvent (VOC) emission control

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-47 Chapter-II/Project Description

2.6. 2 FUGITIVE EMISSION AND CONTROL MEAURES Main source of fugitive emissions is transportation of men and material during operational phase of project. To control fugitive emissions following measures shall be adopted by plant authorities.

• In order to avoid fugitive emissions from different sources, dust collectors will be provided at material transfer points.

• The roads within the premises will be concreted / paved to avoid vehicular emissions.

• All transportation vehicles shall carry a valid PUC (Pollution under Control) Certificate.

• Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles will be carried out..

• Regular sweeping of all the roads & floors will be done.

• Adequate green belt shall be developed in the plant area. Green belt act as surface for settling of dust particle and thus will reduce the particulate matter in air.

• Ambient air quality will be regularly monitored, and effective control exercised, so as to keep emission within the limits.

• In production area pipe lines will be used for transfer of solvents from respective solvent storage tanks to reactors.

• Water jacket vent condenser shall be provided to all solvent storage tanks.

• To effective emission control, m echanical seals will be provided for all the reactors & pump.

• Adequate stack height will be provided at rice husk briquette fired boiler emission. HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-48 Chapter-II/Project Description

• For all Air Pollution Control Equipment’s, regular post project air monitoring schedule will be planned and record will be maintained to track any problem.

2.6. 3 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM

During construction phase, noise will be generated from movement of vehicles, earth work, etc. Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce the noise generation. The construction site will be shielded to avoid the noise propagation and transportation of material and machineries will be carried out at the peak time of the day.

During operation phase, the sources of noise pollution at site will be pumps, blowers, D.G. Sets (stand by), transportation of materials, etc.

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance shall carry out to reduce noise generation at source to the permissible limit. Raw material and products will be transported at the peak time of the day.

PUC checked vehicles will be used for transportation purpose. Cooling tower of latest technology will be installed in order to suppress noise and vibrations.

33% of plant area shall be under green cover with local plant and tree species which in turn would help in reducing noise level.

However, at place where noise levels can exceed the permissible limit, Earplugs and Earmuffs shall be provided to those working in such area.

2.6. 4 HAZARDOUS AND SOLID WASTE GENERATIONS AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM

Recyclable waste (Metal, Plastic bags, etc.) will be sold to the vendors during construction. The inert waste (brick, masonry, aggregates, concrete etc.) will be used for making of roads, loading and unloading area. During operation phase, Various categories of hazardous wastes shall be generated at M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. Mode of disposal followed is as per HW (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement)

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-49 Chapter-II/Project Description

of Environment Protection Act, 1986. Hazardous and Solid waste generation quantity, physical characteristics and mode of disposal are given in Table‐ 2.18

TABLE: 2.18 HAZARDOUS & SOILD WASTE GENERATION QUANTITY AND MODE OF DISPOSAL Sr. Hazardous Category Quantity Disposal methods No Waste MTA 1 Used Oil 5.1 50 Collection, Storage, Transportation & Lit/Month Disposal by selling to Registered Re-processors / reuse as lubricant 2 ETP Sludge 34.2 25.2 Collection, Storage, Transportation & send to TSDF.

3 Discarded 33.1 10 Collection, Storage, Decontamination Barrels Nos./ Month & Detoxification, sale to Authorized contaminated agencies with hazardous wastes/chemical s 5. Process Residue 29.2 26.85 Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposal by Incineration or sale for coprocessing in cement industries.

6. Rice husk 37.2 73.5 Collection, Storage, Transportation, briquettes Ash Sale to brick manufacturer or Disposal at TSDF.

7. MEE salt 37.3 68.4 Collection, storage & transportation & final disposal at TSDF.

2.6. 5 DETAILS OF GREENBELT

The main objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the plant and surroundings areas. Total 8361 sq. meter land area is available at site; out of this area about 2760 sq. meter (33 %) area is covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-50 Chapter-II/Project Description

2.7 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT

During the operation phase of proposed project, a strong team of manpower with very pertinent skill in process development, manufacturing and testing of product shall be required. The management shall recruit doctorate, post graduate, graduate and chemical engineers with well experience and knowledge of pesticides manufacturing process. The Details of employment for proposed project shown in below Table- 2.19

TABLE: 2.19: EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPANSION

Particulars No. of employees Functional Area

Key managerial staff 5 Finance, Ma rketing, Production , Quality control, R&D, Logistics etc

Administration 5 Office work Skilled and semi 70 Production Process, Maintenance , Skilled stores, Safety. & Un skilled workers Total 80

***********

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C2-51 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

CHAPTER – III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 3.2 BASELINE DATA GENERATION 3.3 METROLOGY & CLIMATOLOGY 3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT 3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 3.8 LAND USE STUDY 3.9 HYDROGEOLOGY 3.10 GEOLOGY 3.11 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 3.12 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-0 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

CHAPTER – III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT To assess environmental impacts from proposed project, it is essential to monitor the environmental quality prevailing in the surrounding area prior to implementation of the proposed project. The environmental status within the study area is used for prediction of anticipated environmental impact assessment study. The impacts from an existing industrial projects located on its surrounding environment are due to the nature of pollutants, their quantities discharged to the environment, existing environmental quality, assimilative capacity of the surrounding environment and topography. Data of baseline environmental status of the study area is useful for Impact Assessment-Process of assessing and predicting the environmental consequences of the significant actions. Significant action depicts direct adverse changes caused by the action and its effect on the health of the biota including flora, fauna and human being, socio- economic conditions, current use of land and resources, physical and cultural heritage properties and biophysical surroundings.

Deciding whether a proposed action is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects is central to the concept and practice of EIA. Before proceeding for baseline data generation, it is important to know the boundary limits and framework, so that the data generated can be effectively utilized for impact assessment. The area of impact zone invariably changes from project to project and depends on the nature and magnitude of activities. Core Zone (Host and Proximate Area where the proposed activities is completed) - This area is closest to the activity where the background quality of environmental and human health is always at high risk. This involves risks due to steady state, transient and accidental release of pollutants, noise, increased traffic congestion and social stress.

3.1.1 Buffer zone (Moderately affected area) Being a little away from the activity, the discharge pollutants need time lag to be

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-1 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

transported to this area and gets attenuated/diluted to a considerable extent. However, the associated risk shall be real during brake-down, failure or upset conditions, and simultaneously with adverse meteorological and hydrological factors.

3.2 BASELINE DATA GENERATION

The project is located at Plot No. 31 – 33, Industrial Growth Centre- Bathinda, District- Bathinda, Punjab. Bathinda is in the northwestern region of India and is a part of the Indo-Gangetic alluvial plains. Bathinda's climate corresponds to semi-arid with high variation between summer and winter temperatures. The baseline status of environmental quality has been monitored in post monsoon from October, 2017 to December, 2017 in 10 km radial distance from the project site.

Eight monitoring stations were selected for monitoring of Ambient Air and Noise. Eight locations selected for ground water samples and seven locations were selected for surface water samples. Eight samples were tested for Soil quality. The monitoring stations were selected on the basis of surface influence, demographic influence and meteorological influence. The topographical map showing the monitoring locations is given below in Figure No 3.1 -

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-2 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Figure 3.1 - Topographical Map Showing Monitoring Locations

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-3 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

3.3 METEOROLOGY & CLIMATOLOGY: The district lies in the South-western region of the State and in far away from the Shivalik ranges in the North of the state. It is the nearest to the Thar Desert of Rajasthan and also far away from the Major rivers lines that run through the state. Therefore, climatically, the district has a very hot in summer and frequently scorching heat is in full swing. The climate of Bathinda district can be classified as tropical steppe, semi arid and hot which is mainly dry except in rainy months and characterized by intensely hot summer and cold winter. During three months of monsoon season from July to September, the moist air of oceanic origin penetrate into the district and causes high humidity, cloudiness and good monsoon rainfall. The period from October to November constitutes post monsoon season. The cold weather season prevails from December to February followed by the hot weather season or Pre-monsoon season which ends upto the last week of June. Rain fall : The normal annual rainfall of Bhatinda District is 408 mm in 20 days which is unevenly distributed over the district. The southwest monsoon sets in last week of June and withdrawn towards end of September and contributes about 82% of annual rainfall. July and August are the rainiest months. Rest 18% of the annual rainfall occurs during non of the year in the form of thunder storm and western disturbances. Rainfall in the district increases from

southwest to northeast. (Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Punjab/Bathinda.pdf ). Rainfall Normal Annual Rainfall : 408 mm, Normal monsoon Rainfall : 335 mm, Normal Rain days : 20, Temperature Mean Maximum : 42 °C (May & June), Mean Minimum : 3.9 °C (January). Table 3.1: Average Annual Rainfall of 5 years (2008-2013) S.No. Year Rainfall (mm) 1 2008 527.0 2 2009 252.7 3 2010 357.3 4 2011 494.3 5 2013 215.9 Average Rainfall (in mm) Source: IMD

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-4 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

3.3.1. Site Specific Hourly Mean Meteorological Data: An auto weather monitoring station (Make- Envirotech, Model- WM 271) was installed at project site during the study period to record various meteorological parameters on hourly basis to understand the wind speed, wind direction, Temperature variation and relative humidity variation etc. Weather monitoring station was setup at representative location form the project site at the height of ~10m from the ground. • Parameters recorded at the station: Temperature, Wind speed, Wind direction, Relative humidity and Rainfall. • Period of monitoring: 1st October 2017 to 31 st December, 2017 • Specifications of Weather Monitoring System • Instrument used: Automatic weather monitoring system, model WM271- Make- Environtech Instrument Pvt. Ltd. With Micro based Data Logger. Including:-  Wind Speed Sensor  Wind Direction Sensor  Temperature & Relative Humidity Sensor  Rainfall Sensor  Windows XP compatible Software-Metlog Site Specific hourly mean metrological data is given in below Table: Table 3.2: Site Specific Meteorological Data (Period 1 st October 2017 to 31 st December 2017) Relative Humidity Temperature (°C) Average Total (%) Months Wind Speed Rainfall Max Min Avg. Max Min Avg. (kmph) (mm)

October 2017 37.1 16 25.73 92.8 40 64.30 1.62 0.00 November 33.2 11.2 21.96 88.8 31.5 56.03 1.09 0.00 2017

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-5 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Relative Humidity Temperature (°C) Average Total (%) Months Wind Speed Rainfall Max Min Avg. Max Min Avg. (kmph) (mm)

December 34 9.3 20.17 93.5 28.0 57.23 1.39 0.00 2017 Average 34.77 12.17 22.62 91.7 33.16 59.19 1.37 0.00 A. Temperature:

The maximum and minimum average temperature recorded during the study period was 34.77°C and 12.17°C respectively. Temperature of environment affects the plume rise of stack emissions and dispersion into the atmosphere thereby affecting the ground level concentration of air pollutants.

Looking at the recordings of temperature, it can be said that the weather in the study area is of the nature suitable for plume rise.

B. Relative Humidity:

The average relative humidity in the study area was found to vary from 91.7 % to 33.16 % within the study period. The maximum relative humidity recorded during the monitoring was 93.5 % % in the month of December 2017.

C. Wind Speed and Wind Direction:

Wind speed and wind direction are equally important as temperature for dispersion of air pollutants from stack emissions into ambient air. Site-specific information of wind speed and wind direction is also required for emergency planning as well as for mathematical modeling of long-term effects of air polluting emissions. The wind speed in the project site remained low with drifting directions. The wind directions also have variations during day time & night time. Maximum wind speed was 1.62 kmph in the month of October 2017 while the average wind speed varied from 1.09 to 1.62 kmph.

D. Wind rose diagram:

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-6 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Wind rose for the study period indicates the predominant wind direction was found to be NW to SE. 65% calm wind observed during the study period. Wind rose diagram showing distribution of wind speed for the study period as figure below (Figure-3.2):-

Figure 3.2: Wind Rose Diagram for the study period October2017- December 2017

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-7 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

3.4 Air Environment 3.4.1 Monitoring Station Selection Criteria The baseline status of the air quality in the study area has been assessed through a scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has been based on the following considerations: • Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale; • Topography of the study area; • Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status; • Representatives of likely impact areas. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out at eight locations of buffer zone (10 km radius) of the project site. Details of locations with direction & Coordinates are given in table No-3.3 as below:-

Table 3.3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Height of instrument from S.N. Station Direction Coordinates Land use GL (Approx. Meter)

1 Project Site - N-30 0 10’ 22.12’’ 3.0 Commercial E-074 0 57’ 34.84’’ 2 500 meter South 3.5 Commercial N-30 0 10’ 14.83’’ Predominant E-074 0 57’ 31.43’’ direction 3 Jassi Pauwali South East N-30 0 09’ 39.02’’ 4.0 Residential (SE) E-074 0 58’ 35.92’’ 4 Awa Basti North of North 4.0 Residential N-30 0 11’ 59.19’’ west E-074 0 56’ 07.96’’ (NNW) 5 Jodhpur Ramana South west N-30 0 09’ 00.40’’ 3.0 Residential Direction (SW) E-074 0 55’ 06.04’’ 6 Phusmandi East Direction (E) N-30 0 10’ 14.32’’ 3.0 Residential E-074 0 59’ 40.44’’

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-8 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

7 Kot Shamir South East (SE) N-30 0 06’ 13.49’’ 3.0 Residential E-075 0 00’ 29.07’’ 8 Bir Talab Near Zoo North west North N-30 0 11’ 35.91’’ 3.0 Residential Direction (NWN) E-074 0 52’ 49.60’’

3.4.2 Parameters, Frequency and Monitoring Methodology

Monitoring was conducted for the following parameters: • Particulate Matter (PM10) • Particulate Matter (PM2.5) • Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) • Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) • Carbon Monoxide (CO) It was ensured that the equipment was placed at a height of at least 3 to 4m above the ground level at each monitoring station, for negating the effects of windblown ground dust. Also distance of the sampler to any air flow obstacle i.e. buildings, must be more than two times the height of the obstacle above the sampler has been ensured. The equipment was placed at open space free from trees and vegetation which otherwise act as a sink of pollutants resulting in lower levels in monitoring results. Monitoring has been carried out as per the latest CPCB and MoEF guidelines and notifications.

3.4.3 Duration and Frequency of Monitoring

The monitoring has been carried out at a frequency of two samples per week at each of eight locations, adopting a continuous 24-hour schedule for the period of 1 st , October 2017 to 31st, December, 2017.

3.4.4 Sampling & Analytical Techniques with NAAQ Standards

With a view to collecting the samples, Envirotech make calibrated Respirable Dust Samplers along with Gaseous attachment and Fine Particulate Samplers have been used. The RDS was well capable of drawing air at a flow rate of 1.0 to 1.5 m3/min with very

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-9 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

little pressure drop for RDS and the Impactor system of FPS is designed to operate at an air flow rate of 1 m3/hr. Filter papers were used for the collection of PM10 & PM2.5. SO2 was collected by drawing air at a flow-rate of 1.0 liters per minute (lpm) through an absorbing solution i.e., Sodium tetra chloro mercurate (TCM) as per IS 5182 part II: 2001. And, NOX were collected by drawing air at a flow rate of 1.0 liters per minute (lpm) through the mixture of absorbing solutions i.e. sodium hydroxide and sodium arsenite as per IS 5182 Part VI : 2006. The “Gas monitor UNIPHOS-320(M)” was used for measure CO level in ambient air quality. National Ambient Air Quality Standard is presented in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Concentration in µg/mg 3 Industrial, Ecologically Sensitive Pollutant Residential, Time area (Notified by Rural & other Central Govt.) areas

Sulphur Dioxide Annual Avg.* 50 20 (µg/m 3) 24 hours** 80 80

Oxides of Nitrogen Annual Avg. 40 30 (µg/m 3) 24 hours 80 80 Annual Avg. 60 60 PM10 (µg/m 3) 24 hours 100 100 Annual Avg. 40 40 PM2.5 (µg/m 3) 24 hours 60 60

Carbon Monoxide 8 hours 2 2 (mg/m 3) 1 hour 4 4 Source: Gazette of India Notification, dated 16th Nov, 2009 * Annual Arithmetic Means of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals ** 24 hourly or 8 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time they may exceed the limits but not on two

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-10 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

consecutive days of monitoring

3.4.5 Monitoring Results & Observations

Statistical analysis (minimum, maximum, arithmetic mean, standard deviation and 98- percentile values) of the ambient air quality in study area are shown in Table-3.5 to 3.9.

Table 3.5: Particulate Matter PM 10 (µg/m 3) Station Min. Max. Std dev. P98 Mean

A1 74.85 91.18 4.53 89.98 80.71 A2 75.64 92.18 3.61 90.11 82.75 A3 62.19 76.45 3.43 75.97 68.29 A4 62.14 75.40 3.54 75.35 67.37 A5 59.82 70.16 3.11 69.84 64.62 A6 62.56 71.79 2.76 71.35 66.74 A7 58.15 74.23 3.14 70.77 64.43 A8 60.05 69.97 2.46 69.69 65.49

Table 3.6: Particulate Matter PM 2.5 (µg/m 3)

Station Min. Max. Std dev. P98 Mean

A1 38.78 47.24 2.35 46.62 41.82 A2 39.60 48.26 1.89 47.18 43.32 A3 33.08 40.67 1.82 40.41 36.32 A4 32.88 39.90 1.87 39.87 35.64 A5 31.65 37.12 1.64 36.95 34 .19 A6 32.75 37.59 1.45 37.36 34.94 A7 30.13 38.46 1.62 36.67 33.39 A8 33.18 38.66 1.36 38.50 36.18

Table 3.7: Sulphur Dioxide SO 2 (µg/m 3)

Station Min. Max. Std dev. P98 Mean

A1 9.65 14.47 1.17 13.92 11.61 A2 10.44 15.66 1.27 15.07 12.56

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-11 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Station Min. Max. Std dev. P98 Mean

A3 6.68 10 .69 1.05 10.29 8.17 A4 7.20 10.65 1.01 10.62 11.25 A5 6.29 9.50 0.87 9.49 7.87 A6 6.00 7.57 0.45 7.55 6.59 A7 5.35 6.74 0.40 6.72 5.87 A8 7.67 11.39 1.07 11.37 9.50

Table 3.8: Oxides of Nitrogen NO 2 (µg/m 3)

Station Min. Max. Std dev. P98 Mean

A1 11 .72 15.71 1.17 15.43 14.10 A2 13.77 17.79 1.27 17.50 16.16 A3 9.66 13.63 1.05 13.34 11.98 A4 9.48 13.37 1.01 13.10 11.77 A5 9.40 13.01 0.77 12.84 11.55 A6 10.03 12.83 0.66 12.56 11.34 A7 9.44 12.08 0.62 11.83 10.67 A8 11.48 13.48 0.57 13.42 12.44

Table 3.9: Carbon monoxide CO (mg/m 3)

Station Min. Max. Std dev. P98 Mean

A1 0.37 0.75 0.12 0.75 0.57 A2 0.25 0.75 0.13 0.75 0.61 A3 0.37 0.62 0.08 0.62 0.44 A4 0.37 0.62 0.08 0.62 0.45 A5 0.37 0.62 0.08 0.62 0.50 A6 0.25 0.75 0.13 0.75 0.59 A7 0.25 0.75 0.13 0.75 0.62 A8 0.25 0.75 0.13 0.75 0.62

The detailed on-site twice in a week monitoring results corresponding to all air quality

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-12 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

locations for the entire monitoring period (01, October 2017 – 31, December 2017) are given as Annexure I. 98 th percentile value of each ambient air quality parameter corresponding to locations are graphically presented along with the NAAQS values in Figure 1 to Figure 3.

3.4.6 Particulate Matter10 (PM 10 ) The 98th percentile value of PM10 was maximum 90.11 µg/m3 observed at 500 meter Predominant direction from project site and minimum 69.69 µg/m3 observed at Bir Talab Near Zoo. Figure-3.3, depicts the comparison of PM10 value with the NAAQ standard. The concentration level of PM10 was found under limit at all the locations.

Figure 3.3: Baseline PM 10 Concentration v/s NAAQ Standards

3.4.7 Particulate Matter 2.5 (PM 2.5 )

The 98 th percentile value of PM 2.5 maximum 47.18 µg/m 3 observed at 500 meter Predominant direction from project site and minimum 36.67 µg/m 3 at Kot Shamir. Figure No-3.4, depicts the

comparison of PM 2.5 value with the NAAQ standard. It can be concluded that at all the eight

locations the concentration level of PM 2.5 are under limit.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-13 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Figure 3.4: Baseline PM2.5 Concentration v/s NAAQ Standards

3.4.8 Sulphur Dioxide (SO 2):

The 98 th percentile value of SO 2 was observed maximum 15.07 µg/m 3 at location A2 (500 m in Predominant Direction) and minimum 6.72 µg/m 3 at Location A7 (Village Kot shamir).

The below Figure 3.5 shows the comparison of SO 2 value with the NAAQ standard.

Figure: 3.5 Baseline SO 2 Concentration v/s NAAQ Standard

3.4.9 Oxides of Nitrogen (NO 2)

The 98 th percentile value of NO 2 was maximum 17.50 µg/m 3 at location A2 (500 m in

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-14 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Predominant Direction) and minimum 11.83 µg/m 3 at location A7 (Village Kot Shamir).

The below Figure 3.6 shows the comparison of NO 2 value with the NAAQ standard.

Figure: 3.6 Baseline NO 2 Concentration v/s NAAQ Standard 3.4.10 Carbon monoxide (CO) The concentration of CO at all locations was lies between 0.62 to 0.75 mg/m3. Figure 5 depicts the comparison of CO value with the NAAQ standards. The observed value at all eight locations was found very less as compared to NAAQ standards. The 8 hours’ applicable limit for Industrial, Residential Rural and other areas is 2 mg/m3 .

Figure 3.7: Baseline CO Concentration v/s NAAQ Standards

TABLE 3.10: CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION AT PROJECT SITE

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-15 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

S. No. Parameters Units A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

3 1 PM 10 µg/m 85.04 84.43 66.54 64.32 63.18 65.56 63.55 63.40

3 2 Ozone (O 3) µg/m 97.68 76.48 61.44 49.84 86.22 75.48 72.76 87.51

3 3 NH 3 µg/m 34.96 46.23 36.09 51.31 37.21 49.62 57.51 66.53

4 Lead µg/m 3 0.071 0.019 0.036 0.026 0.063 0.070 0.052 0.035

5 Nickel ng/m 3 7.314 8.984 5.821 7.621 7.303 9.047 5.976 9.173

Benzo(a)pyren 6 ng/m 3 0.087 0.074 0.082 0.079 0.097 0.099 0.082 0.085 e VOCs 7 µg/m 3 1.551 1.266 1.050 1.042 1.302 0.928 0.854 1.310 (BENZENE) VOCs 8 µg/m 3 0.875 0.693 0.971 0.782 1.091 0.671 1.022 1.089 (TOLUENE)

9 VOCs (XYLENE) µg/m 3 0.934 0.740 1.037 0.835 1.165 0.716 1.092 1.164

Non methane 10 hydrocarbon ng/m 3 0.021 0.053 0.069 0.034 0.043 0.123 0.285 0.559 (NMHC) Methane 11 ng/m 3 0.319 0.778 0.768 0.549 0.553 0.339 0.406 0.760 hydrocarbon

3.4.11 Conclusion of AAQ results

Among all eight locations maximum dust concentration was observed at location A2 (500 m in Predominant Direction) and project site as compared to other locations. These sites are located near the industrial area. Hence, the dust concentration was high as compared to others . All the above results are found well within the prescribed limits of National Ambient Air Quality standards.

3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is sound, which is composed of many frequency components of several types of loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. The most common and universally accepted scale is the A weighted scale, which is measured as dB (A). This is

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-16 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of human ear. The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise. The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise levels and assess the impact of the total noise expected to be generated during the project operations around the project site. The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at eight locations in the study area. The parameters are analyzed for Leq day and Leq night .

3.5.1 Identification of Sampling Locations A preliminary survey has been undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. Noise at different noise generating sources has been identified based on the residential, industrial and commercial activities in the area. The environment setting of noise monitoring location during post monsoon season is given in Table No 3.11. Table No. 3.11 Location of monitoring station of Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area

S.N. Station Direction Coordinates Land use

1 Project Site - N-30 0 10’ 22.12’’ Commercial E-074 0 57’ 34.84’’ 2 500 meter South N-30 0 10’ 14.83’’ Commercial Predominant direction E-074 0 57’ 31.43’’ 3 Jassi Pauwali South East N-30 0 09’ 39.02’’ Residential (SE) E-074 0 58’ 35.92’’ 4 Awa Basti North of North west N-30 0 11’ 59.19’’ Residential (NNW) E-074 0 56’ 07.96’’ 5 Jodhpur Ramana South west Direction N-30 0 09’ 00.40’’ Residential (SW) E-074 0 55’ 06.04’’ 6 Phusmandi East Direction (E) N-30 0 10’ 14.32’’ Residential E-074 0 59’ 40.44’’

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-17 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

7 Kot Shamir South East (SE) N-30 0 06’ 13.49’’ Residential E-075 0 00’ 29.07’’ 8 Bir Talab Near Zoo North west North N-30 0 11’ 35.91’’ Residential Direction (NWN) E-074 0 52’ 49.60’’

3.5.2 Method of Monitoring In the present study, sound pressure levels (SPL) have been measured by a sound level meter (Model: Envirotech Make SLM 109, Serial No. 502201). Since loudness of sound is important for its effects on people, the dependence of loudness upon frequency must be considered in environmental noise assessment. This has been achieved using A- weighting filters in the noise measuring instrument which gives a direct reading of approximate loudness. A-weighted equivalent continuous sound pressure level (Leq) values have been computed from the values of A-weighted sound pressure level measured with the help of noise meter.

3.5.3 Presentation of Results The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at eight locations in the study area. The parameters are analyzed for Lday , Lnight . The statistical analysis results are given in Table 3.12. Ambient Noise Levels in The Study Area [dB(A)] Table 3.12: Ambient Noise Quality for the month of October –December 2017

Day Night Noise Location L Max LMin Leq L Max L Min Leq

S1 INDUSTRIAL AREA 75 70

S2 RESIDENTIAL AREA 55 45

N1 Industrial 63.7 55.7 64.4 36.7 34.5 36.8 N2 Residential 53.2 46.6 53.7 38.1 36.4 38.1 N3 Residential 53.1 47.9 53.3 41.1 38.6 41.2 N4 Residential 54.4 52.3 54.4 41.8 39.5 41. 9 N5 Residential 53.2 51.1 53.2 40.5 38.5 40.5 N6 Residential 52.3 49.8 52.3 39.1 37.0 39.1

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-18 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Day Night Noise Location L Max LMin Leq L Max L Min Leq N7 Residential 52.9 50.4 52.9 37.7 35.8 37.8 N8 Residential 52.3 46.1 52.6 42.0 39.8 42.1

Table 3.13: Ambient Noise Standards, CPCB

Area Noise Levels (dB (A) Leq (Limits) Category of Area Code Day time Night time A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40

Observation of Results a. Day Time Noise Levels (Leq day ) The day time (Leq day) noise levels are observed in the range of minimum 52.3 dB(A) and maximum 75 dB(A).

Figure 3.8 Graphical presentation of noise results day time (Leq)

b. Night time Noise Levels (Leq night )

The night time (Leq night) Noise levels are observed to be in the range of minimum

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-19 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

36.8 dB(A) and maximum 70 dB(A).

Figure 3.9 Graphical presentation of noise results night time (Leq) 3.6 Water Environment Water quality refers to the chemical, physical and biological characteristics of water. It is a measure of the condition of water relative to the requirements of one or more biotic species and or to any human need or purpose. It is most frequently used by reference to a set of standards against which compliance can be assessed. The most common standards used to assess water quality relate to health of ecosystems, safety of human contact and drinking water. Water plays important role in the living beings existence as well as the overall environmental condition of the world as it is being the most important & largest resource of the planet earth. All major seasonal phenomenon’s are associated with water on planet and now it has asked more attention due to issues of water scarcity, depleting water resources and water pollution. The water resources and quality of water resources of the study area have been studied for surface water and groundwater resources within the study area.

3.6.1 Groundwater Quality To access the quality of the available water, representative water samples from 7 different locations have been collected for chemical analysis from core and buffer zone of the project. Samples were collected in polyethylene carboys/ glass DO bottles and

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-20 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

preserved, as per the techniques explained by APHA in ‘Standard Methods for Examination of Water & Wastewater’. The preserved samples were brought to the laboratory and analysed. The samples have been analysed as per the procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA) and Bureau of Indian Standards. The locations for ground water monitoring station are shown in table 3.14 and the results of the same have been presented at Table 3.15-

Table 3.14 Location of Groundwater Monitoring Stations S. No. Location Source Address Coordinate 1. Project side Raw water Hin dustan Rasayan N-30 0 10’ 20.39’’ Plant Area Bathinda E-074 0 57’ 35.78’’ 2. 500 Mtr Hand pump Nr. Agarwal Coro Craft N-30 0 10’ 18.47’’ water sample Pvt. Ltd. E-074 0 57’ 30.96’’ 3. Kot Shamir Tube well Water Village Kot Shamir Mr. N-30 0 06’ 13.54’’ Ram Singh S/o Baldev E-075 0 00’ 28.96’’ Singh ji 4. Phus Mandi Tube well Water Village Phus Mandi Mr N-30 0 10’ 11.19’’ Mugal Singh E-074 0 59’ 39.02’’ 5. Bir talab vill Hand Pump Bir talab N-30 0 11’ 36.04’’ nr. Zoo Water E-074 0 52’ 49.60’’ 6. Gehri Bhagi Tube well water Village Gehri Bhagi Mr. N-30 0 07’ 02.91’’ Mahendrapal Singh E-074 0 57’ 35.96’’ 7. Modal Town Tube well water Modal town colony N-30 0 11’ 40.56’’ Bhatinda, Punjab E-074 0 57’ 26.11’’

Table 3.15 Observation on Ground Water Quality

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-21 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

PROJE 500 MTR KOT BIR CT PREDOMI SHAMI PHUSM TALAB SITE ENT R MUL ANDI VILL NR. GEHRI MODEL Parameter Unit TUBE DIRECTIO TUBE TANI TUBE ZOO BHAGI TOWN WELL N HAND WELL A WELL HAND WATE PUMP WATE WATER PUMP R WATER R WATER pH 7.4 7.84 7.62 7.39 7.79 7.43 7.63 7.69 1.475 959. 2.126M 1.663M EC 948μs 772 μs 1.026Ms 605.5μs Ms 6μs s s Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 Turbidity NTU 0.62 0.52 0.46 0.56 0.58 0.48 0.52 0.42 TDS mg/l 1158 660 542 716 1628 802 1042 294 Hardness mg/l 540 400 300 292 320 460 510 280 Calcium mg/l 91.2 78.4 70.4 72 56 112 84 56 26.8 Magnesium mg/l 74.88 48.96 29.76 43.2 43.2 72 33.6 8 Alkalinity mg/l 468 428 284 316 608 400 492 332 Chloride mg/l 166 54 52 152 264 72 144 24 Residual mg/l 0.02 <0.01 <0.01 0.04 0.03 0.01 0.04 <0.01 Chorine Chromium <0.0 mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Hexavalent 1 Fluoride mg/l 0.6 0.8 0.6 0.4 1.6 0.2 1.8 0.1 63.5 Sulphate mg/l 89.58 39.58 33.33 144.79 69.79 93.74 18.54 4 Nitrate mg/l 16.04 9.69 8.85 9.96 18.6 13.8 14.95 7.66 Zinc mg/l 0.09 0.04 0.02 0.07 0.12 0.04 0.09 0.03 <0.0 Lead mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1 <0.0 Manganese mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1 Iron mg/l 0.15 0.06 0.08 0.08 0.17 0.08 0.1 0.06 <0.0 Cadmium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-22 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

PROJE 500 MTR KOT BIR CT PREDOMI SHAMI PHUSM TALAB SITE ENT R MUL ANDI VILL NR. GEHRI MODEL Parameter Unit TUBE DIRECTIO TUBE TANI TUBE ZOO BHAGI TOWN WELL N HAND WELL A WELL HAND WATE PUMP WATE WATER PUMP R WATER R WATER <0.0 Nickel mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1 <0.0 Copper mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1 Total <0.0 mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Chromium 1

• The pH value of ground water is an important index of acidity or alkalinity. pH value of the sample varies from 7.39 to 7.84 in all locations, which is well within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. • Electric Conductivity vary from 605.5μs to 2.126Ms. Highest Electric Conductivity

was found at Phusmandi and minimum at Model Town. • Total dissolved solids ranges from 294 to 1628 mg/l. was found at Phusmandi and minimum at Model Town. The TDS values were found at all locations within permissible limit as per Indian Standard IS: 10500-2012. • The hardness values in ground water of the study area ranges between 280 to 540 mg/l. Hardness values at all locations were within the permissible limit as per Indian Standard IS: 10500- 2012. • The chloride values in ground water of the study area ranges between 24 to 264 mg/l. Chloride values at all locations were within the permissible limit as per Indian Standard IS: 10500- 2012. • The fluoride content was found high at Gehri Bhagi and Phusmandi. In other locations Fluoride contents were found within the range. • The analysis results of ground water samples of study area indicate that the quality of ground water is good and suitable for drinking purpose. The water quality at Model town is very good, but the quality of Project site and Phusmandi is

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-23 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

moderately. Over all, the obtained results are meeting the permissible limit of Indian Standard IS: 10500-2012.

3.6.2 Surface Water Quality The samples were collected in polyethylene carboys/ glass DO bottles and preserved as per the techniques laid out in APHA in ‘Standard Methods for Examination of Water & Wastewater’. The preserved samples were brought to the laboratory and analysed. The samples have been analyzed as per the procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA) and Bureau of Indian Standards.

The locations for surface water monitoring station are shown in table- 3.16 and the results have been presented at Table- 3.17. Table3.16 Location of Surface water Monitoring Stations S. No. Location Source Address Coordinate 1. Phus Mandi Pond Phus Mandi pond nr. N-30 0 10’ 01.58’’ Gurudawra bhatinda panjab E-074 0 59’ 34.19’’ 2. Jassi Pawali Pond Pond Jassi Pawali Pond Gurudawra N-30 0 09’ 04.33’’ bhatinda panjab E-074 0 57’ 46.74’’ 3. Gehri Bhagi Pond Gehri Bhagi Pond bhatinda N-30 0 06’ 57.73’’ panjab E-074 0 57’ 47.64’’ 4. Jodhpur Ramana Ponda Jodhpur Ramana Ponda N-30 0 09’ 00.92’’ Ponda bhatinda panjab E-074 0 55’ 07.56’’ 5. Bhatinda Lake Pond Bhatinda Lake bhatinda N-30 0 14’ 53.66’’ panjab E-074 0 55’ 67.38’’

Table 3.17: Surface Water Quality Parameter Unit Bathinda Pond Jodhpur Jassi Gehri Kot Phusma lake Near Romana Pauwal Bhagi Shamir ndi Pond Banginag Pond i Pond Pond Pond ar pH 7.11 7.24 7.47 7.54 8.71 7.67 7.59

1.062M 1.342M EC 395.9μs 587μs 2.564Ms 1.964Ms 1.241Ms s s Haze Color <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 n

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-24 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Parameter Unit Bathinda Pond Jodhpur Jassi Gehri Kot Phusma lake Near Romana Pauwal Bhagi Shamir ndi Pond Banginag Pond i Pond Pond Pond ar Turbidity NTU 0.62 0.66 0.74 0.64 0.7 0.64 0.62 TDS mg/l 248 308 1742 576 1572 956 880 Hardness mg/l 160 120 360 128 172 148 168 Calcium mg/l 41.6 25.6 80 33.6 30.4 27.2 33.6 Magnesium mg/l 13.44 13.44 38.4 10.56 23.04 19.2 20.16 Alkalinity mg/l 128 156 836 224 660 392 336 Chloride mg/l 44 84 390 172 282 206 196 Residual Chorine mg/l 0.02 0.04 0.15 0.18 0.18 0.09 0.07 Chromium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Hexavalent Fluoride mg/l 0.2 0.1 1.4 0.2 2 0.7 0.1 Sulphate mg/l 22.7 24.79 153.12 43.74 145.8 113.5 93.75 Nitrate mg/l 6.01 8.48 21.83 13.11 20.04 13.25 11.8 Zinc mg/l 0.07 0.03 0.15 0.1 0.13 0.1 0.11 Lead mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Manganese mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Iron mg/l 0.06 0.08 0.17 0.11 0.26 0.11 0.09 Cadmium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Nickel mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Copper mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Total Chromium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 DO 5.6 5.4 5.6 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.5 BOD 0.2 0.2 14.4 1.5 30 0.5 16.2 COD NIL NIL 63.74 7.96 135.45 7.96 71.71

Observation on Surface water Quality No metallic contamination was found in the river water. The water quality of Pond was found to meet the Best Designated Use – ‘D’ Criteria of CPCB (i.e fit for fish propagation).

3.7 Soil characteristics Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust which serves as a natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental factors – parent material,

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-25 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

climate, organisms and topography all acting over a period of time. Soil differs from the parent material in the morphological, physical, chemical and biological properties. Also, soil differs among themselves in some or all the properties, depending on the differences in the genetic and environmental factors. Thus, some soils are red, some are black; some are deep, and some are shallow; some are coarse-textured, and some are fine-textured. It serves in varying degree as a reservoir of nutrients and water for crops, provides mechanical anchorage and favorable tilth. The components of soils are mineral materials, organic matter, water and air, the proportions of which vary, and which together form a system for plant growth; hence there is a need to study the soils in perspective manner.

3.7.1 Data Generation of soil For studying soil quality of the region, some samples were collected to assess the existing soil conditions of 10 Km radius the project area. The samples were collected from the eight places of the field (30 cm depth) and mixed to each other. After coining and quartering process final ½ kg sample packed in fresh poly bag and mark proper identification of sample and send to laboratory. The physical, chemical and heavy metal concentrations were determined. The objective of the sampling is: • To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area; • To determine the impact of proposed activity on soil characteristics; and • To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity. Table 3.18 Standard Classification of Soil S. No. Soil Test Classification <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.0 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 1. pH 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.01 very strongly alkaline Salinity Electrical Upto 1.00 Average 2 Conductivity (mmhos/cm) 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-26 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

S. No. Soil Test Classification (1 ppm = 640 mmho/cm) 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts) Upto 0.2: very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium, 3 Organic Carbon 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient Upto 50 very less 51-100 less 4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient Upto 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium, 5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient 0 -120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 6 Potash (Kg/ha) 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient • Source: Handbook of Agriculture, Indian Council of Agriculture Research, New Delhi 3.7.2 Soil Quality The soil samples were collected from core zone and buffer zone of project site, were analyzed in Environment and Chemical laboratory Wolkem India Limited accredited by NABL and recognized by MOEF&CC. the location of sol quality area show in Table No- 3.19 and result in table No-3.20. Table 3.19 Monitoring Locations for soil quality testing Location Location Details Address Co -ordinates Code Name S1 Project Site Garden Soil Hindustan rasayan N-30 0 10’ 21.14’’ sample Plant Area bhathinda E-074 0 57’ 35.73’’ S2 50 0 meter Soil sample Nr. Agarwal Coro N-30 0 10’ 12.23’’ Craft Pvt. Ltd E-074 0 30’ 30.81’’

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-27 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

S3 Kot Shamir Agriculture Village Kot Shamir N-30 0 06’ 13.57’’ Soil E-075 0 00’ 29.03’’ S4 Multania Agriculture Village Multania N-30 0 10’ 36.53’’ Soil E-074 0 57’ 25.21’’ S5 Phush mandi Agriculture Village Phus Mandi N-30 0 10’ 13.65’’ Soil E-075 0 59’ 40.70’’ S6 Bir talab vill Agriculture Nr. Bir talab vill nr. N-30 0 11’ 39.91’’ nr. Zoo Soil Zoo E-074 0 52’ 42.96’’ S7 Gehri Bhagi Agriculture Village Gehri Bhagi N-30 0 07’ 02.50’’ Soil E-074 0 57’ 35.58’’ S8 Model Town Agriculture Modal town colony N-30 0 11’ 40.04’’ Soil bhatinda panjab E-074 0 57’ 26.34’’

Table No 3.20 Soil results S. Results No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 1. pH 8.79 8.13 8.54 8.24 7.84 8.38 8.17 8.14 2. Conductivity mS 0.364 0.621 0.337 0.887 0.274 0.151 0.517 0.253 Water 3. Holding % 29.47 30.59 39.47 24.46 37.32 27.52 27.83 29.07 Capacity 4. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.04 1.35 1.1 1.22 1.12 1.04 1.15 1.1 5. Moisture % 20.16 24.57 34.71 41.32 18.47 18.51 23.21 28.97 6. Porosity % 48.85 32.51 49.55 42.09 46.42 52.39 47.49 47.59 Organic 7. % 0.776 3.827 0.517 0.879 1.707 1.086 1.086 0.931 Matter Total 8. Phosphorou % 0.0039 0.0033 0.0036 0.0043 0.0039 0.0039 0.0034 0.0039 s Total Kg / 9. Phosphorou 60.84 66.825 59.4 78.69 65.52 60.84 58.65 64.35 ha s Available 10. % 0.0162 0.0134 0.0129 0.0123 0.0146 0.0151 0.0134 0.0095 Nitrogen Available Kg / 11. 252.72 271.35 212.85 225.09 245.28 235.56 231.15 156.75 Nitrogen ha Total 12. % 0.0246 0.0221 0.0239 0.0249 0.0246 0.0228 0.0222 0.0218 Sodium Total 13. % 0.0145 0.0135 0.0119 0.0109 0.0094 0.0141 0.0140 0.0129 Potassium Total Kg / 14. 226.2 273.375 196.35 199.47 157.92 219.96 241.5 212.85 Potassium ha

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-28 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

S. Results No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 15. Chloride % 0.00063 0.00059 0.00062 0.00057 0.00064 0.00059 0.00063 0.00058 16. Copper % 0.0062 0.0024 0.006 0.0091 0.002 0.0027 0.003 0.0035 17. Cadmium % <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 18. Iron % 1.11 1.227 1.845 1.301 1.994 1.648 1.561 1.479 19. Zinc % 0.013 0.106 0.0084 0.0243 0.0089 0.01 0.011 0.01 Texture of soil A. Sand % 41.54 57.55 39.35 40.69 48.45 44 43.59 45 B. Silt % 42.32 25.18 43.84 43.27 33.6 39.71 40.72 39.4 C. Clay % 16.14 17.27 16.81 16.04 17.95 16.29 15.69 15.6

3.7.3 Observations Regular cultivation practices increase the bulk density of soils thus inducing compaction. This results in reduction in water percolation rate and penetration of roots through soils. The soils with low bulk density have favorable physical conditions whereas those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical conditions for agriculture crops. The bulk density of the soil in the study area ranged between 1.04 to 1.35 gm/cc which indicates favourable physical condition for plant growth. The water holding capacity was found in the range of 24.46% to 39.47% whereas the texture of soil in the area was found to be silty clay. pH is an important parameter indicative of alkaline or acidic nature of soil. It greatly affects the microbial population as well as solubility of metal ions and regulates nutrient availability. Variation in the pH of the soil in the study area is presented in Table No-.20 and it was found to be 7.84 to 8.79 in reaction. Electrical conductivity, a measure of soluble salts in the soil was in the range of 0.151 to 0.887 mS. Chlorides were in the range of 0.00057 to 0.00064 %. Organic matter and organic carbon present in the soil influences its physical and chemical conditions and is responsible for stability of soil aggregates. Organic matter and Available nitrogen were found in the range of 0.517 to 3.827 % and 156.75 Kg/Ha to 271.35 Kg/Ha. This showed that soil was fertile in organic and nutrient contents. Total Potassium were found in the range of 157.92 Kg/Ha to 273.375 Kg/Ha and total Phosphorous were found in 58.65 Kg/ha to 78.69 Kg/Ha. Plant requires some of the heavy metals at microgram levels for their metabolic activities. Some heavy metals are

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-29 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

also called macronutrients. Their efficiency becomes a limiting factor in the plant growth. Levels of heavy metals in soil water extracts are presented in Table 3.20.

It was observed that levels of Cu, Cd, Fe, Zinc, were found to be in the range of 0.002 to 0.0091%, Cd <0.01, Fe 1.11 to 1.994, Zn 0.0084 to 0.0243. No toxic metals are observed in the soil-water extract.

3.7.4 Impact on topography during construction phase The installation activities include excavation of soil from the project site. The excavated loose soil will be utilized for levelling of low lying areas and planation work inside the plant. Thus, the impact on topography during construction phase is insignificant. 3.7.5 Operation Phase As the storage tanks operating will be confined in closed, leak proof system, no impact is envisaged on the topography during operation phase. Land use pattern will be changed of the plant, due administrative building, laboratory facility, plant area, formulation area, utilities area, storage area, effluent treatment plant, security area, vehicle parking, etc. There will be soil erosion, Change in Land Use pattern during Industrial activities during installation of plant. Soil fertility status will be changed due to Industrial, environment, climatic conditions etc.

3.7.6 Mitigation Measures • Construction of the proper drainage system will be developed & maintained. • During rains, emergency gauge will be maintained for proper drainages of water & cleaning of silts. • Local tree species suitable for planting in the region but these are medially growing. • The topsoil generated will be systematically stacked and vegetation by grasses will be made to maintain fertility of soil. • Cultivation of grasses will regularly improve the soil fertility due to movement of cattle’s, availability of cow and growth.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-30 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

• Local people use a domestic solid waste like cow & goat dung etc for fertilization will improve soil fertility. • Use of organic matter - Improved composting – Vermi Compost/Super Compost • Use of bio control agents for insects & pest Management • Use of Gypsum in alkali soils • Improved cultural practices - Nutrient application based on soil test • Crop demonstrations - High yielding varieties & Improved cultural practices.

3.7.7 Monitoring Plan :- 1. Soil sample will be collected from core & buffer zone to check fertility status of soil and impact of Industry activity. 2. Efforts to be made to increase production capacity of soil fertility status in study area with the help of villagers. 3. Cropping pattern, Crop rotation, seed selection, use of fertilizers, testing of soil, fertility status, production capacity, etc. information will be provided to local farmers in the study area.

3.8 LAND USE STUDIES The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radial study area from the periphery of project site has been prepared using resource Survey of India Toposheet nos. 44J/15, 44J/16, and 44N/3 & 44N/4 image with reference to the Google earth data year 2017. In order to strengthen the base line information on existing land use pattern. The following data covering Latitude N 30 010’18.82” to N 30 010’22.36” and Longitude E 74 057’32.23” to E 74 057’36.23” and elevation average is 200 meter are used. Land use pattern of the study area as well as the catchments area was carried out by the standard method of analysis of Survey of India Toposheet sheet data and following by ground truth collection and interpretation of Google Earth Image data year, 2017.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-31 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Figure – 3.10: Site Plan (Source: Google Earth Image data) 3.1 Objective The objectives of Land use studies are  To determine the present land use pattern as per EIA/EMP norms by MoEF.  To determine the drainage pattern & system present in the study area.  To determine Impact on Land Environment and suggest the mitigation and management plan.

3.2 Data Base In the present study distinct types of data have been used in relevance of Land Use pattern. Both satellite borne remote sensing data and other published reports constitute the data base of study area. Survey of India toposheet bearing Toposheet No. 44J/15, 44J/16, 44N/3 and 44N/4 (1:50,000 Scale) and the toposheet map representing the project site is shown in Figure-1.

3.3 Methodology The IRS P6 (Resourcesat-2) LISS-IV MX Sensor of 2017 digital format has been used in

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-32 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

interpretation of data in conjunction with secondary or collateral data. The methodology followed for extraction of information from satellite data is especially at standard visual interpretation based on tone, texture, shape, size and colour. Arc GIS version 10.1 and ERDAS imagine version 9.2 software packages were used for creation of database, data interpretation and analysis. The land use pattern of the study area was studied by analyzing the available secondary data published in the District Primary Census abstract of the year 2001 & 2011.

3.4 Salient features of the adopted methodology are given below: • Acquisition of satellite data • Preparation of base map using Survey of India toposheet • Data analysis using visual interpretation techniques through software. • Digitization using head up vectorisation method • Ground truth studies or field checks using GPS • Finalization of the map • Topology construction in GIS • Area calculation for statistics generation • Masking The spatial resolution and the spectral bands in which the sensor collects the remotely sensed data are two important parameters for any land use survey. IRS P6 LISS III data offers spatial resolution of 23.5 m with the swath width of 141 x 141 km. the data is collected in four visible bands namely green (Band 2) (0.52-0.59µ), red (Band 3) (0.62-0.69µ), near infrared (NIR) (Band 4) (0.77-0.89µ), short wave infrared band (Band 5) (1.55-1.75µ) with orbit repeat period of 24 days (three days revisit). The shapes, sizes, colours, tone and texture of several geomorphic features are visible in IRS data. Four spectral bands provide high degree of measurability through band combination including FCC generation, bands rationing, classification etc. These features of the IRS data are particularity important for better comprehension and delineation of the land use classes. Hence, IRS P6 LISS-III data and IRS-P6 – Cartosat -I data having 2.5 m spatial resolution having pan chromatic imagery has been used for land use mapping.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-33 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

The digital image processing was performed on ERDAS Imagine 2017 and Q GIS 2.2 software system on high-configured computer. This software package is a collection of image processing functions necessary for pre-processing, rectification, band combination, filtering, statistics, classification, etc. Apart from contrast stretching, there are large numbers of image processing functions that can be performed on this station. Arc map 3.11 is used for final layout presentation. The satellite data from the compact disc is loaded on the hard disk and by studying quick look (the sampled image of the appropriate area ;) the sub-scene of the study area is extracted. Supervised classification using all the spectral bands can separate fairly accurately, the different land use classes at level II on the basis of the spectral responses, which involve the following three steps:

3.5 Ground Truth Collection The Survey of India Toposheet data were carried for field verification and a systematic transverse plan using existing road network was made to study Land Use Pattern of the area, covering as many representative sample areas as possible to observe the broad land use features and to adjust the sample areas according to field conditions. Detail field observations and investigations were carried out and noted the land use features and plotted on the Satellite image Data.

3.6 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data The False Colour Composite (FCC) of LISS-3satellite imagery having 23.5 m spatial resolution satellite data at 1:50,000 scales were used for pre-field interpretation work. Taking the help of toposheets, geology, and geo-morphology and by using the image elements, the features were identified and delineated the boundaries roughly. Each feature was identified on image by their image elements like tone, texture, colour, shape, size, pattern and association. A tentative legend in terms of land cover and land use was formulated. The sample area for field check is selected covering all the physiographic, land use/land cover feature cum image characteristics. Figure-3.11 shows the FCC of 10 KM radius of LISS-3 Imagery.

3.7 Post Field Work for Land Use/Land Cover Classification

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-34 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

The base maps of the study area were prepared, with the help of Survey of India Toposheet on 1:50,000 scale. Preliminary interpreted land use and the land cover features boundaries from Satellite image data having year 2017. Field information and the final details were transferred onto the base maps. The final interpreted and classified map was the categorically differentiate with standard colour coding and described features with standard symbols. All the classes were identified and marked by the standard legend on the map. The following Land Cover classes were derived and classified as under:

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-35 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Figure: 3.11, Land Use & Land Cover Map of 10km radius from Satellite Image

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C3-36 Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

1. Built up Land Rural / Urban: a. Settlements b. Industrial Settlement c. Road Infrastructures d. Railway Infrastructures 2. Agricultural Land: a. Cropland b. Barren Land 3. Water Bodies: a. Canal b. Pond / Tank 4. Scrub / Waste Land: a. Land with Scrub / Open Scrub b. Plantation Total area of 10 km radius is about 314 sq. km. 3.8 Land Use/Land Cover Classification- Interpretation: Slope and Drainage Interpretation: The area as a whole represents flat land with gently slope towards south and west. The study area is situated in Sutlej-Ganga Plain and the entire area is a low lying area. The contour line within the district is about 200m and has sand hills and sand dunes in many areas and these hills and dunes are of various sizes and shapes. When the sand dune is narrow, it is called a dune but when length is much more than the width it is called sun ridges. Western region of the study area has continuous sand dunes and ridges located parallel to branch of Srihind canal.

C3 -37 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Figure – 3.12: Drainage Map (Source: Survey of India toposheet & Google Earth Image data) The study area has few water bodies in northern part. There are canals passing through Bhatinda district as such Ghaggar River separate Bhatinda and Hisar district creating the boundary between two. The general flow of the Canal water is from NE & East towards SW and West direction. A siphon is present on this river near the south east part of Hingna village. At particular point a branch of Srihind Canal, Dhodal Branch crosses Ghaggar River. The Ghaggar River enters Haryana Sirsa District.

Table: 3.21 Distance and Direction of River / Stream / Nala / Present in project site within 10 km radius. Name of the Ri ver / Stream / Distance from Direction from Nala /Canal Project Site (Km) Project Site Si rhind Ca nal 6.4 NW C3 -38 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Bhatinda Distr ibut ary Canal 0.6 NW Bahaman Distributary 9.0 N Mahta Minor 4.5 SSW Bhagwangarh Mahanahar 2.5 SSW Kotarsingh Minor 3.4 SE Sameer Minor 7.4 SE Mahri Minor 7.9 SSE Tukbali Minor 3.7 EES Various small and large canal present in the study area and also various small and large water ponds were present in mostly northern parts of the study area within the 10 km radius

3.8.1 Land Use and Land Cover (LULC) for 00-10 km radius (314 Sq. Km): The Land Cover classes were extracted following a Visual interpretation method or on screen digitization of the Resource data using Survey of India toposheet and satellite imagery. Polygon layers for each class were digitized and the respective areas were calculated. The Land Cover classes and their coverage can be seen in the Table No-3.22 and its distribution is shown in Figure No-3.13. The present Land Cover classes are represented in Figure No-3.13. Total four major land use/ land cover classes were demarcated in the study area and a thematic map of 1:50,000 scales were generated incorporating these classified categories considering the area of the project. Total four major land use/land cover classes were demarcated in the study area following Level four classification. A thematic map of 1:50,000 scales were generated incorporating these classified categories considering the area of the project. The area as a whole represents a plain drained by a number of north to south flowing canal which coming from various main canal like Srihind Canal, Bahaman Distributary canal and Bhatinda distributary canal.

The present land use studies show that agriculture land covered about 71.87 % (220.68 Sq.m) of the total area and the agricultural land including plantation constitutes the dominant category of land use covering as much as 71.87 % (220.68 Sq.m) of the total area and second dominated area settlement covering as much as 19.06 % (59.90 sq.km) of the total area which includes the industrial settlements, railways and road network of the study area. The consistently shifting nature of the eastern part to western part bank migration has resulted in large uncultivated & rural settlement along the active plain area towards the site location. The C3 -39 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

land use for mining basically the soil mining for brick earth manufacturing process which is scattered in whole study area, the Land Use & Land Cover classifications are shown table no. 3.22.

Figure – 3.13: Land Use & Land Cover Map (Source: Survey of India toposheet & Satellite Image data) The LU/LC Class Index to modify in both the maps as per below table:

Table-3.22 LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE IN SQ. KM OF 10 KM RADIUS: LU/LC classes and their coverage in Sq. Km Sr. No. LU/LC Class Area (Sq.Km²) Percentage (%) 1 Built up Land Rural/Urban) 59.90 19.06 Settlement 42.10 13.40 C3 -40 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Industrial Settlement 11.24 3.58 Road Infrastructure 3.81 1.21 Railway Infrastructure 2.75 0.87 2 Agriculture Land 225.66 71.87 Cropland 220.68 70.28 Barren Land 4.98 1.59 3 Water bodies 7.62 2.42 Canal 6.20 1.97 Pond/Tank 1.42 0.45 4 Scrub/Waste Land 20.82 6.65 Land with scrub/Open Scrub 17.80 5.66 Plantation 3.02 0.99 Total 314.00 100.00

Figure-3.14: Percentagewise classification of Land Use & Land Cover Map 3.9 Hydrogeology- Water Environment Studies on water resources and hydrogeology of an area have become much easier with the help of latest technology. As an attempt to evaluate hydrogeology and ground water conditions of the Bathinda district, a hydro-morpho-geological map of the area is prepared after hydrogeological survey of the area and through visual interpretation of latest arc GIS software. The hydrogeological survey shows that the study area, a part of the Indo-Gangetic alluvial plain, is occupied by many sand-dune complexes deposited by the ancient Satluj River while traversing the area during the past. Later on reworking of sand-dunes by aeolian action and their physical removal for agricultural purposes resulted in the present landscape of a plain land with sand dune complexes. Unconsolidated Quaternary alluvial sediments consisting of fine to medium-grained sand with admixture of kankar and some

C3 -41 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

clay constitute the aquifer system of the area. Studies show that ground water occurs under both confined and unconfined conditions with water table at shallow depths. But the quality of the ground water is poor to marginal in most of the area except near main canal (Kotla Branch) where water seepage from canals has made the ground water good in quality.

The district is occupied by Indo-Gangetic alluvial plain of Quaternary age. The Central Ground Water Board has drilled 5 exploratory borehole to delineate and determine potential aquifer zones, evaluation of aquifer characteristics etc.

Figure- 3.15a Figure-3.15b

Figure- 3.15c Figure-3.15d Figure 3.15 showing Land Use, Hydrogeological & Geological study of M/s Hindustan Rasayan

The area has both unconfined and confined aquifers. In alluvium thin granular zones exist down to a depth of 450m. The top aquifer ranges from 40 to 56 m, in the East it is 38 m. and in the west it is 40 m. The top granular zone is interspersed by 2 to 3 thin clay lenses. A thick clay bed of thickness from 15 to 35m present beneath the granular zone, the clay beds are

C3 -42 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

more dominant than the granular zones in this area. The fresh water granular zones exist up to 50 m in this zone. The exploratory well discharge of 1000 and 1500 lpm the transmissivity values were low in the order of 1300 and 2724 m2/day respectively. The hydraulic conductivity value varies from 1.6 to 19.17m/day. The value of storage coefficient was computed as 2.6 x 10 - 12.

3.9.1 Groundwater In the area water bearing formations mainly include fine to medium grained sand or sand and kankar with admixture of little clay. At shallow depths, the groundwater occurs under confined conditions. The ground water conditions are very good in the area as located in Indo-Gangetic alluvial plain, is occupied by a large number of sand-dune complexes deposited by the ancient Satluj River. The shallow tube-wells are the cavity type and ranging in depth between 60-90 meters and yield 45,000 to 2, 29,500 LPH. In the north and north-eastern part of the district, the water level is shallow and rests at a depth of 8 to 10 meters bgl. (Below ground level). But it becomes deep in the south western part and occurs between 10 to 30 meters bgl. The water level is also shallow near the canals and distributaries. In south- western part, the shallow as well as deeper aquifers yield saline water. The general directions of groundwater movement are west and south-west.

The groundwater in the area is mildly alkaline in reaction with little Carbonate, Chloride content varies greatly. In north-eastern part of the district, the groundwater is marginally fit for irrigation. The quality of ground water is good near the Ghaggar River. But in the south- western and western parts, the degree of mineralization is quite high, rendering the groundwater unfit for both irrigation and drinking purposes.

C3 -43 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Figure- 3.16a Figure-3.16b

Figure- 3.16c Figure-3.16d Figure –3.16: showing Hydrogeological, Land Use & Geological study of M/s Hindustan Rasayan

3.10 Geology 3.10.1 Topography : The district is situated within the Satluj-Ganga plain. The whole of it is a low-lying flat area. The only contour line running across the area is of 220 meters. It runs from the south- east of Sidhani village northward through Kahangarh (Mansa Tahsil) and then north-west to Bareta (Mansa Tahsil). From here, the line runs north-west and passes just west of Kishangarh (Mansa Tahsil). Then it moves just south-west of Gidrene (Sirsa District, Haryana) and goes westward through Daska. From here, the contour takes a south-west bend and goes towards Datewas (Mansa Tahsil, from where it takes a north-westerly direction and goes through Chak Niagaon and Gurney Kalan (Mansa Tahsil). The presence of only one counter indicates the flattish nature of the surface.

The slope of the area is from north-east to south-west as indicated by the direction of the flow of canals and spot heights. The highest point in the area is Ratta Khera (Hisar District, Haryana) in north-eastern part with a height of 205 mRL. The lowest point is at a height of 190mRL ( Tahsil). The elevation of the plain thus has a range of about 25 metres. During rainy season, the area is flooded. To protect themselves from floods, many settlements, particularly the big ones, are situated on relatively higher ground. Secondary data source:* Material supplied by Prof A.B. Mukerji, Department of Geography, Punjab University, and Chandigarh

C3 -44 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

3.10.2 Geomorphic Features Sand dunes and sand hills are very important geomorphic features of the area. These landform features differ in their shapes, size, and location. A long narrow ridge of sand is known as a sand dune. If it is much longer than its width, it is known a sand ridge. Some of the sand ridges are very long more than1km length and roughly run in a line as parallel to one another. These may be termed as longitudinal dunes. Some of the sand dunes are circular or irregular in shape. These may be termed as sand mounds. A few sand dunes are crescent shapes and are called barkhans. Although sand dunes and sand mounds are found scattered throughout the length and breadth of the district, on the basis of their concentration the area can be divided into four regions described below: (i) A very important chain of sand ridges and dunes is found in the western part of the district running parallel to Sandoha Branch of the Sirhind Canal. These sand ridges start just south of Sandoha (Talwandi Sabo Tahsil) and go north-west along the left branch of the canal. As these move north-west, they gin height and length and become more prominent. A little west of village Ram Tirath Jagga (Talwandi Sabo Tahsil), there is a longitudinal sand dune more than 1½ km long and about 200 metres wide. In the north of this village, there is also a chain of sand ridges going northwards. The chain is broken in the middle where it is crossed by a road going to Bhagwanpura (Talwandi Sabo Tahsil). The direction of these ridges is roughly from north-east to south-west. To the east of village Sangat Khurd and Teona Pujarian (Talwandi Sabo Tahsil), there are few examples of crescent shaped sand dunes known as barkhans. (ii) Another important area of sand dunes lies between Autanwali and village Peron (Mansa Tahsil). For a distance of more than 12 km, one finds chain of isolated sand ridges of all sizes running in north-east to south-west direction. The ridges are arranged in three rows parallel to one another. A few ridges may be about 1 km in length, like the one east of Banawala (Mansa Tahsil), but most of them are only few hundred metres long. Towards the south of Banawala village, a few ridges take a westerly direction Singho Branch of the Sirhind Canal. Further southward, the sand hills are scattered.

(iii) Another important area of the sand dunes lies between Uddat Branch and Boha

C3 -45 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

distributary of the Sirhind Canal in the north-eastern part of the Sirhind Canal in the north- eastern part of the district. To the west of village Barah and east of village Tahlian (Mansa Tahsil), there are a large number of sand dunes. Most of these dunes range from 100 to 200 metres in length, although a few may be one kilometer long. These sand dunes run in different directions indicating shifts in the direction of winds. These are shifting sand dunes. As one goes westward from village Tahlian (Mansa Tahsil), the sand dunes become more scattered and generally disappear.

(iv) There is another important area of sand dunes in the western part of the district bordering Hisar District. There are a large number of sand mounds to the north of villages, Tibbi Hari Singh, Sardulewala, Mirpur Khurd, Mirpur Kalan, Adamke, and Baran (Mansa Tahsil). All these villages lie to the north of the Ghaggar River. Some of the sand dunes are very big covering an area of more than three sq. km. and rising to a height of about 10 to 20 metres. Some of the mounds are quite small. A majority of mounds are irregular in shape. These mounds are an extension of those found in the northern part of Fatehabad Tahsil of Hisar District of Haryana.

3.10.3 Geological Formation The area forms a part of the Indo Gangetic Alluvial Plains. Though a number of remnants of sand dunes are present throughout the area, they are more conspicuous towards west of Mansa and on the south eastern part of the district. The alluvium is comprised of clay, sandy clay and sand with horizons of kankar . In the north eastern and western parts of the district, the sand horizons are persistent and thin clay beds are encountered in the form of lenses. But in the south-western part of the district, the sand is fine and occurs in the form of lenses of small magnitude. The clayey and sandy soils characterize the top layers of the surface whereas pure and occurs either near the dune country or at a sub-surface level of around 8 metres and below. Sticky clay locally known as pandoo occurs in the vicinity of dry ponds and at a level of 1.5 metre below from the surface and are usually more than a metre thick. Kankar bearing soil zones are normally found over this pandoo zone, though sometimes pandoo also contains nodules of kankar towards the upper part.

C3 -46 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

3.10.4 Mineral Resources Kankar. – Kankar , popularly known as Rore in the area occurs mainly in two different forms – (a) hard and compact sheet (hard pan deposit) and (b) nodular variety. The bedded form of the hard and compact sheet of kankar occurring usually over the nodular variety ranges in thickness from 0.10 metre to about a metre below an overburden ranging from 0.30 metre to about 1.50 metre from the surface whereas the soil zones containing nodular variety of kankar rage in thickness from 0.10 metre to 2.00 metre and contain kankar varying from as low as 2 per cent to as high as about 80 per cent by volume. Alkaline Earth Alkaline soil occurs in patches in the entire area of about 1.6 sq km around Bareta, Kishangarh, Sangrehri, Juglan, Khiwa Khurd, Hiron Kalan, Khiwa Kalan, Dhaipai, Bhikhi and Bhalowan (all in Mansa Tahsil). Out of these, Bareta, Kishangarh, Khiwa Khurd and Heron Kalan contain substantial deposits. A rough estimate indicates about 13,600 tonnes of alkaline soils in these areas.

Saltpetre Saltpetre occurrences have been located at Sangreri, Ghandu Khurd, Mandeli, Kullan, Biroke Kalan, Kishangarh, Bhikhi, Dhalewan and Barah (all in Mansa Tahsil). (Material supplied by the Director General of Meteorology, New Delhi)

3.11 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 3.11.1 Introduction Hindustan Rasayan private Limited is proposed to manufacture technical grade pesticides at plot no. 31-32 iindustrial growth center Bathinda, ddistrict Bathinda, Punjab. Since this proposed project activity require EIA/EMP report and eenvironmental cclearance. The company had applied for environmental clearance to MOEF & CC, New Delhi. TOR presentation to EAC MOEFCC has been done and tor has been finalized during the 8 th EAC (industry-2) during the 26 th – 27 th may, 2016. The MOEF&CC has released tor vide letter no J- 11011/159/2016-IA. II (I) 15 th July, 2016. In the TOR MOEF& CC directed Hindustan Rasayan private Limited to undertake ecological & biodiversity study as per standard TOR.

C3 -47 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

3.11.2 Details of Forest, Flora & Fauna TABLE No 3.23: DISTRICT FOREST COVERS

District -wise Forest Cover of Punjab District -wise Forest Cover (Area in km 2) District Geo - 2013 Assessment Percent Change Scrub graphical Very Dense Mod. Dense Open Total of GA Area Forest Forest Forest Bathinda 3,353 0 13 34 47 1.40 1 6

FIGURE No 3.17: PUNJAB FOREST COVERS

C3 -48 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

FIGURE No 3.18 PUNJAB FOREST MAP

Study of the biological environment is one of the most important aspects of EIA. The biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors. EIA helps to identify the impact on the ecosystem and warns to check the damage. Therefore, the present study is proposed to assess the impact of the proposed project for manufacturing technical grade pesticides at plot no. 31-32 industrial growth center Bathinda, District Bathinda, State Punjab. The list of flora & fauna species have been prepared with the help of Forest Department, Bathinda, Punjab (DFO, ACF, Range officer & other field staff). The data were also collected on the vernacular and ethno botanical aspects, as in practice by local inhabitants as well as fauna details.

3.11.3 Objectives The local biota & fauna study of the area has been conducted in order to fully appreciate the

C3 -49 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

ecological status of the existing flora and fauna to generate baseline information & correlation with secondary data. Conservation plan of schedule-I animals, its management plan and monitoring arrangement on the 10 Km radius along with evaluation of the probable impacts and its assessment was made.

3.11.4 Methodology Adopted for the Survey a. To have an inventory/checklist & details of vegetation found in the study area. b. To analyze the existing vegetation in order to ascertain future ecological balance of the area. c. Generation of primary data by undertaking systematic ecological studies in the area; d. Gathering data for ethno-biology. e. Preparation of an inventory of the terrestrial fauna inhabiting the study area. f. Assessment on the impacts of the mining site on the flora & fauna. g. Assessment of the existing status of endangered, endemic, threatened, and rare species in 10.0 Km radius of the area. h. Identification of components of the food chain & food web in the 10Km radius of the area.

The biological study of terrestrial flora, fauna and aquatic biota has been carried with an aim to establish different transects in the 10 K.M radius. An insight of terrestrial fauna was carried out to gain required knowledge about species of carnivores, ungulates, non-human primates, birds, reptiles and invertebrates, etc.

3.11.5 Study of flora & fauna in Core & Buffer zone The Ecological and biodiversity survey has been conducted during 12 th -14 th December, 2017 in the core & buffer zone. 3.11.6 Methodology Adopted For Generic & Specific Flora Study Flora: The present study on the floral assessment for the proposed project activity is based on extensive field survey of the area. The study has been conducted in post monsoon season. The local flora was identified by their morphological observation, such as its size and shape of the leaf, flowers, fruits and their bark features of stem and also documented their habitat viz.

C3 -50 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Trees, Shrubs, Herbs, Grasses and Climbers etc with the help of secondary sources like degree colleges and forest department. The plants which were not identified at field were collected, brought to the laboratory and identified using standard reference books and internet. Photo documentation of some of the key species present the study area was also done. Besides the collection of plant species, information was also collected with vernacular names of plant species made by local inhabitants. In this process the whole study area was divided into different sections to get the maximum diversity of plant species. The sampling sites were selected based on land use pattern, topography and floristic composition of the study area. Data on forest type, legal status and their extent in the study area has been collected from forest department. The other relevant data on biodiversity, economically important plant species and medicinal plant, rare and endangered species in the study area have been collected during site visit and from different secondary sources. Fauna: for the baseline status of different faunal classes were done by following techniques.

The study of fauna takes substantial amount of time to understand the specific faunal characteristics of the area. The assessment of fauna has been done by extensive field survey of the area. During survey, Line Transect method was used for the study of mammals and Transact & Patch sampling was used for Amphibians. In addition the following sources were also used during survey.

 Sighting during ecological studies

 Animal call

 Foot mark and excreta

During survey, the presence of wildlife was also confirmed from the local inhabitants depending on the animal sightings and the frequency of their visits in the project area which was later confirmed from different government offices like forest department, wildlife department etc.

Mammals: Presence of mammals was documented by using both direct and indirect evidences. Opportunistic sightings were also included. Transect line were used to search indirect evidence i.e. animal burrows / holes, scat, pellets, feeding signs, and tracks. Photographic (colored pictorial guide) field guide were used for interviews with local residents (Burnham et al. 1980; C3 -51 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Rodgers 1991; Sale and Berkmuller, 1988 & Daniel, 1992)

Avifauna: During Birds survey actual counts of birds were made with standard survey technique. Observations were made during a walk through in the chosen transect for sighting birds. The number of birds observed in each sampling location was directly counted and listed. Birds were noted, counted and identified with the help of 8X40 “Optima Zenith” binocular and standard field identification guides. Identification by calls was also made for species identification which was not directly encountered or was hidden in the vegetation or canopy (Sridharan, 1989; Bhupathy,1991; Bibby et al., 1992 and Hutto et al., 1986).

Herpetofauna: The 10 meter radius size circular plot was used for the investigation of reptiles and amphibians. In an area search for investigation also involve turning cover objects like logs, boulders etc. (Welsh, 1987) within the plot area. Sampling for these species involved through binoculars and aural surveys.

3.11.7 Assessment of Rare, Endangered and threatened Flora and Fauna

As per the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 and their subsequent amendments, schedule category for wild plant and animals also consider for assessing the sensitive species. The scheduled species are given for the assessment of the any available sensitive species. This Act is enacted for protection of plants and animal species. It has six schedules which give varying degrees of protection. Schedule I and part II of Schedule II provide absolute protection - offences under these are prescribed the highest penalties. Species listed in Schedule III and Schedule IV are also protected, but the penalties are much lower. Schedule V includes the animals which may be hunted. The plants in Schedule VI are prohibited from cultivation and planting. The hunting to the enforcement authorities have the power to compound offences under this Schedule (i.e. they impose fines on the offenders).

3.11.8 Assessment of sensitive habitat

The riparian patches, protected areas (wildlife sanctuary & national park) and other specific habitat condition are some those places which are sensitive place for any small changes due to the developmental activity. During the baseline study such habitat fragmentation, ecological sensitivity , if any are taken in to consideration within the study area. Land use pattern of this C3 -52 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment region was dominated by agriculture land. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, exist within the 10 km radius of the study area.

3.11.9 Observation and Results

Primarily, Bhatinda District has the vegetation of a semi-arid tract. With the increase of irrigation facilities, the soil conditions are fast changing and the flora is also showing variation from semi arid to semi moist type. Originally the vegetation of the district was of xerophytic character. It was of thorny deciduous type. Ground flora consists of considerably large number of grasses, herbs and sedges.

Table No. 3.24 LIST OF FLORA IN THE STUDY AREA S.N o. Bot anical Name Loc al Na me Fami ly Habit IUCN

1 Abrus pre catori us L. Ghunchi Leguminosae C NAStat us 2 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb .) Willd. Rinjha Leguminosae T NA 3 Acacia nilotica (L.) Del ile Babool Leguminosae T NA 4 Acanthospermum hispidum DC. Sara sparila Astera ceae H NA 5 Achyr anthes asp era L. Ch irc hita Amarant haceae S NA 6 Acorus calamusL. Buch Acora ceae H NA 7 Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa Bel Rutaceae T NA 8 Ageratum conyzoides (L.) L. Sahdehi Asteraceae H NA 9 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Mahaneem Simaroubaceae T NA 10 Albizia procera(Roxb.) Benth. Leguminosae T NA 11 Albizz ia lebbek,Benth Kala siris Leguminosae T NA 12 Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. Chatvan Apocynaceae T LC 13 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. ex Phulerghans Amaranthaceae H NA 14 Alysicarpus bupleurifolius (L.) DC. Chipti Leguminosae H LC 15 Ammannia baccifera L. Dadmari Lythraceae H LC 16 Antidesma acidum Retz. Amari Euphorbiaceae S NA 17 Apluda muticaL. Bhongta Poaceae G NA 18 Argemone mexicana L. Satyanashi Papevaraceae S NA 19 Azadirachta indica, A. Juss. Neem Meliaceae T NA 20 Bidens biterna ta (Lour.) Merr. & Rice weed Asteraceae H NA 21 Blepharis maderaspatensis (L.) Dudhiya Acanthaceae S NA 22 Blumea lacera (Burm.f.) DC. Kukarondha Asteraceae H NA 23 Boerhavia diffusa L. Punarnava Nyctaginaceae H NA 24 Bomba x ceiba L. Semal Bombacaceae T NA 25 Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Bougainville Nyctaginaceae S NA 26 Calotropis procera (Aiton) Aak Asclepiadaceae S NA 27 Carissa opaca,Stapf. Karonda Apocynanceae S NA 28 Cassia fistula, Linn Amaltas Legu minosae T NA 29 Cassia tora (L.) Roxb. Charota Leguminosae H NA C3 -53 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

S.N o. Bot anical Name Loc al Na me Fami ly Habit IUCN

30 Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn. Kapok Bombacaceae T NAStat us 31 Celatrus paniculata, Willd. Penbeeja Celastraceae C NA 32 Cenchrus ciliaris L. Kush chara Poaceae G NA 33 Chamaecrista pumila (La m.) Leguminosae S NA 34 Chloris barbataSw. Poaceae G NA 35 Chrysanthemum indicum L. Sewanti Asteraceae S NA 36 Citrus limon (L.) Osbeck Nimbu Rutaceae S NA 37 Citrus lucida (Scheff.) Mabb. Neebu Rutaceae T NA 38 Cleome viscosa L. Hurhur Cle omaceae S NA 39 Clitoria ternateaL. Aparajita Leguminosae C NA 40 Commelina benghalensis L. Kankaua Commelinaceae H LC 41 Consolida ajacis (L.) Schur Delphinium Ranunculaceae S NA 42 Convolvulus pluricaulis Choisy Sankhpuspi Convolvulaceae H NA 43 Cordia dichotoma G.Forst. Lasora Boraginaceae T NA 44 Cordia dichotomaG.Forst. Boraginaceae T NA 45 Crinum asiaticumL. Amaryllidaceae H NA 46 Crotalaria verrucosa L. Jhunjhunia Leguminosae S NA 47 Croton bonplandianus Baill. Kala Euphorbia ceae S NA 48 Cryptostegia grandiflora Roxb. ex Rubber ki Apocynaceae S NA 49 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Amarbel Cuscutaceae P NA 50 Cyanthillium cinereum (L.) H.Rob. Vernonia Asteraceae S NA 51 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Doob grass Poaceae G NA 52 Cyperus iria L. chanda Cyperaceae G LC 53 Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Makara Poaceae G NA 54 Dalbergia lanceolaria subsp. Shisham Leguminosae T LC 55 Dalbergia sissoo,Roxb. Safed Leguminosae T NA 56 Datura metel L. Dhatura Solanaceae S NA 57 Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. Gulmoher Leguminosae T LC 58 Desmodium triflorum (L.) DC. Tinpatiya Leguminosae H NA 59 Desmostachya bipinnata(L.) Stapf Poaceae G NA 60 Dichanthium annulatum (Forssk.) Bhond chara Poaceae G NA 61 Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler Chara Poaceae G NA 62 Dioscorea bulbiferL. Kadukanda Dioscoreaceae C NA 63 Dodonaea viscosa (L.) Jacq. Sapindaceae S NA 64 Echinochloa colona, Link. Poaceae G NA 65 Echinops echinatus Roxb. Bhramhada Asteraceae S NA 66 Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Bhringraj Asteraceae H DD 67 Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Jalkumhi Pontederiaceae S NA 68 Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. ex DC. Hirankhuri Asteraceae S NA 69 Eragrostis tenella, Link. Poaceae G NA 70 Eragrostis viscosa (Retz.) Trin. Bhurbhusi Poaceae G NA 71 Eranthemum purpurescens Wight Ban Tulsi Acanthaceae S NA 72 Eucalyptis hybridus L. Safeda Myrtaceae T NA 73 Euphorbia hirta L. Dudhi ghans Euphorbiaceae H NA 74 Euphorbia neriifolia L . Kaner Euphorbiaceae T NA 75 Euphorbia tirucalli L. Thuar Euphorbiaceae S LC 76 Evolvulus nummularius (L.) L. Neelpuspi Convolvulaceae H NA 77 Ficus benghalensis L. Bad Moraceae T NA 78 Ficus religiosa L. Peepal Moraceae T NA C3 -54 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

S.N o. Bot anical Name Loc al Na me Fami ly Habit IUCN

79 Fimbristylis dichotom a (L.) Vahl Cyperaceae G LCStat us 80 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr. Kakai Salicaceae S NA 81 Fumaria indica (Hausskn.) Pittapapda Papaveraceae H NA 82 Gliricidia sepium (Jacq.) Walp. Leguminosae T NA 83 Gmelina arborea Roxb. Khamer Lamiaceae T NA 84 Haplanthus nilgherrensis Wight Acanthaceae S NA 85 Heliotropium indicum L. gandhela Rubiaceae S NA 86 Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. ex Anantmul Asclepiadaceae C NA 87 Heteropogon contortus, Beaur. Kushal Poaceae G NA 88 Hibiscus r osa -sinensis L. Gudhal Malvaceae S NA 89 Hygrophila auriculata Talmakhana Acanthaceae S LC 90 Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) Dokarbela Apocynaceae C NA 91 Impatiens balsamina L. Balsam Balsaminaceae S NA 92 Ipomoea aquatica For ssk. Convolvulaceae C NA 93 Ipomoea carnea Jacq. Beshram Convolvulaceae S NA 94 Jacaranda mimosifolia D.Don Neela Bignoniaceae T NA 95 Jasminum arborescens Roxb. Chameli Oleaceae S NA 96 Jatropha gossypiifolia L. Ratanjot Euphorbiaceae S NA 97 Kyllinga odorata Vahl Motha Cyperaceae G NA 98 Lantana camara L. Raimuniya Verbinacaee S NA 99 Lemna minor L. Araceae H LC 100 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Subabul Leguminosae T NA 101 Leucas aspera (Willd.) Link Gumma Lamiaceae S NA 102 Ma llotus philippensis (Lam.) Rori Euphorbiaceae T NA 103 Mangifera indica, Linn. Aam Anacardiaceae T DD 104 Melia azadirachtaL. Meliaceae T NA 105 Merremia emarginata (Burm. f.) Lipti Convolvulaceae H LC 106 Morus albaL. Moraceae T NA 107 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Kiwanch Leguminosae C NA 108 Neolamarckia cadamba (Roxb.) Kadam Rubiaceae T NA 109 Nerium oleander L. Lal kaner Apocynaceae T LC 110 Ocimum americanum L. Mamri Lamiaceae S NA 111 Ocimum basilicum L. Babai Tulsi Lamiaceae S NA 112 Opuntia elatior Mill. Nagphani Cactaceae S LC 113 Opuntia ficus -indica (L.) Mill. Nagphani Opuntiaceae S DD 114 Oxalis corniculata L. Khatua Oxalidaceae H NA 115 Panicum notatum Retz. Ginia chara Poaceae G NA 116 Parthenium hysterop horus L. Gajar ghans Asteraceae S NA 117 Pennisetum glaucum(L.) R.Br. Poaceae G NA 118 Phoenix sylvestris, (Roxb) Khajur Aracaceae T NA 119 Phyllanthus amarusSchumach. & Bhuiaonla Euphorbiaceae H NA 120 Phyllanthus emblica L. Aonla Euphorbiacea e T NA 121 Physalis minima L. Van Mung Solanaceae H NA 122 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Jangal Leguminosae T NA 123 Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) China Ashok Annonaceae T NA 124 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Karanj Leguminosae T NA 125 Portulaca oleracea L. Kulpha Portulaccaceae H NA 126 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khejara Leguminosae T NA 127 Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. Sami Leguminosae T NA C3 -55 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

S.N o. Bot anical Name Loc al Na me Fami ly Habit IUCN

128 Prosopis pallida (Willd.) Kunth Mesquite Leguminosae T NAStat us 129 Psidium guajavaL . Myrtaceae T NA 130 Rhynchosia minima(L.) DC. Van Mung Leguminosae C NA 131 Roystonea regia(Kunth) O.F.Cook royal palm Arecaceae T NA 132 Saccharum bengalense Retz. Munj Poaceae T NA 133 Saccharum spontaneum L. Kans Poaceae G LC 134 Senna tora (L.) Roxb. charonta Leguminosae H NA 135 Setaria glauca(L.) Beauv. Sateria Poaceae G NA 136 Sida acutaBurm.f. Bala Malvaceae H NA 137 Sida cordata (Burm.f.) Borss.Waalk. Bariyari Malvaceae S NA 138 Solanum nigrum L. Makoy Solanaceae S NA 139 Solanum suratt ense Burm. f. Bhatkataiya Solanaceae S NA 140 Spermacoce neohispida Govaerts chara Rubiaceae H NA 141 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Jamun Myrtaceae T NA 142 Tamarindus indica L. Imli Leguminosae T NA 143 Tecoma stans (L.) Kunth Bignoniaceae T NA 144 Te ctona grandis L.f. Sagaun Verbinaceae T NA 145 Themeda quadrivalvis (L.) Kuntze guniyar Poaceae G NA 146 Thespesia lampas (Cav.) Dalzell Jangli Bindi Malvaceae S NA 147 Thysanolaena maxima, O. Kuntz. fulbahari Poaceae G NA 148 Tinospora sinensis (Lour. ) Merr. Giloy Menispermacea C NA 149 Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Ghamara Asteraceae H NA 150 Tripogon jacquemontii Stapf Kaua Godi Poaceae G NA 151 Triumfetta pilosa Roth Lapta Tiliaceae S NA 152 Urena lobata L. Lipta Malvaceae S NA 153 Vallaris solan acea (Roth) Kuntze Dudhibela Apocynaceae C NA 154 Vernonia ceneraria (L.) Less. Sahdevi Asteraceae H NA 155 Vetiveria zizaniodes, Nash. Khas Poaceae G NA 156 Vitis vinifera L. Jangli angur Vitaceae C LC 157 Xanthium strumarium L. Gokhru Asteraceae S NA 158 Ziziphus jujuba Mill. Jharber Rhamnaceae S NA 159 Ziziphus oenopolia (L.) Mill. Ghont Rhamnaceae T NA 160 Zizyphus mauritiana,lamk. Ber Rhamnaceae T NA 161 Zizyphus xylopyra,Willd Ghont Rhamnaceae T NA

Fauna A baseline survey had been conducted in order to document the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles, amphibians and butterfly species. Fauna is a gift of nature, and the different beasts and birds, forming part of wild life, need to be preserved. The wild animal and birds help in protecting crops, by praying upon worms and insects, which might damage them. The Punjab Wild Preservation Act, 1959 and the rules framed there under, aim at the protection and preservation of wild life. The Wild Life Protection Act, 1972 (Government of India) is now applicable.

C3 -56 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

TABLE No.3.25: LIST OF FAUNA IN THE STUDY AREA Sr. Scientific Name Local Name/ English WPA 72 No. Name Schedule Mammals 1 Lepus nigricolli s Hare Sch-III 2 Can is auri es Jackal Sch-III 3 Macaca mulata Monkey Part -I of Sch-II 4 Funambulus spp. Squirrel Sch -IV 5 Rattus norvegicus Field mouse Sch -V 6 Herpestes edwardii Common mongoose Part -II of Sch -II 7 Bandicota indica Bandicoot Sch -V He rpat of au na (Rap tile + Amphibian ) 8 Ca lotes ver sicolor Garden Lizard Sch-IV 9 Na ja naja Cobra Sch-IV 10 Bungarus candidus Krait Sch-IV 11 Bungarus fasci at us Banded krait Sch-IV 12 Rana hexadactyla Frog Sch-IV Aves 13 Mil yus migrans Co mmon Ki te Sch-IV 14 Quills contr onix Gr ey quail Sch-IV 15 Cor vus cor vus Jungle crow Sch-IV 16 Cor vus splendens House cr ow Sch-V 17 Pyc nonotus caf er Red vented bulbul Sch-IV 18 Saxicoloides fulicata In dian robin Sch-IV 19 Co lumbus li vibus Ro ck Pi geon Sch-IV 20 Cops yc hus saularis Magpie Ro bin Sch-IV 21 Dicr urus macr ocerus Bl ack Drongo Sch-IV 22 Diss emurus para diseus Ra ckete tai led Drongo Sch-IV 23 Te menuchus pagodarum Brahmny Myna Sch-IV 24 Acr idotheres tris ticus Co mmon myna Sch-IV 25 Pl oceus philippines Weaver bird Sch-IV 26 Pass er domisticus House Sparr ow Sch-IV 27 Eudynamis sc olopaceus Koel Sch-IV 28 Cora cias benghalensis In dian Roller Sch-IV 29 Al cedo atth is Co mmon Ki ngfisher Sch-IV 30 Tylo alba Barn Owl Sch-IV 31 Ha liastur indus Brahmny kite Sch-IV 32 Mil vus migrans Par iah kite Sch-IV 33 Lobpluvi a malabar aica Yellow wattled Sch-IV 34 Egret ta garzetta Little Egret Sch-IV 35 Bubulcus ibis Catt le Egret Sch-IV

C3 -57 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Sr. Scientific Name Local Name/ English WPA 72 No. Name Schedule 36 Ardeola gra yi i Pond Heron Sch-IV 37 Anas querquedula Gangney Teal Sch-IV 38 Pavo crista tus Peacock Part -III of Sch-I Butt erfli es 39 Precis iphita Choco loate pansey Sch-IV 40 Papillo polytes Co mmon marmon Sch-IV 41 Eure ma hecta ta Glass yellow Sch-IV 42 Cyth ia ca rdui Paint ed Lady Sch-IV 43 Dan aus chris ippus Paint ed tiger Sch-IV 44 Ergoli s meri one Co mmon caster Sch-IV

3.11.10 Rare and Endangered fauna of the study area as per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17 th January, 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country. Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the Avifauna in the study area, all birds observed in the study area are protected in schedule IV except the Peacock (Pavo cristatus) in Schedule –I as per Wild life protection Act (1972). Among mammals; Macaca mulata (Monkey), Herpestes edwardsi (Common Mongoose) are protected in schedule –II, Lepus nigricollis (Black-naped hare), is protected under Schedule III.

3.11.11 Agriculture in the study area

This area is irrigated by the canal of River Sutlaj and by the ground water from the boar well. Basic property of ground water extracted from the shallow boar well is hard water and create salinity and alkalinity issue in the soil and reduce productivity. For mitigating this issue the farmers are making deep boar well for good quality water. Total 58 plant species were found in agricultural practices during the field survey and discussion with villagers and the details are given in Table No.3.26.

C3 -58 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

TABLE No.3.26 AGRICULTURE CROPS GROWN IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr . Bot anical Name Loc al/ Eng lish Name Fami ly No. Ce reals 1 Ory za sativa Dha n/Ch aval Poaceae 2 Triticum aestivum Gehu Poaceae 3 Cicer arietinum L. Chana Leguminosea 4 Zea mays Makka Poaceae 5 Hordeum vulgare Barley Poaceae 6 Pennisetum glaucum Bajra Poaceae 7 Saccharum officinarum Sugarcane Poaceae 8 Gossypiu m herbaceum Cotton Malvaceae 9 Brassica rapa L. Sarson Cruciferae Puls es 1 Ca janus cajan Tur Leguminosea 2 Pi sum sat ivum Pea Leguminosea 3 Lens es culentum Ma sur Leguminosea 4 Vi gna aconitifolia Moth Leguminosea 5 Vi gna radiata Mung Leguminosea Horticul ture Speci es 1 Mangife ra indi ca Aam Anacar diaceae 2 Annona squamosa Sharifa Annonaceae 3 Car ica papaya Papaya Car iaceae 4 Citrus aurantifoli a Nimbu Ruta ceae 5 Psidium guava Amrut Myrtac eae 6 Artocarpus het erophyl lus Kat hal Moraceae 7 Punica granatum Anar Lythra ceae 8 Vi tis vinifera L. Angur Vi taceae 9 Zizi phus nummularia Ber Rha mnaceae 10 Car iss a caran das Karo nda Apocynaceae 11 Cord ia dichotoma La sora Bora ginaceae 12 Musa para disica Kela Musaceae 13 Morus alba Mulberry Moraceae 14 Citrus nobili s Ki nno Rut aceae 15 Citrus limon Citrus Rut aceae Vege tab les 1 Lyc oper sicon esc ulentum Tomato Solanaceae 2 Abelomosc hus es culentus Bhendi (L ady finger) Malvacece 3 Amarant hustr icolor Chu lai Amarant haceae 4 Brass ica olera cea Gobi (Cauliflower) Criciferae C3 -59 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Sr . Bot anical Name Loc al/ Eng lish Name Fami ly No. 5 Memord ia ch arantia Bi tter Gourd(Kar ela) Cu cc urb itac eae 6 Solanum melongena Baingan (Brinjal) Solanaceae 7 Spinaci a olera cea Spianch (Palak) Amaranth aceae 8 Caps icum annuum Ch illi Solanaceae 9 Arachis hy pogaea Gr ound nut Leguminosea 10 Solanum tubero sum Pot ato Solanaceae 11 Daucus carota Car rot Apiaceae 12 Brass ica olera cea Cau liflower Criciferae 13 Raphanus raphanistrum subsp. 14 Spinacia oleracea Spinach Chenopodiacea 15 Pisum sativum peas Leguminosea 18 Lagenaria siceraria bottlegourd (ghia kaddu) Cuccurbitaceae 19 Luffa aegyptiaca sponge -gourd (ghia) Cuccurbitaceae 20 Luffa acutangula radge -gourd (kali tori) Cuccurbitaceae 21 Citrullus lanatus water -melon (tarbuz) Cuccurbitaceae 22 Ipomoea batatas sweet -potato Convolvulaceae Spice plan ts 1 Cum inum cyminum Jira Apiaceae 2 Brass ica juncea Rai Criciferae 3 Sesamum indicum Til Pedaliaceae Commercial tim ber 1 Te cto na gran dis Teak Ver binaceae 2 Da lberg ia siss oo Shesham Leguminosea 3 Populas sp. Poplar Salicaceae 4 Acacia leucophloea Rinjha Leguminosea Source: Field Survey and discussion with local villagers 3.11.12 Domesticated livestock There is a need to produce milk, eggs and wool to cope with the growing needs of the population. Domesticated animals like Cattle (Bafallow and Cow), Sheep, Goat, Mule, Horse, Pig, Camels and Poultry etc area commonly seen during the survey. 3.11.13 Waste land Most of the areas nearby project site are waste land. Due to lack of moisture in the soil most of the wasteland is some of tree species like Babul, Neem, Semal, Lendia etc. and some shrubs like Calotropis procera, Argemone maxicana, Lantana camara are commonly seen.

C3 -60 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Figure 3.19: STUDY AREA PHOTOS DURING ECOLOGICAL & BIODIVERSITY STUDY

C3 -61 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

3.12 Socio – Economic Study

3.12.1 Introduction M/s Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. Site No. 31 & 33 Industrial Growth center Bathinda, District Bathinda, Punjab, has Setting up of technical pesticides (450MTPA). The project area is falling in Industrial Growth center Bathinda, District Bathinda, Punjab. Socio-demographic features/ surveys are very useful for understanding social and economic problems and identifying potential solutions. To understand the socio demographic status and the trends of the communities in the 10 km radius census 2011 district census handbook 2011 has been contemplated and necessary data collected and compiled from it.

3.12.2 Socio Economic Environment in core zone & buffer zone: -

The economic conditions in villages and nearby areas are good. The major segment of occupation is agriculture, direct and indirect employment in agricultural labour, Animal husbandry, building construction, Industrial, shops labour and daily wages in 10km periphery. Bathinda city is only 7 km away with good transportation faculty find urban employment opportunities including white collar jobs in banking, insurance, education, trade and allied service sectors.

3.12.3 Methodology Adopted for the Study

Collection of data

The information analyzed for the project has been collected from various secondary sources, which has been supported by the extensive site visits and field observations.

• Secondary: Review of secondary data, such as District Primary Census of Bathinda District, 2011 within the study area around the existing project. • Primary: A social survey for examination of the respective site and specific region reference to its general character. A questionnaire developed to make it suitable to fulfill the objectives of the study. Primary data collected by Focus Group discussions / door-to-door interviews etc. in sample villages. Extensive site visits and observations of the socio- economic environment.

C3 -62 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Sampling method The studies are conducted, and inferences are drawn on the basis of observation and field survey on the basis of non-probability random sampling and convenience sampling with access to the nearest habitation of the project to the extent possible.

3.12.4 Demography and Socio-Economics

To assess the anticipated impacts of the project on the socio-economic aspects of people, it is necessary to study the existing socio-economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making efforts to further improve the quality of life in the area under study. For assessing the prevailing socio-economic aspects of people in the study area around the Project, the required data has been collected from various secondary sources and analyzed.

3.12.5 Review of Demographic and Socio-Economic Profile – 2011

The sociological aspects of this study include human settlements, demography, social strata such as Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and literacy levels besides infrastructure facilities available in the study area. The economic aspects include occupational structure of workers. The information on socio-economic aspects of the study area has been collected from secondary sources, which mainly include District Primary Census 2011 Bathinda districts.

C3 -63 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Table 3.27: Census 2011 data of M/s M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD. UNIT-II, 32, INDUSTRIAL GROWTH CENTER, MANSA ROAD, BATHINDA, PUNJAB Table 00 - 10 KM ST Population Population 0-6 SC Population Literates Workers Population

on Sl. 06 06

N. Male F_LIT F_LIT P_LIT P_LIT M_LIT M_LIT Female Female SC Male Male SC ST Male Male ST Male 06 06 Male Female06 Female06 SC Female Female SC ST Female Female ST Non Worker Worker Non Village name name Village Total worker worker Total Main Worker Worker Main SC Population Population SC ST Populati ST Total Population Population Total Total Population Population Total Marginal worker Marginal No of Households No of 1 Bibiwala (174) 597 3366 1998 1368 333 179 154 884 490 394 0 0 0 2406 1549 857 1310 1173 137 2056

2 Tungwali (208) 1376 7451 3936 3515 837 445 392 2630 1363 1267 0 0 0 3803 2201 1602 3374 2934 440 4077

3 Bhagu (59) 393 2088 1085 1003 226 114 112 888 451 437 0 0 0 1081 625 456 697 522 175 1391

4 Nehianwala (167) 1348 6911 3609 3302 792 431 361 2826 1488 1338 0 0 0 4166 2350 1816 2512 2031 481 4399

5 Bir Behman (75) 497 2427 1267 1160 269 147 122 1103 590 513 0 0 0 1420 816 604 1221 1004 217 1206

6 Multania (67) 267 1367 707 660 147 79 68 686 364 322 0 0 0 837 479 358 901 518 383 466 Birtalab Urf Talab 7 Neehar (68) 1505 7208 3784 3424 1032 537 495 6321 3306 3015 0 0 0 3739 2247 1492 3105 1955 1150 4103

8 Naruana (65) 763 3954 2079 1875 415 236 179 1646 851 795 0 0 0 2163 1247 916 1813 1572 241 2141 Jodhpur Romana 9 (64) 458 2348 1215 1133 260 146 114 941 482 459 0 0 0 1358 782 576 1051 617 434 1297

10 Jassi Pauwali (61) 554 2863 1492 1371 335 167 168 899 469 430 0 0 0 1546 892 654 1383 1188 195 1480

11 Phus Mandi (60) 352 1814 975 839 166 101 65 1080 569 511 0 0 0 1011 590 421 650 634 16 1164

12 Kot Shamir (57) 2107 10945 5821 5124 1150 643 507 3766 2023 1743 0 0 0 5834 3334 2500 4794 4153 641 6151 Gehri Devi nagar 13 (63) 1202 6103 3246 2857 811 411 400 1680 880 800 0 0 0 3015 1745 1270 2496 2219 277 3607 Gurusar Sainewala 14 (92) 542 2744 1397 1347 358 186 172 1648 852 796 0 0 0 1383 805 578 1228 928 300 1516

15 Mehta (94) 595 3082 1624 1458 330 173 157 1096 578 518 0 0 0 1791 1063 728 1290 965 325 1792

Total 12556 64671 34235 30436 7461 3995 3466 28094 14756 13338 0 0 0 35553 20725 14828 27825 22413 5412 36846

C3 -64 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

As per 2011 census the study area consisted of 64671 persons. The distribution of population in the study area is given below. TABLE-3.28: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION Particulars 0-10 Km No. of Households 12556 Male Population 34235 Female Population 30436 Total Population 64671 Male Popul ation(0 -6 Years) 3995 Female Population (0 -6 Years) 3466 Total Population (0 -6 Years) 7461 Average Household Size 5.15 % Of males to the total Population 52.94 % of females to the total Population 47.06 Overall Sex Ratio (no of females per 1000 male s) 889 Source: Primary census abstract 2011, District Bhatinda, State Punjab

3.12.6 Human Settlement The study area comprises 15 villages with population of about 64671 (Male- 34235 & female – 30436) and number of households are 12556. (According to the Census 2011).

3.12.7 Population

The total number of house hold is 12556 with an average house hold size of 5 people. Hence, it is interpreted there are less of joint family systems in the study area. There are 64671 people in the study area as per the census survey of India, 2011.

3.12.8 Gender Ratio

The data reveals that male and female percentage in this area is 52.94% and 47.06% respectively. The study areas on an average 889 females are per 1000 males. Accordingly, census record the

C3 -69 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

number of females per 1000 males indirectly reveals certain sociological aspects in relation with female births, infant mortality among female children. The complete demography of the area is given above in table no.1 Child 0-6 sex ratio was 867 female to 1000 male. In SC category 903female to 1000 male details are presented in Figure 3.27.

FIGURE 3.20: SEX RATIO IN THE STUDY AREA Bathinda District Density: - The initial provisional data released by census India 2011, shows that population density of 414 inhabitants per square KM.

3.12.9 Caste Categories As per the classification under our constitution castes are divided into 4 major groups i.e., General, SC, ST and OBC as per their social status.

TABLE-3.29 DISTRIBUTION OF POPOLATION BY SOCIAL STRUCTURE Particulars 0-10 km Total Population 64671 SC Male Population 14756 SC Female Population 13338 Schedule Caste Total Population 28094 % to the total population 43.44 % ST Male Population 0 ST Female Population 0 Schedule Tribes Total Population 0 % to the total population 0 % Total SC and ST population 28090 % to total population 43.44 %

C3 -70 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

Social stratification on the basis of caste is very much prevalent in our society from the date back to the history. In this region, the population from general/upper castes is richer than SCs & STs in terms of land and livestock from days back to the times of local kingdoms. Various religion castes consisting of Hindus and Sikh inhabit in the study area. As per 2011 census, the percentage of Schedule caste population is 43.44 % and Schedule tribe population nil in study area.

3.12.10 Literacy Levels The study area experiences a considerably low literacy rate of 62.14% (2011). The distribution of literate and literacy rate of study area is in tabulated below TABLE-3.30 DISTRIBUTION OF LITERATE AND LITERACY RATES Particulars 0-10 km

Male population 34235 Female population 30436 Total population 64671 Male population (0-6years) 3995 Female population (0-6 years) 3466 Total population (0-6 years ) 7461 Male literates 20725 Female literates 14828 Total literates 35553 Male literacy rate (%) 68.54 Female literacy rate (%) 54.98 Total literacy rate (%) 62.14 Total Illiterates 21657 Total Illiteracy rate (%) 37.86 The male literacy i.e. the percentage of literate males to the total males works out to be 68.54%. The female literacy rate, which is an important indicator for social change, is observed to be 54.98 % as per 2011 census records. From the above given data, it is revealed that illiterate rate is improving in the study area. Only (56%) population is literate in the study area. Literacy rate is given in Table 3.30 and Figure 3.21.

C3 -71 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

FIGURE 3.21: LITERACY RATE IN THE STUDY AREA 3.12.11 The occupational structure The identification of the current economic characteristics of the study area is also an important part of defining the employment pattern of the study area. There are different types of employment pattern that may be classified as: Those persons who had worked for at least six months or 183 days are treated as Main Workers, The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc; institutional inmates or all other non-workers who do not fall under the above categories. The distribution of main workers, marginal worker and non-worker according to census 2011 are tabulated below – TABLE-3.31: OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE Particulars 0-10 km Tot al population 64671 Total workers 27825 Work participation rate (%) 43.03 Total main workers 22413 % of main workers to total population 34.66 Marginal workers 5412 % of marginal workers to total population 8.37 Non -workers 36846 % of non - workers to total population 56.97 As per 2011 census records altogether the main workers works out to be 34.66% of the total population. The marginal workers and non-workers constitute to 8.37% and 56.57 % of the

C3 -72 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

total population respectively. The distribution of workers by occupation indicates that the non-workers are the predominant population. Above given statistics indicates that non- worker population are more than working population.

FIGURE 3.22 EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

3.12.12 Infrastructures Facilities

The socio-economic wellbeing of the area and its people is represented by the infrastructure and the social assets available in the area. The study area constituted of various infrastructures related to education, health care, communication, transportation, Drinking waters Drainage, Road, bank, Self-help Group, Recreation, Electricity etc., therefore details of infrastructure facilities of 15villages given in below Figure No-3.23.

A review of infrastructure facilities available in the area has been done based on the information given in District Census of Bathinda for the year 2011.

C3 -73 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

FIGURE 3.23 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES AVAILABLE AND NOT AVAILABLE IN THE VILLAGES

3.12.13 Education facilities

13 villages out of total 15 Villages were availing for education facility in the study area. Most of the villages were availing primary education facility.

3.12.14 Medical families

13 villages out of total 15 Villages were availing health care facilities. The details shows insufficient numbers of health care facilities were available in the area to fulfill the health need of the peoples. The health care facilities include both infrastructures and man powers. Only Naruana village was availing various type of health institutes.

Communication:-In the study area there were total15 villages availing communication facilities 3.12.15 Power Supply Facilities Electricity facility was available for domestic purpose.15 villages availing electricity, for

C3 -74 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

agricultural purpose. 3.12.16 Drinking water facilities Major water sources were well water, hand pumps and tube wells in the study area. 3.12.17 Transportation Facilities Roads are the only means of communication founds in the study area. All 15 villages were connected through bus facility. 3.12.18 Road facilities Majority of village were connected through paved roads. 3.12.19 Bank Facilities Only 06 villages were availing bank facility in the form of cooperative and commercial bank. The Primary data of socio economic status are collected in the study area. During study period FAE & his team has discussed to the Villagers, School Teachers, Aaganbadi Employes, Gram Sevak, Patwari and Filled the socio economic survey formats by randomly in core & buffer zone. The details are given below:-

Figure 3.24: Discussion among the villagers

3.12.20 SALIENT OBSERVATION OF THE SURVEY/ STUDY AREA

1. Types of family

The family size and structure is a powerful means of socialization and an agency of informal social control. The Family is the basic and universal association / institution of human society

C3 -75 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

and is a primary group supposed to perform social, economic, educational, recreational, religious and cultural functions and also provides social protection to its members, for their growth and development. It is the agency that makes the cultural transmission possible from generation to generations. Even today in traditional societies the role and function of the family is of vital importance.

It is observed that all the families are nuclear in form. An average family consists of the husband, wife and their unmarried/married children. The size of family is confined one to twenty members only. In terms of mean average family have 5 members.

A household is usually a group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from common kitchen unless the exigencies of work prevent any of them from doing so. Persons in household may be related or unrelated or a mix of both.

2. Types of house (House Pattern)

As per buffer zone study of the area, people are live in 3 types of housing structures:-

1) Pakka house made up of stone/brick and cement with concrete roof. 60% houses are Pakka in the study area.

2) Kuccha house, are the houses made up of stone and mud with tiles (Kelu) roof. Only 10% houses were observed in Kaccha Form.

3) Mixed houses that are made up of stone/brick made cemented walls and tiles (Kelu) /tin roofs. 30% houses were observed in semi pakka.

3. Employment: - Main occupation in the study area was labour work and agriculture and its allied activities Cattle rearing, dairy farming etc. Agricultural activity was mainly depending on canal water supply. Other income generation sources of the area, small business, private jobs etc. The labours were getting daily wags in the range of 250-350Rs, depending on type of work they set

4. Main crops: - The principal crops grown in agricultural farm were wheat, soyabean,

C3 -76 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

pulses, gram, paddy, cotton etc.

5. Language: - Official language & mother tongue of the study area is Panjabi. In addition, Hindi Language is also spoken by large population

6. Sanitation: - Hon’ble Prime Minster launched “Swachh Bharat Mission” (SBM) on 2 nd October 2014, with the goal to make India Open Defecation Free (ODF) by 2019.

Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required in a house. It is observed that more than 45% of the households were not having toilet facilities in their houses. There was no proper drainage line in the villages. Open defection was in practice in most of the villages

Sanitation programme is going on in study area under “Swachh Bharat Mission” and people are well aware about sanitation and its sustainability. Most of households are creating toilets in study area and rest of household’s work is going on.

7. Source of drinking water for family members: - sufficient drinking water is available in the areas and most of villages also have been connected with PHED water facility. During the survey it is observed that diverse sources of drinking water supply in villages. Major source of drinking water in the study area is Canal water (Supplied by PHE Dept.), ground water (hand pumps, tap water and dug wells).

8. Education facilities: - Most of the villages had education facilities in the form of aanganwadi and primary schools. Higher education facilities were available in the range of 5- 10km. Colleges and other diploma courses were available at Bhatinda city and Kot Shamir town.

9. Transportation facility: - For transportation purpose auto, jeep and private bus services were available in the study area; however villagers reported that transportation facilities were not frequently available. Private vehicles like bicycles & motor cycles were also used by villagers for transportation purpose

10. Road connectivity: - Most of the roads in the villages were Pakka and the few Pakka roads were badly in need of repair and maintenance. More than half of the households C3 -77 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

reported that the roads they frequently used were semi Pucca. Highways connecting to the cities are in good condition.

11. Communication facilities: - For communication purpose mainly mobile phones, news- papers

& post offices were present in the villages

12. Medical facilities: - There were few healthcare facilities available in the study area. In some of the villages primary health sub centres were available. Hospitals and other better health centers were available in the range of 5-10 km at town/city place.

The health statuses of the local villagers are good. Normally few people are suffered from seasonal diseases at the time of changing the seasons. Few people are suffered from B.P., Lungs & stomach disease, T.B., cancer etc.

Most of all villages have approached to CHC & PHC and also health worker is deputed in some villages so people are availed the medical facility. Bathinda city is within the study area so villagers are consulting in major diseases at district Hospital.

13. Electricity: - All villages were availing electricity facility for domestic and agriculture purposes. Solar Street lights were seen in some of the villages

14. Gram Panchyat facility : Most of the villages were having Gram panchayat building and Community halls and building found well maintained

Market facility: - Study area was predominantly rural. In villages, small shops were available for daily need things. Weekly market facility was available in some villages. Wholesale market is available at Bhatinda city and Kot Shamir.

15. Source of income: - Agriculture and animal husbandry are the main occupation of the people of the study area and also the primary and most important source of income which shows 65% families are depends upon only agriculture or animal husbandry. Some of the villagers are depending on direct and indirect employment in factory at Industrial Growth

C3 -78 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

center Bathinda. Overall socio-economic study shows that the region has good nutrient soil with fertility so agricultural productivities are good. Average income of the family from all the sources is Rs 6000-10000 /month

16. Living of standard: - The economic condition in 10.0 km buffer zone is good, average people are used two wheeler, four wheeler, Mobile phone, have Pacca house and almost all the required infrastructure is available.

17. Animals husbandry: - Normally local villagers are based upon cow, Buffaloes, Goat & Sheep etc. Villagers are generating daily income from these animals. They are saling Milk to dairy and get appropriate rates during the year and also supply the milk in their village and nearby Hotels/ road side Dhaba.

18. Family assets :-For assessing the family condition as per movable (material) assets information has been taken from the study area. Its show that People have own Television sets, tape, radio, mobile, LPG connections and refrigerator respectively in their houses. few populations have two wheeler, 4 wheeler, tractors and trucks & some other assets such as washing machine, telephone, VCD, sewing machine, etc.

3.12.21 AWARENESS AND OPINION OF THE RESPONDENTS ABOUT THE PROJECT

Public opinion is the aggregate of individual attitudes or beliefs. It is very important to take opinion of the villagers about the project. The awareness will not only promote community participation but also enable them to understand the importance of the project and encourage them to express their view. To know the awareness and opinion of the villagers about the project, group discussion, meeting with school teachers/village leaders were carried out in the study area.

• The respondents from almost of all the villages are not aware about the M/s Hindustan Radayan Pvt. Ltd. • The respondents have mixed view about the project. Most of the respondents have opinion due to industry, economy of the villages will be improved and some of them have a fear about the increased change in water quality, Air pollution and change in soil

C3 -79 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-III/ Description of the Environment

quality in the environment which may damage the crop yield. • Some respondents from the nearby villages have in the region show favorable opinion about industry and associated activity as it may lead to increase in infrastructural facilities, job and business opportunities. • The educated youths opined that the management will give preference to them/ local people for employment as per their educational ability. • Road accident may be increase from factory’s transport/goods Vehicles

3.12.22 Expectation from the project

• Local employment • Plantation at nearby areas and insure their survival rate. • Increase educational facility in Govt. School and promote vocational educational institute at Industrial Growth center Bathinda, • Free Medical facilities for villagers and organize medical camps in nearby villages for seasonable diseases.

*******

C3 -80 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

CHAPTER – IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MEASURES

4.1 GENERAL

4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

4.4 NOISE POLLUTION

4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.6 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

4.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

4.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

**********

C 4 - 0 Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

CHAPTER – IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1GENERAL

This chapter presents the identification, prediction and evaluation of the impacts with mitigation measures of the proposed project. The identification of environmental impacts has been made by co-relating the relationship between project activity and environmental parameters. The project activities of the proposed project are usually divided into two phases: Construction Phase and Operation Phase. The activities like building construction, transportation of construction material, etc. are usually considered in the construction phase. While in the operation phase, the activities like manufacturing process, transportation and storage of raw materials and finished products, resource consumption, emergency, disaster and greenbelt development has been considered.

The prediction of impact is an important component in environment impact assessment process of proposed project. The impacts due to proposed activities are analysed by keeping in mind the baseline status. It is important to estimate the peak incremental concentrations of gaseous pollutants caused due to the emissions from the proposed activities. Second chapter of this report discusses the details of pollution sources from the plant. The types of identified potential impact for the various components of the environment, i.e. air, noise, water, land and socio‐economic, are presented in Figure 4.1 – 4.6. It should be noted that in these illustrations the lines are to be read as "might have an effect on".

4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY

The area of the proposed plant is flat terrain. During construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus, the impact during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant.

During the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the topography. Thus, topography will remain unchanged after proposed set up of unit C4 - 1 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

FIGURE – 4.1: IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

C4 - 2 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

FIGURE 4.2: IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

C4 - 3 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

FIGURE – 4.3 IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT

C4 - 4 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

FIGURE – 4.4 IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

C4 - 5 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

FIGURE – 4.5 IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

C4 - 6 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

FIGURE – 4.6 IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO‐ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

C4 - 7 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Impact on the air environment is possible due to installation of machineries during construction phase and due to gaseous emission from the flue and process gas stacks and fugitive emission during operational phase.

4.3.1 Prediction of Impact during Construction Phase

The source of air emission during the construction will include dust from site cleaning, excavation of the plant area, construction activity etc. These emissions are expected to result in change in baseline air quality, primarily in the working area only. Dust and other emissions are not likely to spread in wider area and not affect homes and other properties. Dust will generate within working areas and control measures will be taken to protect workers. Some fugitive emission will generate from transportation of raw material within the plant premises for construction activity. To mitigate the impact of fugitive emission due to Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), regular sprinkling of the water will be done along with the construction activities.

4.3.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase

Gaussian Plume Dispersion model designed for multiple point sources used for prediction of impact. The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above factors, other activities like transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also contribute to air pollution.

4.3.3 Point Sources of Air Pollution

Main source of gaseous emission will be point source and fugitive emission. Flue gas emission will be from one common stack boilers. Rice husk briquettes will be used as fuel. Multi cyclone with dry Scrubber will be installed for emission control of boiler. Process emission will be generated from Alphamethrin, Cypermethrin, Fipronil, Lambda Cyhalothrin and Glyphosate manufacturing. Alkali scrubber followed by water scrubber will be installed to the stack attached to reactor. Unit has one DG set 62.5 KVA one additional DG set 62.5 KVA capacity proposed to install which will be treated as standby and use in case of non-

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -8

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

availability of power and/or emergency, where HSD will be used as a fuel. Adequate stack height will be maintained to discharge flue gas pollutants in atmosphere. The process emission contains HBr, NaBr, SO2 gases sent to scrubber in series and resultant scrubber effluent sent to either ETP or MEE. 4.3.4 Air Quality Predictions through Mathematical Modeling The present study assesses the impact on air environment due to this proposed project. The concentrations have been predicted in all directions covering all types of weather conditions. Spatial distributions of all the pollutants are also presented in the form of Isopleths. 4.3.5 Air Pollution Modeling

Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out. AERMOD Cloud Version 5.0 dispersion model based on steady state Gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple point sources and developed by United States Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA] has been used for simulations from Industrial sources. Pollutants/Model Options Considered for Computations- The model simulations deal with major pollutant Particulate Matter (PM), SO2 & NO2 emitted from the proposed project. Model Options Used for Computations-

Model Input Data For the modeling purpose, all pollutants as described above are considered. The details of stack emissions envisaged from the project are given in Table-4.2 Table-4.1 Stack Emission Details of Boiler S. No. Parameters Units Measurement 1 Stack height m 25 2 Top diameter of flue m 0.6 3 Flue gas velocity m/sec 5.4 4 Exit Flue gas 0K 427.4 temperature 5 Flue gas flow rate M3/Sec 14.77 6 Emission rate at stack exit A SO2 g/sec 0.00190

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -9

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

S. No. Parameters Units Measurement B NOx g/sec 0.00185 C PM g/sec 0.0192 Presentation of Results In the present case model simulations have been carried out for the study period. The ground level concentration is computed for 1-hr average. Maximum Ground level

3 3 concentrations of PM, SO2 and NOx for study period were 3.82 µg/m , 0.10 µg/m and 0.14 µg/m3 respectively and were filling at 300 meters from point of source in the direction of south. The obtained GLC’s are well within the stipulated CPCB standards. The incremental ground level con centration’s for NOx and SO2 are given in Table- 4.2.

Table 4.2 Predicted 24-Hourly short term incremental Concentrations Pollutant Maximum Incremental Distance (M) Towards Concentration (µg/m3 ) Direction PM 3.82 300 South SO2 0.10 300 South NOx 0.14 300 South

Resultant Concentration is after Implementation of Project

The maximum incremental GLCs due to the proposed project for Nox and SO2 are superimposed on the maximum baseline concentration recorded during the study period.

The prediction indicates that the results of SO2 and NOx concentration are likely to well within the prescribed limits for industrial, residential and rural zone. Thus, the air quality due to the proposed activity doesn’t really change the existing scenario as observed from the modeling results.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -10

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Figure- 4.7 Isopleths Showing Incremental Ground Level Concentrations of

PM10

Summary Report AERMOD RUN REPORT: 24 Hr AVERAGE CONCENTRATION OF PM FIRST Highest, 24 Hr Average Predicted Concentration | Group: ALL Avg. ZFLAG, Order Conc. X, m Y, m ZELEV, m ZHILL, m Date / Hour Period m 3.8 24-HR 1 496067.226 3337642.568 0.00 0.000 0.000 23-Oct-2017 12 am µg/m³ 2.5 24-HR 2 495810.111 3337636.150 0.00 0.000 0.000 07-Oct-2017 12 am µg/m³ 2.3 24-HR 3 495917.226 3337682.760 0.00 0.000 0.000 11-Oct-2017 12 am µg/m³

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -11

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

2.3 24-HR 4 496136.685 3337548.645 0.00 0.000 0.000 23-Oct-2017 12 am µg/m³ 2.2 24-HR 5 495745.832 3337559.545 0.00 0.000 0.000 07-Oct-2017 12 am µg/m³ AERMOD RUN REPORT: PERIODIC AVERAGE CONCENTRATION OF PM FIRST Highest, PERIODIC Hr Average Predicted Concentration | Group: ALL Avg. Orde Conc. X, m Y, m ZELEV, m ZFLAG, m ZHILL, Num Hrs Period r m

PERIOD 1 0.4 µg/m³ 495810.111 3337636.150 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

PERIOD 2 0.3 µg/m³ 495745.832 3337559.545 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

PERIOD 3 0.3 µg/m³ 495684.204 3337621.174 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

PERIOD 4 0.3 µg/m³ 495607.599 3337556.895 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

PERIOD 5 0.2 µg/m³ 496067.226 3337642.568 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

AERMOD RUN SUMMARY REPORT Predicted Ambient Concentrations of PM [FIRST Highest]| Group: ALL Avg. RANK Conc., X, m Y, m ZELEV, m Direction ª Distance, m Date / Hour Period µg/m³ ª 24-HR 3.82 496067.23 3337642.57 0.00 S [180°] 300.00 23-Oct-2017 12 am PERIOD 0 0.40 495810.11 3337636.15 0.00 SW [220°] 400.00 2208 Hrs

FIGURE 4.8: ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIONS OF SO2

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -12

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

AERMOD RUN REPORT: 24 Hr AVERAGE CONCENTRATION OF SO2 FIRST Highest, 24 Hr Average Predicted Concentration | Group: ALL Avg. Orde Conc. X, m Y, m ZELEV, ZFLAG, m ZHILL, m Date / Hour Period r m 24-HR 1 0.1 µg/m³ 496067.226 3337642.56 0.00 0.000 0.000 23-Oct-2017 8 12 am 24-HR 2 0.1 µg/m³ 495810.111 3337636.15 0.00 0.000 0.000 07-Oct-2017 0 12 am 24-HR 3 0.1 µg/m³ 495917.226 3337682.76 0.00 0.000 0.000 11-Oct-2017 0 12 am

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -13

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Avg. Orde Conc. X, m Y, m ZELEV, ZFLAG, m ZHILL, m Date / Hour Period r m 24-HR 4 0.1 µg/m³ 495745.832 3337559.54 0.00 0.000 0.000 07-Oct-2017 5 12 am 24-HR 5 0.1 µg/m³ 496136.685 3337548.645 0.00 0.000 0.000 23-Oct-2017 12 am

AERMOD RUN REPORT: PERIODIC AVERAGE CONCENTRATION OF SO2

FIRST Highest, PERIODIC Hr Average Predicted Concentration | Group: ALL

Avg. Orde Conc. X, m Y, m ZELEV, m ZFLAG, m ZHILL, m Num Hrs

Period r

PERIOD 1 0.0 µg/m³ 495810.111 3337636.150 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

PERIOD 2 0.0 µg/m³ 495745.832 3337559.545 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

PERIOD 3 0.0 µg/m³ 495684.204 3337621.174 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

PERIOD 4 0.0 µg/m³ 495607.599 3337556.895 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

PERIOD 5 0.0 µg/m³ 495867.226 3337596.157 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208

THE SUMMARY OF HIGHEST 24-HR RESULTS of SO2

Predicted Ambient Concentrations of SO2 [FIRST Highest]| Group: ALL

Avg. RANK Conc., µg/m³ X, m Y, m ZELEV, m Direction ª Distance, Date / Hour Period m ª 24-HR 0.10 496067. 3337642.5 0.00 S [180°] 300.00 23-Oct-2017 23 7 12 am PERIOD 0 0.01 495810. 3337636.1 0.00 SW [220°] 400.00 2208 Hrs 11 5

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -14

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

FIGURE- 4.9 ISOPLETHS SHOWING INCREMENTAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIONS OF NO2

AERMOD RUN SUMMARY REPORT Predicted Ambient Concentrations of NOX [FIRST Highest]| Group: ALL Avg. RANK Conc., X, m Y, m ZELEV, m Directio Distanc Date / Hour Period µg/m³ n ª e, m ª 24-HR 0.14 496067.23 3337642.5 0.00 S [180°] 300.00 23-Oct-2017 7 12 am PERIOD 0 0.02 495810.11 3337636.1 0.00 SW 400.00 2208 Hrs 5 [220°]

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -15

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

AERMOD RUN REPORT: 24 Hr AVERAGE CONCENTRATION OF NOX FIRST Highest, 24 Hr Average Predicted Concentration | Group: ALL Avg. Orde Conc. X, m Y, m ZELEV, ZFLAG, ZHILL, m Date / Hour Period r m m 24-HR 1 0.1 µg/m³ 496067.2 3337642.56 0.00 0.000 0.000 23-Oct-2017 12 26 8 am 24-HR 2 0.1 µg/m³ 495810.1 3337636.15 0.00 0.000 0.000 07-Oct-2017 12 11 0 am 24-HR 3 0.1 µg/m³ 495917.2 3337682.76 0.00 0.000 0.000 11-Oct-2017 12 26 0 am 24-HR 4 0.1 µg/m³ 495745.8 3337559.54 0.00 0.000 0.000 07-Oct-2017 12 32 5 am 24-HR 5 0.1 µg/m³ 496136.6 3337548.64 0.00 0.000 0.000 23-Oct-2017 12 85 5 am

AERMOD RUN REPORT: PERIODIC AVERAGE CONCENTRATION OF NO2 FIRST Highest, PERIODIC Hr Average Predicted Concentration | Group: ALL Avg. Order Conc. X, m Y, m ZELEV, ZFLAG, m ZHILL, m Num Hrs Period m PERIOD 1 0.0 µg/m³ 495810.111 3337636.15 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208 0 PERIOD 2 0.0 µg/m³ 495745.832 3337559.54 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208 5 PERIOD 3 0.0 µg/m³ 495684.204 3337621.17 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208 4 PERIOD 4 0.0 µg/m³ 495607.599 3337556.89 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208 5 PERIOD 5 0.0 µg/m³ 495867.226 3337596.15 0.00 0.000 0.000 2208 7

MANAGEMENT

To control the fugitive emissions generated during various operations in the industry, plant authorities will adopt following mitigation measures.

 Dedicated closed pipe lines for transfer of all liquid from respective liquid storage tanks to reactors in the production blocks.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -16

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

 All material storage tanks will be provided with vent condensers having chilled water and brine circulation  All reactors will be provided by vapor condensers  Mechanical seals will be provided for all the reactors for improving emission control measures.  To control the process emissions generated during various operations in the industry, plant authorities will adopt following mitigation measures.  The emission from boiler of 0.6 TPH will be controlled by multicyclone with dry scrubber.  The reactor will be connected to vapor condenser to collect emission from the process.

Action plan for odour control

Odour is caused mainly by diffuse and fugitive emissions of low boiling organic chemicals/compounds releasing volatile organic compounds. Storage and handling of odorous compound shall be connected with vent condenser to reduce release of VOCs into atmosphere.

The other source of odour in proposed project is storage of effluents, hence it is proposed to store high COD/TDS effluents in a closed tank with vent connected to scrubber. The effluent treatment system however shall have open tanks except for storage of effluent, before primary treatment

Two raw materials has been identified as odorous based on their physical properties

Lambda Cyhalothric acid

6-chloro-3-chloromethylpyridine

Odour control for solid handling

1. All solid raw materials shall be charged directly to reactor through special air lock hopper against slight negative pressure (in water column) so that no odour is emitted to the environment.

2. Solid charging nozzle in reactor shall be projected inside so that it directly falls in to

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -17

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

the solvent media, thereby eliminating carrying over of solid to vapour nozzle.

3. Powder transfer system shall also be used where ever applicable to have zero loss of powder into the atmosphere.

Odour control for Liquid

1. All liquid raw material handled in drum shall be cooled down during summer before charging so as to minimize its vapour pressure and control of odour.

2. Liquid from drums shall be charged in day tank or to reactor with the help of FLP motorized barrel pump, alternatively vacuum lock could also be used in day tank for transfer of liquid from drum (pumping under vacuum).

3. Day tank vent shall be connected to fume gas scrubber.

4. Little or partial handling area is equipped with suction hood which finally connect with fume scrubber connected on drum vent nozzle to exhaust fume while opening lid of the drum.

4.4 NOISE POLLUTION

Noise level in the core zone and buffer zone was measured during study period. The details of noise level are given in chapter- 3. The measured noise level within core and buffer zone will be less than 75 dB(A). In the proposed project the major equipment of high noise production is identified as DG set. Various measures include the reduction of noise at source, providing acoustic lagging for the equipment, isolating the noise-producing instrument. To measure the effect of noise in the core and buffer zone noise modeling is performed with the help of Dhwani pro Version 4.0 software.

4.4.1 Model data input Major sources of noise pollution will be- Operational machineries like- Reactors, Mill and Shifter etc., Pumps, D.G. set and Transportation (Highways) Source Details X-Coordinate Y-Coordinate Intensity

495440.156043729 3338371.54290429 64.4

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -18

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Figure 4.10: Isopleth showing the effect of noise in the core and buffer

Max dB(A) Name Max dB(A) X-Coordinate Max dBA 25.8408018745967 495267.2 The maximum noise will be generated 25.84 dB (A) in core zone only EFFECT ON RECEPTOR Receptor Name Effect Receptor X-Coordinate Y-Coordinate

Project site 18.6922509229191 495473.159344059 3337975.50330033 500 Mtr Prominent wind 10.3234070443324 495275.139542079 3337348.44059406 direction from project Jassi Pauwali - 498179.429971122 3335302.2359736 1.67971703736751 Awa Basti 2.03478248689994 494483.060334158 3340879.79372937 Jodhpur Ramana - 492106.822710396 3335797.28547855 1.88414234127052 Phus mandi - 501743.786406766 3336424.34818482 5.79145711987152

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -19

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Receptor Name Effect Receptor X-Coordinate Y-Coordinate

Kot Shamir - 500357.647792904 3331143.82013201 8.24281937880835 Bir Talab - 488872.499278053 3339592.6650165 5.89993332008341 The effect of noise generated from plant on all receptors will be negligible.The noise level is also considered and studied including background noise level concentration generated by highway traffic. The proposed project is connected from two Highways NH- 64 and SH- 17. To measure the effect of noise including the effect of Highway noise in the core and buffer zone, noise modeling is performed with the help of Dhwani pro Version 4.0 software.

Figure 4.11: Isopleth showing including the effect of Highway noise in the core and buffer zone

Max dB (A)

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -20

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Name Max bB(A) X-Coordinate Max dBA 87.1407913145709 495958.3

The maximum noise will be generated 87.14 dB (A) on highway NH- 64 and SH- 17

Receptor Name Effect On Receptor X-Coordinate Y-Coordinate Project site 30.997738544918 495473.159344059 3337975.50330033 500 Mtr Prominent wind 28.8626137295824 495275.139542079 3337348.44059406

direction from project Jassi Pauwali 30.8536609221199 498179.429971122 3335302.2359736

Awa Basti 30.6309482443449 494483.060334158 3340879.79372937 Jodhpur Ramana 31.2099909496265 492106.822710396 3335797.28547855 Phus mandi 23.2706404799792 501743.786406766 3336424.34818482 Kot Shamir 36.1799000739807 500357.647792904 3331143.82013201 Bir Talab 22.1548121602319 488872.499278053 3339592.6650165

4.4.2 EFFECT ON RECEPTOR

Management

 All possible measures will be taken to minimize the noise.  The insulation provided for prevention and loss of heat and personnel safety shall also act as noise reducer.  Foundations and structures will be designed to minimize vibrations and noise.  Regular equipment maintenance and better work habits will be adopted.  D.G. set is proposed to be housed in an inbuilt acoustic enclosure. The acoustic enclosure will be designed for minimum 25dB (A) insertion loss for meeting the ambient noise standards, whichever is on the higher side.  Necessary safety and personal protective equipment such as ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet etc will be provided to the workers.  Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with the Factories Act & Rules and will not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance.  Implementation of green belt within the premises of plant will absorb the noise. Thus will help to control the noise pollution.  Proper lubrication and housekeeping will be usually done to avoid excessive

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -21

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

noise generation.  Supervisor will be responsible to control the noise by maintaining conditions of machineries and silencers.33% of the total plot area is well developed under greenbelt. 4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.5.1 During construction Phase

During construction phase, water will be required for construction of structures, sprinkling for dust suppression. However, it will be for short period of time and temporary in nature. In addition, no disposal of construction waste outside the plant and no leaching are anticipated. Thus, the quality and quantity of ground water will not have any permanent adverse impact.

4.5.2 During operation Phase

The water requirement of proposed project will be fulfilling through Municipal Corporation Bathinda. During operation phase, initial fresh water requirement will be 12.5 KLD. Water consumption is primarily for processing, washing, gardening and domestic purposes. Total waste water generation from industrial activity shall be 8 KLD and from domestic shall be 1.0 KLD. Domestic waste water to be generated shall be treated in septic tank followed by soak pit. Details of water consumption and wastewater generation are given in below Table‐4.3

Table 4.3 Wastewater generation and Treatment Method

SECTION Waste water Generation (in KLD) Treatment method

Process 5.0 Boiler/Cooling 1.0 Through ETP Scrubber 1.0 8.0 KLD Washing 1.0 Domestic Purpose 1.0 Through Septic tank 1.0 KLD

Domestic Waste Water Total 1.0 KLD wastewater will be treated in the septic tank followed by soak pit. The septic

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -22

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

tank is designed as per the IS 2470:1985 code. The septic tank will act as sedimentation- cum- digestion tank. Anaerobic digestion of the settled sludge will occur in its bottom zone and the supernatant liquid will have to undergo treatment in soak pit. The capacity of the septic tank will be such as to take care of the variation, in the flow. The septic tank will be constructed in 2 compartments to facilities cleaning of one while the other is in use. The chamber will be so designed that the sludge generated will gradually slope down in sludge chamber, where over a period of time will be manually cleaned. The sludge generated on cleaning will be used as manure for plantation. Tank Capacity: The size of the tank must be suitable for the number of people that intend to use it, so C = 180P + 2000

C = (180 X 30) + 2000

= 7400 liters (for 1 year)

C = Capacity of the tank in liters

P = The Population served

Construction of Tanks, Soak Pits etc with diagram

The Details of water consumption & generation of waste water is given in Table 2.12. Details of ETP are discussed in Topic 2.5.4 of Chapter 2. Hence, overall there won’t be any significant adverse impact due to proposed activity on the water environment. Ground

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -23

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

water will not get contaminated, as M/s. Hindustan rasayan Pvt. Limited will not going to discharge any effluent on land. Hence it can be concluded that there will be no significant adverse impact on surface and ground water quality. There will be no extraction of ground water, so that no direct impact is found on ground water availability and quality in nearby surrounding area.

Mitigation Measures

The sewage generation will be 1.0 KLD. The industrial effluent generation will be 8.0 KLD. So, total waste water generation will be 9.0 KLD. The sewage will be treated through soak pit and the entire industrial waste water generated will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant having primary, secondary and tertiary treatment.

 Proper and adequate segregation of construction areas and appropriate drainages shall minimize runoff contamination during monsoon.

 The cutting and filling work will be avoided during rainy season and will be completed during the winter and summer seasons only.

 A water tank shall be provided for storage of water for workers as well as construction. Mobile toilets shall be hired for the workers.

Rooftop Rainwater Harvesting Structures:

The rain water collected on the entire whole building roof will be recharge ground water by rooftop Rainwater harvesting structure. Rainwater harvesting can serve as a solution to the water problem in the water crises area by capturing the runoff. Rainwater harvesting helps in utilizing the primary source of water to prevent the runoff from going into sewer or storm drains, thereby serving dual purpose making water available for future use and reducing the load on treatment plants as well as other service lines. Recharging water into the aquifers help in improving the quality of existing groundwater through dilution. Rainwater harvesting comprises of two components: Storing rainwater in groundwater reservoirs for beneficial use in future. Rain water harvesting for artificial recharge of ground water. Amount of water that can be effectively harvested is called the harvesting potential of the site. Efficiency of rainwater harvesting and recharging groundwater can be

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -24

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

increased by following methods:

 Use vegetated swales and depressions to reduce runoff.  Reduce and filter surface runoff.  Catch drainage all along the periphery of plot to prevent surface runoff. Rain water harvesting structures will be provided to recharge the groundwater resources in the region. The run-off water from the roof structure and paved areas will be collected through storm water drainage system and led to rain water harvesting structure. Lay out of rain water harvesting Figure 4.5.

STORM WATER MANAGEMENT:

Rainwater runoff comprises of storm water, which flows into both surface water and groundwater. Proper management of this resource ensures that storm water discharge is free of contamination. A detailed “Storm Water Management Plan” will be developed. The plan consists of best management practices, which include consideration of the following:

 Good housekeeping in the above areas.  Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness  Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities  Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas.  Provision of silt traps in storm water drains.  Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -25

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Figure 4.12 Lay out of rain water harvesting

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -26

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

4.6 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

4.6.1 Impact on topography during construction phase

The installation activities include excavation of soil from the project site. The excavated loose soil will be utilized for levelling of low lying areas and planation work inside the plant. Thus, the impact on topography during construction phase is insignificant.

Operation Phase

As the storage tanks operating will be confined in closed, leak proof system, no impact is envisaged on the topography during operation phase. Land use pattern will be changed of the plant, due administrative building, laboratory facility, plant area, formulation area, utilities area, storage area, effluent treatment plant, security area, vehicle parking, etc. There will be soil erosion, Change in Land Use pattern during Industrial activities during installation of plant. Soil fertility status will be changed due to Industrial, environment, climatic conditions etc.

Mitigation Measures

 Construction of the proper drainage system will be developed & maintained.  During rains, emergency gauge will be maintained for proper drainages of water & cleaning of silts.  Local tree species suitable for planting in the region but these are medially growing.  The topsoil generated will be systematically stacked and vegetation by grasses will be made so as to maintain fertility of soil.  Cultivation of grasses will regularly improve the soil fertility due to movement of cattle’s, availability of cow and growth.  Local people use a domestic solid waste like cow & goat dung etc for fertilization will improve soil fertility.  Use of organic matter - Improved composting – Vermi Compost/Super Compost  Use of bio control agents for insects & pest Management  Use of Gypsum in alkali soils  Improved cultural practices - Nutrient application based on soil test  Crop demonstrations - High yielding varieties & Improved cultural practices.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -26

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Monitoring Plan

1. Soil sample will be collected from core & buffer zone to check fertility status of soil and impact of Industry activity. 2. Efforts to be made to increase production capacity of soil fertility status in study area with the help of villagers. 3. Cropping pattern, Crop rotation, seed selection, use of fertilizers, testing of soil, fertility status, production capacity, etc. information will be provided to local farmers in the study area.

4.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The main source of impact on land and soil environment will be due to construction activities and hazardous waste disposal during the operation phase. If the hazardous wastes during plant operation are not handled properly, it can pose danger of land contamination and can affect land system adversely. Transportation is one of the most important areas of concern associated with handling and spillage of raw materials and HW.

4.7.1 PREDICTION OF IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The proposed project is modernization project and there will be various construction activities to be carried out. Installation work of new machineries and equipment’s will also be carried at the proposed project. But all this would not make a huge damage to the present condition of land environment. The proposed project area is flat, and no levelling would be required. Due to this proposed project area topography will also remain unchanged after execution of the proposal. Thus, the impact on the land/soil environment during the construction phase will for short terms and insignificant.

4.7.2 PREDICTION OF IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE SOLID / HAZARDOUS WASTE

During the plant operation solid and liquid Hazardous waste generation will be the main source of impact on the soil environment. When plant will under operation, there are chances of spillage of raw materials/chemicals. This may also contaminate soil and land. After taking adequate steps for the hazardous waste storage, there will be insignificant impact on the environment due to proposed project activities.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -27

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary movement) Rules’2008, amended time to time. Different categories sloid and liquid hazardous waste will be generated. SHE department shall insure to follow CPCB guideline during the collection, storage, handling, transportation and disposal of each category hazardous waste. The following category hazardous waste will be generated from the proposed project.

HW Category 5.1: Spent oil, used oil will be generated from plant are. These waste oil will collected and stored in carbose /drum and kept in well-furnished hazardous waste storage area. This category waste will sale to registered Re-processor and re-use as lubricant.

HW Category 34.3: During operation of ETP and MEE, sloid and semi-solid sludge will be generated. The minimum moisture in sludge will be insured before bagging and send to HW storage area. These waste will be sent to secure land fill site approved by PPCB.

HW Category 33.3: Discarded barrel contaminated with hazardous waste and chemical will be generated. Proper decontamination and detoxification will be carried out in plant area before sent to storage area and sale to authorized dealer.

HW Category 29.1: This is non-toxic waste like packing material, paper etc shall be generated from proposed project. Waste will be collected and storage properly and sent to common incineration.

HW Category 20.3: Organic and inorganic residue will be generated from different plant production activities. These wastes will be packed in plastic bags and stored well-furnished hazardous waste storage area. This categories waste will sale for coprocessing in cement industries.

HW Category 36.2: Rice husk briquettes shall be used as fuel for boiler operation resulting ash generated. The waste properly bagged and stored in hazardous waste storage area and sale for coprocessing in cement industries.

HW Category 34.3: The management proposed is to install multi effect evaporation system to high TDS effluent. Salt will be generated in this process containing organic and inorganic content. The waste properly bagged and stored in hazardous waste storage area and sent to secure land fill dully approved by PPCB.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -28

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Mitigation Measure 1. Entire quantity of the hazardous waste will be stored in the isolated hazardous waste storage area within premises. 2. Hazardous storage area shall have leachate collection system with impervious flooring. 3. Arrangement flame proof light in hazardous waste storage area will be insured. 4. Cemented floor with adequate slope to collect leakage in separate pit and send to ETP through pumping system. 5. Category wise stacking of drums containing hazardous with adequate space to remove any drum if leakage 6. Prior permissions for TSDF will be taken and prior agreements with authorized vendors shall be made; 7. Spent solvents will be sent to solvent recovery units; 8. Transportation of hazardous waste to the TSDF site is governed as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules. 9. RCC roads and flooring is provided to area, where the chemical storage and handling activities will be involved. 10. Display of category of HW at the storage location of each HW 11. Flammable and non-flammable HW will be storage separately with display board. 12. Trained man power team will be allowed to handle HW 13. Proper exhaust fan system will be provided in HW storage area. 14. Switch of exhaust fan will be installed at the gate (outside)of HW storage area 15. Before entering in HW storage area, exhaust fan will be start first and later entering after 10 minutes 16. Fire extinguisher will be provided inside and outside of HW storage area 17. Separate storm water collection system is provided to prevent contamination of soil through contaminated water. 18. Date and quantity of each HW will be displayed 19. Not any HW will be stored beyond 90 days 20. Monthly report of HW (Generated & Disposed), will be prepared by SHE department and submitted to management.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -29

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

4.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

IMPACT OF INDUSTRY ON FLORA AND FAUNA S. Project aspect Likely Impacts Impact Consequence – Mitigation Measures No. Description on Ecology and Probability Description / Biodiversity Justification (EB) Pre- Construction Phase 1. Removal of site Site specific loss Site possesses common floral  We are proposing plantation on site and vegetation like of common floral species; This will be site periphery, both sides of road passing from herbs, shrubs diversity specific impact. plant area which will provide noise barriers and grasses Site specific loss No threat of loss of faunal for point sources and line sources. This will (except trees) of associated diversity as species reported improve floral and faunal diversity of the faunal diversity are common which uses wide project area. variety of habitats of the local  Greenbelt with tall trees is planted. It will environment. absorb the particulates and reduce the Site specific loss concentration of SO2, NOx . of habitat /  Plantation in safety zone will also protect the habitat diversity soil from wind erosions.

Construction Phase

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -30

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Noise generation Due to industry Site and buffer zone are  All species reported from site are common due to activities wild common species and not and well adapted to the routine urban movement of life and domestic sensitive to the routine activities, so they will not face significant JCBs, Use of animals may activities of the urban area, so impact on their normal movements. equipment’s move to there will be no major impact.  Personnel protective equipment’s will be installation of adjoining area. However, its site specific and provided to the workers who are engaged at machinery, temporary impact. inside plant site. Heavy  Proper and timely maintenance of machines fabrication work, Minor impact on surrounding and transport vehicle will help to check and movement of people. reduce sound nuisance as much as possible. vehicles & existing plant  Proper mitigations will be taken to avoid activities , schedule -I animals, coming nearby notified operations of area activities in search of water and food. machinery Only small Contamination Minor impact on Environment.  The waste water so generated shall be amount of of surrounding disposed off through septic tanks and soak additional aquatic pits. Hence, no impact is envisaged on aquatic sanitary waste biodiversity. ecology of any surface water body. water would be generated

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -31

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

during construction phase.

Operation Phase Emission of HCl, Impact on All pollutants will be kept  Emission levels of all pollutants will be kept NOx, CO2 and surrounding within CPCB permissible within CPCB permissible levels through VOC due to Flora and limits, considering cumulative various engineering control measures. operation of biodiversity. impact (due to industrial Planation will be development with suitable reactors of area), minor short term species will help to mitigate likely cumulative Herbicides, impacts (due to acid rain) are impacts. Insecticides and expected on surrounding flora Fungicides. and fauna which may be affected. General Utilities Generation of Impact on The emission levels of emitted  Planation with suitable species will help to PM2.5,PM10 and surrounding pollutants will remain in mitigate likely cumulative impacts. emission of HC & Flora and permissible limits due to use  Greenbelt with tall trees is planted. It will CO due to biodiversity. of absorb the PM10 and reduce the vehicular PUC certified vehicles concentration of SO2, NOx . movement Limited complying vehicular emissions  Plantation in safety zone will also protect the

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -32

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

deposition of norms, considering cumulative soil from wind erosions. dust particulate impact, minor short term  Regular maintenance of machinery and on leaves may impacts are expected on vehicle will be done to check the excess reduce the rate associated biodiversity. emissions of photosynthesis by plants. Flue gas Impact on The emission levels of emitted  Water sprinkling will be done on transport emission of PM, surrounding pollutants will kept within roads; so that dust will be settled down, and SO2, NOx from Flora and permissible limits, considering will reduce generation of dust. boilers, thermic biodiversity. cumulative impact (due to  Operation subject to management by fluid heaters industrial area), minor short operational and DG sets. term impacts are expected on  controls. Emission levels of all pollutants will surrounding habitats and be kept within permissible levels through associated biodiversity which various engineering control measures. may be resilient. However, green belt development with suitable species will help to mitigate likely cumulative impacts. Discharge of Contamination A proposed plant is zero liquid  Periodic monitoring and Surveillance waste water of surrounding discharge basis so no waste programme will be done. from ETP STP water bodies water will be discharged. Also,  The plant activity will not deteriorate

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -33

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

and aquatic all the potential contaminant groundwater quality by and large because no biodiversity. (solid and liquid) will be toxic element will be mixed into stored in closed area, so that groundwater. rain water /storm water will not get contaminated. Land Land use pattern Provisions shall be made for  No Major Change in Topography and Environment will be changed administrative building, Drainage will be done due to proposed of the plant laboratory facility, plant area, project. formulation area, utilities area,  Construction of the proper drainage system storage area, effluent will be developed & maintained. treatment plant, security area,  During rains, emergency gauge will be vehicle parking, etc. maintained for proper drainages of water & cleaning of silts. Socioeconomic Change in Increase in aspiration it may  The proposed project will generate culture & Life get affected their present employment of local people hence will be style, health and culture by coming outside. helpful in improving their living condition. other  We will provide employment to skilled male socioeconomic workers at the plant & training will be conditions provided to upgrade their skill & make them suitable for industrial activities.  Contribution in drinking water facility for

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -34

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

local villagers  Free distribution of plants & also assistance in plant maintenance watering etc. to the worker.  Training & awareness programmes on improved farming practices / afforestation programmes.  Assistance for Pesticides /Seeds/ Vermi compost/ Fertilizer.  Free Medical camp will be organized in nearby village and distribution of medicines.

HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C4 -35

Chapter-IV/ Anticipated Environmental impacts

Faunal management PLAN

• Habitat improvement • Protection • Propagation • Feeding and watering arrangement Table No 4.4: Matrix of wildlife habitat factors in the study area S. No Habitat factors Importance value 1.0 Welfare Factors Food (Browse) ++ Food (Grass) ++ Cover (Vertical) ++ Cover (Horizontal) ++ Cover (Physiographic) +++ Water +++ Physical size of habitat ++ Population ++ Habitat continuity ++ Scope of Extension of ++ Habitat Interspersion +++ Species diversity +++ 2.0 DECIMATING FACTORS Fragmentation of habitat +++ Air pollution ++++ Water pollution +++ Solid waste pollution +++ Rise in ambient temp. ++++ Habitat degradation +++ Weed invasion + Poaching + Soil erosion +++ Loss of canopy continuity +++ 3.0 LIMITING FACTORS +++ Habitat size & scope of ++ extension Degrading forces from ++ peripheral villages

********** C4 -36

CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE) 5.1 INTRODUCTION 5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES 5.3 ALTERNATIVE OF FUEL 5.4 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES

Prepared by –Wolkem India Limited

Chapter-V/ Analysis of Alternatives

CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

5.1 INTRODUCTION While establishing a project it is necessary that we should consider project alternatives for site selection, raw material and available technologies and their relative potential impacts on the environment and cost consideration. Selection of alternative would be thus more critical in an industrial development where time, money, environment and natural resources are at stake. Hence, selection of the alternative must be both practical and rational, taking into consideration the constraints of the proposed project. Our aim should be to select the best alternative which has got minimum environmental impacts and can be cost effective. We should also consider the legal aspects while selecting the various alternatives.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES 5.2.1 Raw Material Alternative Under proposed activity, the product will require certain raw materials which are based on literature and feasibility of operation. The raw materials would be selected based on their purity and desirable form which would be avoiding the probability of discards or results in non-specification product. We should select product based on its availability, cost and environmental impacts. In our case many raw materials availabilities was a question mark hence all such products were produced in house to produce final products and we name it as intermediates.

5.2.2 Pollution Control Technology Alternatives Use of waste water from RO processes and Multi effect eveporation The RO process produces 2 streams of water one is soft water which is used in process and the other stream contains high TDS water which is having TDS can be easily treated at MEE with other waste water. By use of treated water in plantation

C 5-1 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-V/ Analysis of Alternatives

and gardening we are killing two birds with one stone (development of greenery, ecofriendly activities and disposal of waste water) and hence this is the best alternative chosen for the utilization of waste water from processes.

5.3 ALTERNATIVE OF FUEL For operation of boiler and DG set, various alternative fuels like gas, diesel, coal, wood and waste agricultural briquettes have been considered. For DG set we cannot use alternative fuel other than diesel due to technological constrain and even though it is not the best choice but the requirement of diesel fuel is low as it is operated in only case of emergency and power failure. Requirement of diesel is less than 82Ltr/day. We will try to minimize the use of diesel, by minimizing use of electrical energy during power failure and also operating the DG set at its best efficiency. For boiler after giving considerations of cost and environmental impacts, we found that the agricultural waste briquettes are the best alternative as it has the following advantages: • Sulphur content of the briquettes is very low 0.02% w/w against the sulphur content of 0.5-1% of coal, and some Indian coal contains 4-5% of sulphur. Hence the emission in the air of SO2 is 10-15 times less if we use agricultural waste briquettes instead of coal as a fuel in the boiler. • Less generation of solid waste (boiler ash), the ash content of Indian coal ranges from 30-50%, where as the ash content of agricultural briquettes is around 19.0%. Hence the generation of ash (which is solid waste) is about 4to 5 times times less if we use briquettes as fuel instead of coal • The cost of agricultural waste briquettes is much less compared to coal. • The dust generation while burning the coal is much more than burning of waste briquettes hence there will be less cost for installation of APC (Air Pollution Control) equipment’s, cyclone separator or back filter. The solid waste generation will be less.

C 5-2 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-V/ Analysis of Alternatives

5.4 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES Proposed project is an moderization and diversification project. It is proposed to do expansion in the existing site itself because of the following advantages: • Use of common utilities for existing and expansion plant. • The existing plant equipments like reactors, Centrifuges and filters can be used. • The existing site has a well-established experimental reactor for taking trial of a new product before commercial production. • No capital expense on land procurement • Existing man power and storage facilities can be utilized for expansion purpose. • The infrastructure like road, electrical connection, availability of common transportation is available in the area.

**********

C 5-3 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

CHAPTER – VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME INDEX

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6.1 INTRODUCTION 6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL 6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL L A B O R A T O R Y 6.4 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS 6.5 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA

**********

Chapter-VI/ Environmental Monitoring

CHAPTER – VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION M/S Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. shall adopt comprehensive environmental monitoring plan which is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project

Since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to consider the changes in the environment. The objectives of monitoring are: • To verify the results of the impact assessment study with regards to proposed development. • To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical. • To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures. • To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of proposed project. • To check assumption made with regard to the development and to detect deviations in order to initiate necessary measures ; and • To establish a data base for future Impact Assessment Studies for proposed project. • A detailed monitoring plan will be designed to check any kind of contamination or pollution, if occurs. This plan will also help an authority to take any steps for prevention and control of pollution and efficient management

C6-1 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VI/ Environmental Monitoring

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL Usually, as in the case of the present study, an impact assessment study is carried out over a short period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by nature or by human activities. Therefore, a centralized environmental monitoring cell will be established for monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters which are of immense importance to assess the status of environment during operation of plant.

6.2.1 Monitoring Schedule during Constructional Phase Suspended particular matter due transportation of construction material, emission of fugitive dust due movement of heavy vehicle shall be monitored and controlled by spraying water in affected zone. In addition, emission of other pollutants from construction machinery using diesel driven prime movers shall be also monitored.

6.2.2 Monitoring Schedule during Operational Phase Volatile organic compounds, acid gases, and particulates may be emitted during pesticides manufacturing activities from both point sources and fugitive emissions. Along with the above the boiler, D.G. sets and reactors are also a potential source of emission. All point sources and fugitive emissions shall be regularly monitored in plant area to check the efficiency of pollution control device.

Environmental monitoring plan for proposed project has described in Table: ‐6.1 along with environment Components, parameter, standards to be followed, location and frequency. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions and regular permits from PPCB/MoEF will be monitored and reported periodically.

C6-2 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VI/ Environmental Monitoring

Table No. 6.1 Environmental Monitoring During Operational Phase

S.No. Potential Action to be Parameters for Frequency of Location Impact Followed Monitoring Monitoring 1 Air Emissions Ambient air quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, As per CPCB/ PPCB At least two within the premises of NOxCO, HC, HCl, requirement locations inside the proposed unit and Cl2, CH3Cl, HBr, premises; nearby habitations to be VOC monitored. Exhaust from Vehicle logs to be vehicles to be minimized maintained by use of fuel efficient vehicles and well‐ ‐ ‐ maintained vehicles having PUC certificate.

Vehicle trips to be Vehicle logs Daily records Main gate minimized to the extent possible Micrometeorological Temp., wind speed & ‐ Round the clock ‐ measurements direction, Relative Monitoring. Humidity, etc .

Stack emission Parameters prescribed Prescribed by Once in a ‐ monitoring of by PPCB PPCB weekly/fortnightly emissions sources In stack Once in six months through out side agency.

2 Noise Noise generated from Spot Noise Level Periodic during Noise various plant recording; operation phase measurement at operations, vehicular to Leq(night), D.G Set, be optimized and Leq(day), Leq(dn) Reactors, Boilers monitored and within premises Generation of vehicular Maintain records Periodic during ‐ noise of vehicles operation phase 3 Wastewater No untreated No discharge Periodic during ‐ Discharge discharge to be made to hoses in vicinity operation phase surface water, of watercourses. groundwater or soil. Take care in disposal of Discharge norms Periodic during ‐ wastewater for effluents will operation phase generated such that soil be maintained and groundwater resources are protected

C6-3 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VI/ Environmental Monitoring

S.No. Potential Action to be Parameters for Frequency of Location Impact Followed Monitoring Monitoring Compliance of treated pH, TSS, TDS, Periodic during One location wastewater BOD, COD, operation phase (Treated usage/discharge to arsenic, cadmium, Wastewater) standards chromium and Bio Assay Testing

Compliance of treated Once in a One location sewage to standards ‐ season (Treated sewage)

4 Drainage and Ensure drainage system Visual inspection Periodic during ‐ effluent and specific design of drainage and operation phase Management measures are working records thereof effectively.

Design to incorporate existing drainage pattern and avoid disturbing the same. 5 Water Quality and Monitoring used Comprehensive Periodic during Three locations Water Levels water quality & monitoring as per operation phase surrounding groundwater quality and IS 10500 project site levels 6 Energy Usage Energy usage for air‐ Energy Annual audits and ‐ conditioning and other audi periodic activities to be t report checks during minimized operational phase

Conduct annual energy audit for the buildings 7 Emergency Fire protection and Mock drill Periodic during preparedness, safety measures to records, on site operation phase such as fire take care of fire and emergency plan, fighting explosion hazards, to evacuation plan be assessed and steps taken for their prevention. 8 Maintenance of Vegetation, greenbelt No. of plants, Periodic during ‐ flora and fauna / green cover species operation phase development

C6-4 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VI/ Environmental Monitoring

S.No. Potential Action to be Parameters for Frequency of Location Impact Followed Monitoring Monitoring 9 Solid and Implement waste Records of solid Periodic during Hazardous Waste management plan that waste generation, operation phase Management identifies and treatment and characterizes every disposal waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising. 10 Soil quality Maintenance of good soil Physico‐chemical Periodical Plantation quality parameters and monitoring areas metals. 11 Health Employees and All relevant Regular check ups ‐ migrant labour health parameters check ups

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd shall be developed well‐furnished Environment laboratory with required and sophisticated equipment’s. Equipment of quality control laboratory shall also available for analysis of environment parameters. In case the monitored results of environment pollution shall be found to exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions shall be taken through the concerned plant authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control equipment’s of each department shall under respective department heads. TABLE‐6.2 LIST OF LABORATORY EQUIPMENTS Sr. Name of Equipment’s Quantity No. 1 Electronic balance for Gravimetric Analysis 1 2 pH meter 1 3 Distillation apparatus 1 4 Glass Fractional reaction cum distillation unit 1 5 Titration apparatus ‐ 6 HPLC & GC 1 7 UV – Visible spectrophotometer 1 8 Personal Sampler 2 9 Dragger tube of different pollutants and pump 2 10 Stack sampling kit 1

C6-5 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VI/ Environmental Monitoring

11 Weather Monitor 1

6.4 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility will maintain following records. • Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control device • Log sheet for ETP/STP • Log sheet of hazardous storage yard • Log sheet of scrubber • Record of waste water generation per day and disposal per day • Record of hazardous waste generation per day and disposal per day • Record of raw material consumption per day at ETP • Record of ambient air quality monitoring in plant and surrounding project site • Record of all stack emission monitoring results • Record of inlet and out let scrubber and efficiency of scrubber • Record of ETP inlet & outlet effluent quality data. • Record of ground water quality and surface water quality surrounding the project site • Record of noise monitoring in site & out site of project. • Record of soil quality surrounding the project site • Record of plantation at project sit • Record of training conducted • SOP of ambient air quality monitoring as per CPCB guideline • SOP of ground water and Surface water sampling as per CPCB guideline • SOP of each test method as per IS standard/APHA • Monthly and annual progress reports.

C6-6 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VI/ Environmental Monitoring

6.5 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to the EMP should be undertaken.

The environmental monitoring cell will co‐ordinate all monitoring program at site and data thus generated will be regularly furnished to the State regulatory agencies. The frequency of reporting will be on six monthly bases to the local state PPCB officials and to Regional office of MoEF. The Environmental Audit reports will be prepared for the entire year of operations and will be regularly submitted to regulatory authorities.

**********

C6-7 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

CHAPTER-VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES

INDEX

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 7.2 HAZARD ANALYSIS AND RISK ASSESSMENT 7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT FOR STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS/SOLVENTS 7.4 IMPACT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.6 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN 7.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 7.8 PERIODIC HEALTH CHECK OF EMPLOYEES 7.9 DETAILS REGARDING INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 7.10 ENERGY SAVING PLAN 7.11 IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C7-0

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

CHAPTER-VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION Public hearing is not conducted for preparation of EIA/EMP report being project site is in notified industrial area (Industrial Growth center Bathinda, Punjab). The office memorandum of MOEFcc No. J-11011/321/2016-IA-II(I) dated 27 April 2018 attached as Annexure –

7.2 HAZARD ANALYSIS AND RISK ASSESSMENT 7.2.1 Introduction : - Industrial plants deal with materials, which are generally hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of these. Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations of these are the hazards associated with industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering, such as, Hazard Analysis and Quantitative Risk Assessment have now been developed to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of industrial plants. The primary emphasis in safety engineering is to reduce risk to human life, property and environment. Some of the more important methods used to achieve this are:

Quantitative Risk Analysis: Provides a relative measure of the likelihood and severity of various possible hazardous events by critically examining the plant process and design.

Work Safety Analysis: The technique discerns whether the plant layout and operating procedures in practice have any inherent infirmities.

Safety Audit: Takes a careful look at plant operating conditions, work practices and work environments to detect unsafe conditions. Together, these three broad tools attempt to

C7-1 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

minimize the chances of accidents occurring. Yet, there always exists, no matter how remote, probability of occurrence of a major accident. If the accident involves highly hazardous chemicals in sufficiently large quantities, the consequences may be serious to the plant, to surrounding areas and the populations residing therein.

Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd, proposed to manufacture different type pesticides product (Fungicides, Insecticides & Herbicides) at plot No 31-32 Industrial Growth Center Bathinda, District – Bathinda (Punjab), Key issues in Risk Assessment (RA) of the of proposed project are discussed in this chapter. The RA is a document and need to be updated whenever there are changes in operations, equipment or procedures. 7.2.2 Key Definitions: - The terminologies used in this Risk Assessment (RA) study are defined below. A. Consequence: A result of a particular action or situation, often one that is bad or not convenient. Also called Magnitude or size of damage or loss. In terms of health and safety, it is the degree of harm that could be caused to the people exposed to hazard, the potential severity of injuries or ill health, and/or the number of people who could be potentially affected. Consequence of hazard involved the human safety criteria as well as financial loss due to production , incurred costs due to repairs/replacement, environmental impacts and public outrage. B. Disaste r: A catastrophic consequence of a major emergency/accident that leads to not only extensive damage to life and property, but also disrupts all normal human activity for a significant period of time and requires a major national and/or international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected. C. Emergency: A serious, unexpected, and often dangerous situation requiring immediate action. An emergency is a situation that poses an immediate risk to health, life, property, or environment. Most emergencies require urgent intervention to prevent a worsening of the situation, although in some situations, mitigation may not be possible and agencies may only be able to offer palliative care for the aftermath.

C7-2 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

D. Hazard: A hazard is a situation that poses a level of threat to life, health, property, or environment. Most hazards are dormant or potential, with only a theoretical risk of harm; however, once a hazard becomes "active", it can create an emergency. A hazardous situation that has come to pass is called an incident. Hazard and possibility interact together to create risk. E. Immediately Dangerous to life and health (IDLH): It represents the maximum concentration of a chemical from which, in the event of respiratory failure, one could escape within 30 minutes without a respirator and without experiencing any escape/ impairing (e.g. severe irritation) or irreversible health effects. F. Lethal Concentration Low (LCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, other that LC50, which has been reported to cause death in human or animals. G. Risk: It is a Combination of the likelihood of a specific unwanted event and the potential consequences, if it occurs. Generally risk is a product of frequency of the likely hood of the unwanted event and the consequence (degree of damage) due to the event. H. Risk Assessment: A process that involves estimation and measurement of risk to determine priorities and to enable identification of appropriate level of risk treatment (used also to describe the overall process of risk management). I. Risk Control: Risk control is the method by which firms evaluate potential losses and take action to reduce or eliminate such threats. Risk control is a technique that utilizes findings from risk assessments, and implementing changes to reduce risk in the industries. J. Risk Management: Overall description of the steps taken to manage risk, by identifying hazards and implementing controls in the workplace. There are T’s of risk management.

• Tolerate – low level of risk which can be live with. • Treat – Take measure to reduce the risk to make it tolerable e.g. Use of PPE. • Transfer – Change the location or transfer the process to some other who can take a risk and carry out the activity . E.g. Many advanced countries are getting the operations executed which is banned in their country by law .

C7-3 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

• Terminate- Drop the operation or do not carry the activity where very high risk is involved. E. g. Online repairs on high voltage line

K. Risk Rating: The category, level, or risk assigned following risk assessment (e.g. High, Medium, or Low). L. Threshold Limit Value (TLV): it is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a weighted average basis (usually 8 hrs for 5 days in a week). M. Short Time Exposure Limit (STEL): it is the permitted short-term exposure limit usually for a 15 minutes exposure. N. Toxic Concentration Low (TCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, to which humans or animals have been exposed for any given period of time that has produced a toxic effects in humans or produced carcinogenic, neoplastigenic or teratogenic effect in humans or animals. 7.2.3 METHODOLOGY FOR RISK ASSESSMENT: - The scope of work includes site inspection, hazard identification, selection of potential loss scenarios, and simulation of release source model on DNV’s PHAST Professional consequence analysis and plotting of Damage contour on site map in order to take strategic decision to mitigate/minimize the level of risk to the facility and to the community. The steps undertaken to carry out Risk Assessment for the proposed increased capacity are described in subsequent sections.

A. CAS Development Procedure As a first step towards risk assessment it is required to identify the selected scenarios based on available information about Scenario development for potential Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLS). MCLS’ selected are based on the findings of the HAZOP and HAZID study

B. Toxic Gas Scenarios These include: Bursting of a toxic gas container under pressure causing a puff of toxic gas. Leak from a major pipeline of gas leading to a plume scenario of toxic gas.

C7-4 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

C. Toxic Liquid Scenarios These include:-Flash vaporization scenarios for toxic liquids stored above their atmospheric boiling point, causing a puff dispersion scenario. Formation and spill pool evaporation scenarios due to substrate heat conduction including first minute rapid evaporation, followed by steady state pool evaporation.

D. Flammable Gas Scenarios These include: Bursting of a flammable gas container under pressure causing a gas puff. Leak from a major pipeline of gas leading to a plume scenario of flammable gas.

E. Flammable Liquid Scenarios These include: Flash vaporization scenarios for flammable liquids stored above their atmospheric boiling point (BP) causing a puff scenario. Pool formation and spill pool evaporation scenarios due to substrate heat conduction including first minute rapid evaporation, followed by steady state pool evaporation.

F. Secondary Scenarios for Flammable Liquids & Gases These may include (after containment loss of the liquid / gas): No ignition of puff, leading to puff dispersion. No ignition, causing dispersion of pool evaporation. Immediate ignition of puff, causing fire ball scenario. Ignition of spill pool, causing pool fire. Delayed ignition of the puff, causing a VCE (Vapor Cloud Explosion), flash back fire (‘flash fire’) and pool fire.

G. BLEVE Scenarios These include: Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapuor Explosion (BLEVE) scenarios for flammable liquid storages getting engulfed by fire, getting over pressurized, vessel bursting and flash vaporization and explosion. The scope of work includes hazard identification, risk assessment and ranking, resulting in treatment controls and action plans.

C7-5 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

H. RISK ASSESSMENT APPROACH The risk assessment levels are generally consistent with the practices encountered through various assignments for medium and large chemical complexes. The brief outline approach is given below:

Level 1: Hazard Identification - Hazard identification includes: Study of Safety Issues Pertaining to the Project • Study of process and engineering, operational information including safety concepts used in design of equipment and storages. • Listing of hazardous inventory and identification of key hazardous substances to be used. • Preliminary identification of hazardous sections of the plant and that of storage with recourse to fire and explosion index for these units. • Analysis of major inventories in process and storage for identification of major hazardous locations of the plant with recourse to “Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989”. • Consultation with the personnel, who carry out or are likely to carry out the jobs. • Delineation of the vulnerable operations. • Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) Analysis for construction and operation and maintenance hazards. • Past history of accidents and near misses, at an industry level. The expected outcome of this study will be identification of hazard prone operations and estimation of maximum damages, distances based on probable accident/release scenarios.

Identification of Hazard Scenarios Identification of scenarios that can cause damage to life and property within the plant premises as well as in surrounding areas.

Level 2: Risk Assessment and Evaluation

C7-6 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

Risk Assessment As defined in foregoing paragraph, the risk is a function of likelihood and consequence. Likelihood is the chance that the hazard might occur. Since the risk of any hazard is dependent upon the chance that it will occur (likelihood), and the impact of an occurrence (consequence).

Risk Score = Likelihood x Consequence In some cases personnel are only exposed to the hazard for part of the time. Hence, a more detailed analysis of the risk ranking can be carried out, by taking exposure (% time personnel are present) and probability (chance that they will be harmed) into consideration. Thus:

Risk Score = (Probability x Exposure) x Consequence The values used for likelihood, consequence, exposure or probability need to be agreed to by the risk assessment team, and there is an element of professional judgment in exercising these choices. Fig No-7.1 IRPA (Individual Risk per Annum)

IRPA Fundamental improvements needed. Intolerable Only to be considered if there are no alternatives and people are well informed 10 -3 /yr Too high, significant effort required to improve 10 -4 /yr The ALARP or Tolerable High, investigate alternatives region (Risk is tolerated only)

10 -5 /yr Low, consider cost-effective alternatives Broadly Acceptable region (no need for detailed working to 10 -6 /yr demonstrate ALARP) Negligible, maintain normal precautions

Note: A risk of 10 per million per year, or 10-5/Year, effectively means that any person standing at a point of this level of risk would have a 1 in 100 000 chance

C7-7 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

of being fatally injured per year. (ALARP – As low as reasonably practicable/possible )

Level 3: Treatment Controls and Action Plans

Treatment Controls After examining the high priority risks, a prime consideration is given to the potential to reduce or eliminate the risk by using the hierarchy of controls. This assists in establishing methods to reduce risk. From experience, the effectiveness of each method is given as a percentage after each of the control descriptions. The desirability of control plans (with reducing effectiveness) is as follows:

• Elimination: Remove step to eliminate the hazard completely. • Substitution: Replace with less hazardous material, substance or process. • Separation: Isolate hazard from person by guarding, space or time separation. • Administration: Adjusting the time or conditions of risk exposures. • Training: Increasing awareness, improving skills and making tasks less hazardous to persons involved. • Personal protective equipment: Used as the last resort, appropriately designed and properly fitted equipment, where other controls are not practicable. • Control measures can reduce either the likelihood or consequence of the event or both. • Depending on the level of reduction of the hazard, there could still be a residual risk that needs to be monitored so that a secondary prevention process can be initiated when trigger points are reached.

Action Plans The team should develop an action plan recommending actions, responsibilities and when it should be completed. The proposed action plan is required to be put forward to the decision making authority and reviewed, if necessary, before taking a final decision to proceed.

Level 4: Development of Disaster Management Plan The suggested DMP is organized in a Plan, Do, Check, Review (PDCR) cycle to enable its effective implementation.

C7-8 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

7.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION, & DETAILS OF PROPOSED SAFETY SYSTEMS Introduction: - Hazard: A hazard is any agent that can cause harm or damage to humans, property, or the environment. Types of hazards: Following are the type of workplace hazards- 1. Chemical hazards 2. Fire and explosion hazard 3. Electrical hazard 4. Occupational Health hazards Risk: Risk is a situation involving exposure to danger. Risk = Severity x Probability

Table No7.1. – Hazard due to presence of Chemical dust and vapors in working area

Sr. Hazards - Type & its Severity of Hazard/No. of Frequency of Risk level No sources persons affected and/or hazard rating area involved exposure 1. EXPOSURE TO Minor or low level of Frequency of Risk level – Low PESTICIDES & exposure – low occurrence to moderate INSECTICIDES DUST AND No. of persons affected at – Once or twice VAPOURS PRESENT a time – two to three in a month IN THE WORKING ATMOSPHERE – Area involved – Not The dust generation applicable. will be mainly due to handling of solid material in powder Moderate to High Level of Frequency of Risk level – form like Clodinafop, exposure – High occurrence- moderate to Fipronil, rare once in less high. No. of Persons affected – Imidacloprid, than five years Lambda-cyhalothrin, more than 5 Thiram & Ziram. Area affected – entire section

Safety systems and Mitigation measures to control the above hazard: 1. The Reaction will be carried out in closed reactor and in controlled condition. C7-9 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

2. The vent gases from the reactor will be scrubbed before letting them out to the atmosphere or in the work place. 3. Workplace monitoring will be done and concentration of various chemical vapours will be maintained well below the threshold limit. 4. Use proper PPE’s like facemask, dust mask, chemical breathing apparatus and air breathing apparatus as per requirement. The dust mask use will be made compulsory for those who are working in production and packing areas or where there is a possibility of chemical dust generation. 5. Use of HDPE lined product bags will be made, to make the bags impervious and to avoid whoosing out of material from the plastic woven bags. 6. Workers will be trained in handling of hazardous solid chemicals. 7. Charging of solid chemicals into reactors will be carried out in enclosed hoppers. 8. The area will be well ventilated to keep the dust concentration low. 9. The spillage of solid material will be controlled and minimized. Secondary containment like tray will be used while transfer and handling of solid chemicals. 10. The area will kept neat and clean. The floors will be regularly cleaned to make them free of chemical dust. 11. MSDS of all chemicals must be kept handy in case of need. TABLE NO. 7.2– HAZARD DUE TO FIRE AND HEAT

Sr. Hazards- Type & its Severity of Hazard/No. Frequency of Risk level No sources of persons affected hazard rating and/or area involved exposure 2. FIRE and HEAT- Since Small fire – Severity Frequency – Low there is storage of is low once in a year flammable & or less combustible materials Number of persons with low flash points; affected can be from Hence the risk of fire is zero to few, high. It is a localized incidence.

C7-10 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

Large fire – involving Frequency of High. It is to be flammable materials such incidence – considered as once in a five onsite or - Hazard level is High years or less offsite - No. of persons emergency involved – 10 or more - Extend of fire can spread up to total section or entire factory

Safety & Mitigation measures to control the fire hazard: 1. The raw materials will be stored either in a closed tank or closed containers (200 liter drums) and transferred by pump to avoid any leakage to reduce the chances of fire. 2. The storage tanks will be properly grounded and bonded to eliminate static electricity hazard. 3. The solvent storage tanks will be designed underground as per engineering feasibility. 4. Proper firefighting equipment’s will be provided to fight the fire in case of eventuality. 5. Fire extinguishers will be installed in all areas and all workers will be trained in its operation 6. The storage and processing (manufacturing) area where flammable chemicals are handled will be declared as electrical hazardous zone. 7. The electrical and other equipment’s used will be flameproof. No spark producing equipment or vehicle will be allowed inside these areas. 8. The complete plant will be declared as no smoking zone. 9. Flameproof equipment’s and instruments will be deployed. 10. A fire water network will be provided inside the factory premises. A jockey pump will always be kept running to maintain the fire water line pressure all the time. 11. All the workers including security staff will be trained in firefighting operations. 12. More Fire extinguishers will be provided in the sensitive areas and people will be trained in firefighting operations.

C7-11 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

13. Direct contact of the flammable material with oxidizing agents like acids will be avoided. 14. The compatibility matrix of the materials will be considered while storage of chemicals. Incompatible materials will be stored separately. 15. Training and fire mock drills will be arranged regularly. 16. Adequate provision of foam and water will be made to fight the fire. 17. Emergency management plan will be made and it will be tested periodically for its effectiveness.

Table No-7.3 – OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARD DUE TO HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS & TOXIC CHEMICALS

Sr. No Hazards- Type & its Severity of Frequency of Risk level sources Hazard/No. of hazard rating persons affected exposure and/or area involved 3. OCCUPATIONAL Level of exposure – The exposure Moderate HEALTH HAZARDS Low frequency is 8 & ITS IMPACT- hours in a day Low – with Since the facility is No of persons proper handling various affected – one or two mitigation hazardous & toxic measures. chemicals, it is likely Area affected – It is to cause many localized workplace incidents. phenomena

Safety & Mitigation measures to control the hazard: 1. The occupational hazard is likely due to handling of the toxic chemicals like Alpha- cypermethrin, Ziram, Sodium cyanide etc. 2. A proactive approach will be adopted to minimize the health impact of chemical exposure. 3. MSDS of each chemical will be available at the point of use for ready reference. 4. Adequate PPE’s will be provided to operating staff. ( hand gloves , facemask, goggles and safety shoe use will made mandatory).

C7-12 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

5. Safety Showers and eye wash showers will be provided at convenient location for emergency in case of eye contact, skin contact of hazardous materials. 6. The suitable antidotes stock will be maintained in the emergency health centre. 7. Training will be given to the staff in handling of hazardous chemicals. Special training will be given to those handling highly hazardous chemicals like Cyanide, Formaldehyde. 8. Some of the workers will be given training in first aid. 9. First aid box will be available at the point of use. 10. Provision of special antidotes for various chemicals will be available. 11. Occupational health specialist (Doctor) will be appointed by the company and he will be available on call. 12. The storage and processing area will be well ventilated to keep concentration of chemical vapours and gases well within the permissible limit. 13. Periodic ambient air monitoring will be done to monitor and control the concentration of pollutants. 14. Periodic checking of health of the workers will be done as per the factories act. 15. Work permit procedures will be followed for maintenance of equipment’s. 16. Electrical permit system will be followed while working on electrically driven or electrical equipment. 17. Periodic safety audits will be done to detect/locate the safety and health hazards. 18. In addition to above periodic safety and good housekeeping rounds will be taken by Sr. Officers periodically. 19. Periodic safety committee meetings will be held for inviting safety suggestions from the workers. Workers participation will be ensured in safety committee meeting. TABLE NO-7.4 – HAZARD DUE HIGH LEVEL OF NOISE

Sr. Hazards- Type & its Severity of Hazard/No. of Frequency of hazard Risk level No sources persons affected and/or exposure rating area involved 4. NOISE- The noise generation Operation of other DG set operation very Moderate is mainly from DG set which equipment’s , pumps, grinder low, once or twice in runs when there is a power set – Moderate the week. outage. The DG set is likely to Operation of DG set – High. C7-13 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

run for few hours in a week. The total No. of persons The other source of noise is affected due to DG set from operation of Pumps, operations – 2 to 3 Grinder machine, Boiler, operators Cooling tower, Material Other operations – 4 to 5 handling, and vehicular persons traffic. Operation of other rotating Low to Equipment’s - high 8 moderate to 10 hours per day.

Safety & Mitigation measures to control the Noise hazard: 1. DG set will be provided with acoustic enclosure to reduce the noise level by 25 dB as per the noise pollution control act. 2. Earplugs and earmuffs will be provided to workers and management will ensure that the workers will wear them in noisy area. The workers will be trained on the health effects of noise pollution. 3. A Signboard will be displayed where the noise level is above 75 dB to warn the operating staff. 4. Regular noise monitoring will be done as per the Punjab pollution control Board norms and report will be sent to PPCB. (Day and night noise monitoring once in three months or as per the consent condition) 5. All precautions will be taken to control noise level below 80 db. 6. Proper preventive maintenance of the DG set, boiler, and pumps will be done whenever the noise and vibration level goes high. The oiling and lubrication of rotating machinery will done regularly . 7. Periodic health check-up of the staff will be done as per factories act and health check will include checking of hearing capacity (Audiometric test) of persons.

TABLE NO-7.5 – WORKPLACE INJURY (MINOR & MAJOR) HAZARD

Sr. Hazards - Type & Severity of Hazard/No. Frequency of Risk level

C7-14 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

No its sources of persons affected hazard rating and/or area involved exposure 1. Minor and major Minor accidents – Minor accidents Low accidents Severity of injury is low – one or twice in resulting in work to moderate. a year. place injury Major accident – Major accidents – Moderate to Hospitalization, rare, less than high – it can disability and once in lifetime. be a onsite emergency sometimes it can be case fatal.

Safety & Mitigation measures to control the hazard: 1. The use of safety shoes will be made compulsory for all the operating and maintenance staff. 2. Workers will be well trained to prevent accidents and exposure 3. First Aid box will be provided and some employees will be trained in first aid 4. Doctor will be available on call for 24 hours. 5. All the areas where chemicals are likely to be handled will be well ventilated. 6. Exhaust fans and eco ventilators will be provided to improve the ventilation. 7. Wind socks will be provided at convenient location so that workers will be able to avoid exposure by positioning themselves against direction of wind. 8. The regular workplace monitoring will be done with dragger tubes to know the level of pollutants and harmful chemicals in the work area. 9. The manual handling of chemicals will be minimum and will be handled in closed containers and transfer will be by transfer pumps as far as possible. 10. Preventive maintenance practice will be adopted, to avoid leakage due to corrosion. 11. MS or stainless steel reactor will be used mostly to avoid corrosion and ease of handling and cleaning of chemicals. 12. Good housekeeping will be maintained so that spills of all solid and powder chemicals will be wiped out immediately and will prevent formation of chemical dust. C7-15 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

13. The Hoppers of solid and powder charging will have sufficient height to avoid spillage of chemicals and generation of chemical dust. 14. Hoods with exhaust fans will be provided to extract any dust generated during charging of chemicals in the hopper. 15. The gas cylinders and drums will be moved by special trolley designed to handle them. This will avoid damage to the drums and cylinders and subsequent leakages. 16. The chemical drums will be stored in the shed away from the sunshine. The shed will be open on all sides and well ventilated. 17. Provision of PPE: Required PPE should be provided by the company to cover occupational foot, head, hearing, and eye protection from hazardous chemicals. 18. Foot Protection : If machines or operations present the potential for foot injury, the company should provide foot protection, which is of safe design and construction for the work to be performed. To avoid the slippage on the floor due to spillage of oils provision of special safety shoes to be made. 19. Head Protection : If head hazards remain after all steps have been taken to control them, the Company should provide employees with appropriate head protection. Safety helmet is recommended. 20. Eye Protection : When operations present potential eye injury from chemical elements, the company should select, provide, maintain and required affected employees to use appropriate eye protection. Any work which involves looking upside also requires the protection e.g. electrical cabling on walls and ceiling. The various eye protecting devices like safety glasses and goggles should be adequate and reasonably comfortable.

TABLE 7.6– ELECTRICAL HAZARD ( STATIC AS WELL AS NORMAL ELECTRICITY)

Sr. Hazards - Type & its Severity of Frequency of hazard Risk level No sources Hazard/No. of persons exposure rating affected and/or area involved

C7-16 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

1. ELECTRICAL Hazard: Shock level – Upto 220 Frequency – once in a Low Injury due to volts low resulting in year or less electrical shock minor injury Since the facility is electrical power, we No . Of persons – Mosley need to take care of a single person is electrical hazards involved including static electricity hazards. Area affected – Not applicable

Shock level 220 volts or Freque ncy – once in Moderate to more and if the ground five years or less high. or hands are wet – Moderate to high. can be a fatal

No. of persons involved – mostly single person

Electrical short circuit , Frequency – once in High to very electrical spark or static life time or never high spark resulting in fire – re sulting into onsite and Severity is high offsite Area involved – can be emergency a section of the facility or complete factory

Safety & Mitigation measures to control the electrical hazard: 1. A licensed electrician should be deployed to do all wiring and electrical installations required for plan activities. 2. Fuses and circuit breakers (ELCB’s) should be used to protect motherboards, conductors and equipment to avoid short circuiting and electric shock. 3. Extension boards for equipment or as part of a temporary wiring system should not be damaged or compromised in any way and insulation must be of the highest grade. 4. The joints of electrical wires should be avoided or an extension boards can be used if needed. 5. Any time electrical equipment is deactivated for repair, or circuits are shut off, the equipment will be locked out and tagged at the point where it can be energized. 6. Proper earthing is to be ensured for all stationary equipment and electrical panels. C7-17 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

7. The earthing and earth resistance will be regularly checked once in six months and records will be maintained. 8. If earth pit resistance is found to be more than 2 ohms then the earth pit will be charged with water and salt and resistance will be rechecked to see that it has come down to less than 1 ohms. 9. Temporary lights should not be suspended by their cords. 10. Hazardous area classification needs to be done and flameproof electrical fittings have to be fitted in the flammable area.

7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT FOR STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS/SOLVENTS & ACTION PLAN FOR HANDLING & SAFETY SYSTEM TO BE INCORPORATED . Table No.7.7 Risk Assessment for storage and Handling of hazardous chemical.

C7-18 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Sr. Probability/ Risk Process/Activity Hazard involved Risk Level No. Frequency rating Since many of the chemicals are toxic in Low – nature. Exposure of the spilled chemical minor Once or twice can cause health problems and can be leakage in a year 6 serious if dust or vapor of these 2 3 chemicals is inhaled. Especially Thionyl Transportation of raw Spillage of material during Chloride , Sodium Cyanide, DMF etc . 1 material and transportation. The material spillage can cause land chemicals High – Rare less pollution, air pollution due to spread of Heavy than once in vapors of the chemicals. The spilled 5 leakage five years chemicals if not removed properly will 5 1 washed in rain will pollute surface water. Leakages of liquid material during transfer – Exposure to toxic vapors and fumes as Unloading of material Once in five unloading. Risk of fire. highly hazardous materials like Thionyl High 2 from road year or rare 5 Spillage of solid material Chloride, methanol, DMF is handled. 4 tanker/truck 1 due to torn bags or Health risk to workers. improper handling.

Spillage of material during Moderate Once or twice Exposure to toxic vapors and fumes. handling. The material may to high in a year 12 Health risk to workers. catch fire as some 4 3 3 Storage of material chemicals like Isopropyl Alcohol, Methanol are Rare, less Very high flammable. Health risks in Risk of catching fire than once in 5 5 case of contact with five years M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C7-19

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

Sr. Probability/ Risk Process/Activity Hazard involved Risk Level No. Frequency rating material. 1

Electrical shock can result in serious Use of electrically Hazards due to shock Moderate Low less than injury or can be fatal. 4 operated machines Short circuiting & spark to high one in a year 4 There can a fire if due to short and pumps leading to fire . 4 2 circuiting. Degradation or Possibility of runaway contaminated by Rare with the reaction Possibility of High to incompatible Risk of fire, injury and health problems control 5 deterioration of product excessive 5 material. to workers. measures quality and generation of 5 Uncontrolled 1 process waste (Hazardous) reaction. Exposure to toxic remains Disposal of solid and Once or twice of material. Injury while hazardous waste like Moderate in a year, 6 handling solid and waste Health effect and minor injury 9 packing material and 3 moderate drums of hazardous and used chemical drums. 3 toxic chemicals Overheating of material Once in more may cause runaway Moderate than five 7 Reactor operation reaction and generation of Health risks to workers. 3 3 years, Rare hazardous waste due to 1 bad quality of material.

C7-20 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

Sr. Probability/ Risk Process/Activity Hazard involved Risk Level No. Frequency rating Spillage of material while transferring and charging the material to reactor. High, very Health risk due to inhalation of High Generation of vapors, frequent 16 formaldehyde vapors 4 fumes while charging 4 liquid formaldehyde to reactor. Chances of accident due Movement on road to movement of material Injury to workers or employees. Health Moderate Low 8 and supply of 6 on road. risks in case of spillage. 3 2 material

Chances of spillage while transferring from reactor Storage and handling to storage drum or Injury to workers. Health risks are also Very Low Low 9 2 of finished goods. container. Chances of involved. 1 2 accident while transporting the goods. Generation of noise due Operation of DG set to rotating machines/DG Moderate Once or twice 10 and rotating Impairment of hearing 12 set. 3 in a week 4 machines

C7-21 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Rating scale

1. Level of Hazard - Negligible - 1 Low - 2 Moderate - 3 High - 4 Excessive - 5

2. Probability Frequency - Once in more than five years, Rare - 1 Once in a year, Low - 2 Once in a Month, Moderate - 3 Once in a week, High - 4 Very Frequently, Very High - 5

3. Rating Score Scale - 1 to 5 – Low risk 6 to 10 – Medium risk 10 and above – High risk 7.4.1 Action Plan and safety systems for Handling and storage of hazardous chemicals In Hidustan Rasayan – being a pesticide industry, it is handling highly toxic raw materials and chemicals, Safety is given utmost priority while storage, transfer and handling these hazardous chemicals . The following precautions are taken and safety procedures are followed to avert any untoward incident. 1. The toxic and hazardous chemicals are stored separately and in well covered storage shed to protect them from direct sunlight. 2. The area is well ventilated to keep the concentration level of toxic chemicals well below the PEL Values . 3. Compatibility is taken care while deciding storage location of individual chemicals. The flammable chemicals are stored away from oxidizing chemicals like hydrogen peroxide. 4. The MSDS of all the chemicals stored are available at the point of use , and the people are trained in MSDS . 5. Sufficient Number of fire extinguishers are available in the storage area . All the staff in the stores area are well trained in fire fighting as well as first aid. 6. Safety shower and eyewash is readily available near the storage area and periodic inspection/ testing is done to keep them in working at all the times. 7. First aid box is available in the stores .

M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project C7-22

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

8. Required antidotes stock is maintained in First aid room or in the stores as per requirement. 9. The storage stock level of highly hazardous chemicals is maintained minimum to keep the hazard level low. 10. Sufficient stock of emergency PPE’s like canister mask, escape mask , breathing suit is maintained and all people working in the stores are well trained in the use of these safety PPE’s. 11. All chemical storage containers are well marked , identified with name label and other GHS hazardous symbols and Pictograms are followed . 12. Highly toxic chemicals like sodium cyanide is kept in lock and key. 13. People are required to take bath if they are exposed to toxic chemical 14. A separate lunch room is provided to the workers near the gate as to avoid any remote chance of food getting contaminated with toxic chemical. People are advised to wash their hands thoroughly before taking lunch or tea. 15. All the transfer operations are mechanised as far as possible.

7.4 .2 IMPACT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. Introduction : - Details of Hazardous waste generated during operation phase are as follows: The following hazardous wastes will be generated during operation phase

I. ETP Sludge II. Spent lubrication Oil III. Used lead acid batteries IV. Electrical and electronic waste.

TABLE NO. –7.8 DETAILS OF SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND THEIR DISPOSAL S. Name of the Solid Category as per HWM Quantity Disposal Method No Waste rules,2016 1. ETP Sludge 35.3- Chemical sludge 6.0 Will be sent to from wastewater MT/Month approved TSDF Site treatment for disposal 2. Spent Oil 5.1- Used or spent oil 50 liter per Will be sold to from industrial month authorized dealers

C7-23 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

operations and recyclers. 3. Used storage Not applicable Estimated 12 It will be recycled Batteries from DG set numbers per and/or Exchanged for and UPS. year new batteries 4. Electrical and Not applicable Estimated It will be sold to electronic waste 500 Kgs per authorized dealers for Annum. recycling 5. Empty drums of 33.1- Empty barrels - This will be sent back hazardous Chemicals. and containers to the suppliers contaminated with ( Recycling ) or will be hazardous chemicals. sent to approved recyclers

7.4.3 STORAGE & DISPOSAL OF VARIOUS HAZARDOUS WASTES (A) Sludge from ETP: Sludge is produced from the treatment of wastewater in on-site (e.g. activated sludge and residues) systems. This is inherently so because a primary aim of wastewater treatment is removing suspended matter from the wastewater. In addition, soluble organic substances are converted to bacterial cells, and the latter is removed from the wastewater as activated sludge. The soluble organic and inorganic matter in the waste water will turn into sludge when the water is treated in waste water treatment plant.

Disposal: All the ETP sludge shall be sent to Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF). For which the membership of TSDF facility has been obtained.

Storage of hazardous waste: The hazardous waste will be stored as per the latest hazardous waste rules 2016. The ETP sludge will be stored on a impervious ground, and the leachate will be sent to waste water treatment plant . Proper records will be maintained for its storage and transport. The waste will not be stored at site for more than 90 days.

Packaging & labelling : - The labelling shall be done as per Form 8 of the hazardous waste rules. The label shall be of non-washable material, weatherproof and easily visible.

C7-24 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

Transportation : - (1) The transport of the hazardous and other waste will be in as per the guidelines of Hazardous waste management rules 2016. The transporter will be provided information in form 9 Manifest system of documentation will be followed for movement of hazardous waste. The records of the hazardous wastes will be maintained as per form-3 of hazardous waste rules 2016. The annual returns of the hazardous waste generated will be sent as per form -4

(B) Spent oil: Used oil is a useful substance that, when recovered, can be used as a fuel and save resources; it should be treated as such. There are specialist companies that l collect used lubricating oils, and then treat and recover the oil. The lubricating oil of standard grade is being manufactured by such companies. Sources of spent oil: the sources of used oil in Hindustan Rasayan is mostly from the used lubricating oils from pumps, agitator gear boxes, DG set, gear boxes of other rotating machineries like mixers, dryers etc. Such spent oil generated will be stored in MS drums of empty lubricating oil. This will be sold to authorized dealers periodically. The records of the spent oil generated will be maintained.

(C)Used lead acid batteries: Waste lead-acid batteries will be recycled or disposed of as a hazardous waste because they contain sulphuric acid (corrosive) and lead (toxic). However lead-acid batteries handling is much easier and need not be counted as a hazardous waste in the hazardous waste records as the batteries are being properly managed and are recycled. The used batteries are generally replaced by new batteries and the used batteries do fetch handsome amount for its lead content. The company will maintain proper record of its used lead acid batteries. (D) Electrical and electronic waste: This is a hazardous waste a and the disposal of electronic and electrical waste is governed by the e-waste rule of March 2016 notification of 2016. The proper record of generation and storage of the e- waste, (electrical and electronic waste) will be maintained. This will be handed over to authorized recyclers. Storage: During storage of e-waste care may be taken:

C7-25 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

(i) To avoid damage to refrigerators and air-conditioner so as to prevent release of refrigerant gases such as CFC, HFS, HCFC etc. and to prevent spillage of oils (mineral or synthetic oil) and other emissions. (ii) To avoid damage to Cathode Ray Tube.

(E) Used and empty containers and barrels of hazardous chemicals . This is a hazardous waste as per the hazardous waste rules 2016 (Item No. 33.1). The company has to create a facility for decontamination of these drums before selling to the MS drums and barrels recyclers or return back to the suppliers for refilling. There are approved recyclers for such drums who have got their own decontamination facility. It is proposed to recycle these drums to the suppliers and if there are any containers which cannot be given back to suppliers they will be sold to the authorized recyclers having a decontamination facility.

7.4.4 BOTTOM AND FLY ASH FROM BOILER AND THERMIC FLUID HEATER: • Ash disposal system needs to be planned at the conceptual stage of the project. The fly ash produced in the boiler operations be disposed outside the plant premises so that it causes least disturbance to the main plant operation. • A typical fly ash contains a significant amount of silicon dioxide and calcium oxide, which make it frictional and abrasive. Usually, fly ash has a fine particle size distribution with most less than 100 microns. Given the fine particle size, frictional nature and high temperature, fly ash can be a difficult material to handle reliably. • Fly ash is now is a good material for mixing in cement and it increases the binding properties of cement. This fly ash from agricultural waste briquettes can be mixed with earth to produce bricks, and gives a good strength to bricks. Hence it is proposed to supply the fly ash produced from boiler operations to brick manufacturers. The brick manufactures are available nearby only. An agreement will be made with brick manufacturers.

7.4.5 Energy Conservation/Natural resource conservation Plan- Various energy conservation measures will be taken by the facility for saving on energy and use of resources for various activities such as:- 1.1 Energy efficient and star rated motors will be used for all electrical appliances. 1.2 VFD driven machines like agitators will be used instead of gear boxes to vary the speed of the agitator.

C7-26 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

1.3 Energy efficient lighting such as LED will be installed and day lighting will be used as far as possible. 1.4 Star rated or Inverter type room air conditioners will be used in office. The temperature setting of the AC will be kept 24 °C or above to conserve electrical energy. 1.5 In boilers, combustion air and feed water will be preheated in economizer and air pre heater for utilizing waste heat of flue gases. 1.6 Burners, nozzles, strainers of the boilers will be cleaned periodically. 1.7 The efficiency of boiler and hot oil heater will be maintained above 80%. 1.8 Workers will be trained in energy efficient operation. 1.9 The off spec products will be reprocessed to save raw materials.

7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.5.1 Introduction A disaster is a catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into helplessness and suffering and, as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical and social care and other necessities of life.

Disasters can be divided into two main groups. In the first, are disasters resulting from natural phenomena like earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, storm surges, cyclones, tropical storms, floods, avalanches, landslides, forest fires. The second group includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or by man's impact upon the environment. Examples are armed conflict, industrial accidents, radiation accidents, factory fires, explosions and escape of toxic gases or chemical substances, river pollution, mining or other structural collapses, air, sea, rail and road transport accidents which can reach catastrophic dimensions in terms of human loss.

There can be no set criteria for assessing the gravity of a disaster in the abstract since this depends to a large extent on the physical, economic and social environment in which it occurs. What would be consider a major disaster in a developing country, ill equipped to cope with the problems involved, may not mean more than a temporary emergency elsewhere. However, all disasters bring in their wake similar consequences that call for immediate action, whether at the local, national or international level, for the rescue and relief of the victims. This includes the search for the dead and injured, medical and social care, removal of the debris, the provision of temporary shelter for the homeless, food, clothing and medical supplies, and the rapid re- establishment of essential services.

7.5.2 Objectives of Disaster Management Plan [DMP ] The Disaster Management Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of the Disaster

C7-27 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

Management Plan, it should be widely circulated and personnel trained through rehearsals/drills.

The Disaster Management Plan should reflect the probable consequential severalties of the undesired event due to deteriorating conditions or through 'Knock on' effects. Further the management should be able to demonstrate that their assessment of the consequences uses good supporting evidence and is based on currently available and reliable information, incident data from internal and external sources and if necessary the reports of outside agencies.

To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the plant or in the immediate vicinity of the plant, a Disaster Management Plan has to be formulated and this planned emergency document is called "Disaster Management Plan".

The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is to make use of the combined resources of the plant and the outside services to achieve the following:

• Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties; • Safeguard other people; • Minimize damage to property and the environment; • Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control; • Identify any dead; • Provide for the needs of relatives; • Provide authoritative information to the news media; • Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area; and • Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and circumstances of the Emergency.

In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to rescue, rehabilitate and render medical help and to restore normalcy.

7.5.3 Emergencies I. General, Industrial, Emergencies The emergencies that could be envisaged in the plant and fuel storage are as follows: • A situation of fire at the Hydrogen Plant; • A situation of fire at the tank farm of all storages; • Slow isolated fires; • Fast spreading fires; • Structural failures; • Contamination of food/water; and • Sabotage/Social disorder.

C7-28 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

II. Specific Emergencies Anticipated

• Fire and Explosion Fire consequences can be disastrous, since they involve huge quantities of fuel either stored or in dynamic inventory in pipe lines or in nearby areas. Preliminary hazard analysis has provided a basis for consequence estimation. Estimation can be made by using various pool fire, tank fire consequence calculations. During the study of Risk Assessment, the nature of damages is worked out and probability of occurrence of such hazards is also drawn up.

7.5.4 Emergency Organization It is recommended to setup an Emergency Organization. A senior executive who has control over the affairs of the plant should lead the Emergency Organization. He shall be designated as Site Controller. General Manager [O & M] shall be designated as the Incident Controller. In the case of stores, utilities, open areas, which are not under the control of the Production Heads, Senior Executive responsible for maintenance of utilities would be designated as Incident Controller. All the Incident Controllers would be reporting to the Site Controller.

Each Incident Controller, for himself, organizes a team responsible for controlling the incidence with the personnel under his control. Shift In-charge would be the reporting officer, who would bring the incidence to the notice of the Incidence Controller and Site Controller.

Emergency Co-ordinators would be appointed who would undertake the responsibilities like fire fighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and provide essential and support services. For this purposes, Security In-charge, Personnel Department, Essential services personnel would be engaged. All these personnel would be designated as Key personnel.

In each shift, electrical supervisor, electrical fitters, pump house in-charge, and other maintenance staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In the event of power or communication system failure, some of staff members in the office/plant offices would be drafted and their services would be utilized as messengers for quick passing of communications. All these personnel would be declared as essential personnel.

I. Emergency Communication Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire, leakage etc would inform his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center. A place nearer to the Gate House Complex shall be identified as Emergency Control Center. The person on duty in the Emergency Control Center would appraise the Site Controller. Site Controller verifies the situation from the Incident Controller C7-29 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

of that area or the Shift In-charge and takes a decision about an impending On Site Emergency. This would be communicated to all the Incident Controllers, Emergency coordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency warning system would be activated on the instructions of the Site Controller.

II. Emergency Responsibilities The responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below:

Site Controller On receiving information about emergency he would rush to Emergency Control Center (ECC) and take charge of ECC and the situation. His responsibilities would be as indicated below: • Assesses the magnitude of the situation on the advice of Incident Controller and decides; ➢ Whether the affected area needs to be evacuated; ➢ Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated; • Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren; • Organizes announcement by public address system about location of emergency; • Assesses which areas are likely to be affected, or need to be evacuated or are to be alerted; • Maintains a continuous review of possible development and assesses the situation in consultation with Incident Controller and other Key Personnel as to whether shutting down the plant or any section of the plant is required and if evacuation of persons is required; • Directs personnel for rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire, brigade, medical and other designated mutual support systems locally available, for meeting emergencies; • Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to go out of control or effects are likely to go beyond the premises of the factory, informs the District Emergency Authority, Police, Hospital and seeks their intervention and help; • Informs Inspector of Factories, Deputy Chief Inspector of Factories, RPCB and other statutory authorities; • Gives a public statement if necessary; • Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and preserves evidence; and • On completion of On Site Emergency and restoration of normalcy, declares all clear and orders for all clear warning.

III. Incident Controller • Assembles the incident control team; • Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to personnel minimize damage to the plant, property and environment and minimize the loss of materials; C7-30 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

• Directs the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to be adversely affected by the emergency; • Ensures that key personnel help is sought; • Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security Officer and the Local Fire Services as and when they arrive; • Ensures that all non-essential workers/staff of the affected areas are evacuated to the appropriate assembly points, and the areas are searched for casualties; • Has regard to the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitate any inquiry into the causes and circumstances, which caused or escalated the emergency; • Co-ordinates with emergency services at the site; • Provides tools and safety equipment to the team members; • Keeps in touch with the team and advices them regarding the method of control to be used; and • Keeps the Site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress being made.

IV. Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting • On knowing about emergency, rushes to ECC; • Helps the Incident Controller in containment of the emergency; • Ensure fire pumps are in operating condition and instructs pump house operator to ready for any emergency with standby arrangement; • Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. firemen, trained plant personnel and security staff; • Organizes shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required; • Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for firefighting as well as assesses the requirements of outside help; • Arranges to control the traffic at the gate and the incident area; • Directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in the emergency operations under his guidance and supervision; • Evacuates the people in the plant or in the nearby areas as advised by Site Controller; • Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them; • Assembles search and evacuation team; • Arranges for safety equipment for the members of this team; • Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow; and • Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police.

V. Emergency Coordinator-Medical, Mutual Aid, Rehabilitation, Transport and Communication • In the event of failure of electric supply and thereby internal telephone, sets up communication point and establishes contact with the ECC; • Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary will shift the injured to nearby hospitals; • Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary; C7-31 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

• Keeps a list of qualified first aid providers for the plant and seeks their assistance; • Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements; • Makes sure that all safety equipment is made available to the emergency team; • Assists Site Controller with necessary data to coordinate the emergency activities; • Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan, organizing mock drills, verification of inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site Controller; • Maintains liaison with Civil Administration; • Ensures availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation center. • Liaises with Site Controller/Incident Controller; • Ensures transportation facility; • Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergency expenditure; • Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency; and • Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.

VI. Emergency Coordinator - Essential Services • Assists Site Controller and Incident Controller; • Maintains essential services like Diesel Generator, Water, Fire Water, Compressed Air/Instrument Air, power supply for lighting; • Plans alternate facilities in the event of power failure, to maintain essential services such as lighting, etc; • Organizes separate electrical connections for all utilities and emergency services so that in the event of emergency or fires, essential services and utilities are not affected; • Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of certain sections etc. to shift in-charge and electricians; and • Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other emergency materials, spares etc.

VII. General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency During an emergency, which becomes more enhanced and pronounced when an emergency warning is raised, the workers who are in-charge of process equipment should adopt safe and emergency shut down and attend to any prescribed duty as essential employee. If no such responsibility is assigned, he should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await instructions. He should not resort to spreading panic. On the other hand, he must assist emergency personnel towards meeting the objectives of DMP.

7.5.5 Emergency Facilities C7-32 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

(A) Emergency Control Center (ECC) The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency Control Center (ECC). ➢ Intercom, telephone; ➢ P and T telephone; ➢ Self-contained breathing apparatus; ➢ Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets; ➢ Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indications; ➢ Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories; ➢ (Internal, P and T) plant layout, site plan; ➢ Emergency lamp/torch light/batteries; ➢ Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, sources of safety equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable zones, escape routes; ➢ Hazard chart; ➢ Emergency shut-down procedures; ➢ Nominal roll of employees; ➢ List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Co- ordinators; ➢ Duties of key personnel; ➢ Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, emergency coordinator, essential employees; ➢ Important address and telephone numbers including Government agencies, neighboring industries and sources of help, outside experts, fuel fact sheets and population details around the factory. (B) Assembly Point Number of assembly points, depending upon the plant location, would be identified wherein employees who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety and rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be organized. In view of the size of plant, different locations would be ear marked as assembly points. Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.

(C)Fire Fighting Facilities First Aid and Firefighting equipment suitable for emergency should be maintained in each section in the plant. This would be as per statutory requirements. However, fire hydrant line covering major areas would be laid. It would be maintained as 6 kg/cm 2 pressure. Fire alarms would be located in the bulk storage areas. Fire officer will be the commanding officer of fire fighting services.

(D) Location of Wind Sock Wind socks shall be installed at appropriate places in the plant to indicate C7-33 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

direction of wind for emergency escape.

(E) Emergency Medical Facilities Stretchers, gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns etc would be maintained in the medical center as well as in the emergency control room. Medical superintendent of the medical center will be the head of the casualty services ward. Private medical practitioners help would be also are sought. Government hospital would be approached for emergency help.

Apart from plant first aid facilities, external facilities would be augmented. Names of Medical Personnel, Medical facilities in the area would be prepared and updated. Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of Patient’s Burns would be maintained.

Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would be provided and maintained. Also, the help of nearby industries would be taken on mutual support basis.

(F) Ambulance Availability of an ambulance with driver in all the shifts would be ensured to transport injured or affected persons. Number of persons would be trained in first aid so that, in every shift first aid personnel would be available.

7.5.6 Emergency Actions 1. Emergency Warning The emergency would be communicated both to the personnel inside the plant and the people outside. An emergency warning system shall be established for this purpose.

2. Emergency Shutdown There are number of facilities, which can be provided to help deal with hazardous conditions, when a tank is on fire. The suggested arrangements are: 1. Stop feed; 2. Dilute contents; 3. Remove heat; 4. Deluge with water; and 5. Transfer contents. Whether a given method is appropriate depends on the particular case.

3. Evacuation of Personnel There could be a number of persons in the storage area and other areas in the vicinity. The area would have adequate number of exits, staircases. In the event of an emergency, unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. C7-34 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

Operators have to take emergency shutdown procedure and escape. Time Office shall maintain a copy of deployment of employees in each shift, at ECC. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams.

4. All Clear Signal Also, at the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency Co-ordinators, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal. When it becomes essential, the Site Controller communicates to the District Emergency Authority, Police, Fire Service personnel regarding help required or development of the situation into an Off-Site Emergency.

5. Employee Information During an emergency, employees would be warned by raising siren in specific pattern. Employees would be given training of escape routes and taking shelter. Employees would be provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and first aid measures. Those who would be designated as key personnel and essential employees should be given training for emergency response.

6. Public Information and Warning The industrial disaster effects related to this plant may mostly be confined to the plant area. The detailed risk analysis has indicated that the pool fire effects would not be felt outside. However, as an abundant precaution, the information related to Chemical in use would be furnished to District Emergency Authority for necessary dissemination to general public and for any use during an offsite emergency. Plants of this size and nature have been in existence in our country for a long time.

7. Co-ordination with Local Authorities Keeping in view of the nature of emergency, two levels of coordination are proposed. In the case of an On Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized and in the event extreme emergency local authorities help would be sought. In the event of an emergency developing into an offsite emergency, local authority and District Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be appraised and under his supervision, the Off Site Disaster Management Plan would be exercised. For this purpose, the facilities that are available locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue accommodation, voluntary organizations etc. would be mustered. Necessary rehearsals and training in the form of mock drills would be organized.

8. Mutual Aid Mutual aid in the form of technical personnel, runners, helpers, special protective equipment, transport vehicles, communication facility etc would be sought from the neighboring industries.

C7-35 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

9. Mock Drills Emergency preparedness is an important part of planning in Industrial Disaster Management. Personnel would be trained suitably and prepared mentally and physically in emergency response through carefully planned, simulated procedures. Similarly, the key personnel and essential personnel would be trained in the operations.

10. Important Information Once the Plant goes on stream, important information such names and addresses of key personnel, essential employees, medical personnel outside the plant, transporters address, address of those connected with Off Site Emergency such as Police, Local Authorities, Fire Services, District Emergency Authority would be prepared and maintained. The on-site emergency organization chart for various emergencies is shown in

C7-36 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

Figure No. 7. 2. On-Site Emergency Organization Chart

E me rge nc y C ontrol S ite C on troller R oom

E m e rgen cy C oordinaror E m ergen cy C oordinaror E m erg en cy C oordinaror S afety O fficer Inc id ent C o ntroller (R e s cu e,F ire F ighting) ( M e dic al,M utua l,Aid (E ss en tia l S ervices) R e hab ilita tion,T ransport and C o m m unic a tion)

Shift In ch arge S h ift Inc harge

Elec tr ic ian, Firs t A id, Elec trician O p erator P u m p O p erator T rans port-D river Pum p O pe rator T ele ph one - O p erator

C7-37 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

7.6 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN The task of preparing the Off-Site Emergency Plan lies with the District Collector; however the off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The proposed plan will be based on the following guidelines.

7.6.1 Introduction Off-site emergency plan would follow the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of an emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an off-site emergency. Off- site emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the plant management will provide the public administration with the technical information relating to the nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighboring population. The off-site plan in detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to occur, but other less likely events, which have severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents which have very severe consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence would also be considered during the preparation of the plan. However, the key feature of a good off-site emergency plan is flexibility in its application to emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of the plan.

The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an off- site plan are described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the off-site plan would either rest with the plant management or with the local authority. Either way, the plan would identify an emergency co-ordinating officer, who would take the overall command of the off-site activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency control center would be setup within which the emergency coordinating officer can operate. An early decision will be required in many cases on the advice to be given to people living "within range" of the accident - in particular whether they should be evacuated or told to go indoors. In the latter case, the decision can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident. Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors: In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank), only houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard may require this to be reviewed periodically; and If a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it might be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if insufficient time exists, people should be advised to stay indoors and shield themselves from the fire. This latter case particularly applies if the installation at risk could produce a fireball with very severe thermal radiation effects. Although the plan will have sufficient flexibility built in to cover the consequences of the range of accidents identified for the on-site plan, it will cover in some detail the handling of the emergency to a particular distance from each major hazard works.

7.6.2 Aspects Proposed to be considered in the Off-Site Emergency Plan The main aspects, which should be included in the emergency plan, are: C7-38 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

(I) Organization Detail of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency control centers. Names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other key personnel.

(II) Communications Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, list of telephone numbers.

(III) Specialized Knowledge Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those with specialized fuel knowledge, laboratories.

(IV) Voluntary Organizations Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc.

(V) Fuel Information Details of the hazardous substances stored and a summary of the risk associated with them.

(VI) Meteorological Information Arrangements for obtaining details of weather forecasts and weather conditions prevailing at that time.

(VII) Humanitarian Arrangements Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first a id , ambulances and temporary mortuaries.

(VIII) Public Information Arrangements for (a) Dealing with the media press office. (b) Informing relatives, etc.

Assessment of Emergency Plan Arrangements for:- (a) Collecting information on the causes of the emergency; (b) Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

7.6.3 Role of the Emergency coordinating Officer The various emergency services would be co-ordinated by an emergency co-ordinating officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO would liaison closely C7-39 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

with the site main controller. Again depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the external control would be passed to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state government. The ECO will be equipped with address and phone numbers of important agencies.

7.6.4 Role of the Local Authority The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liaison with the plant, to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should ensure that the plan is continually kept upto date. It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be involved off site in handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be organized by the EPO.

7.6.5 Role of Police Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or injury.

7.6.6 Role of Fire Authorities The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points, and fire-fighting equipment. They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as observers of exercises involving only site personnel.

7.6.7 Role of Health Authorities Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and so on, should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most hospitals. Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to those available locally, and a medical "mutual aid” scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities to be obtained in the event of an emergency.

C7-40 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

7.6.8 Role of Government Safety Authority This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the off-site plan has made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They may wish to see well-documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan. In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector will apply. These may vary from keeping a watching brief to a close involvement in advising on operations. The action plan suggested for control of the off-site emergencies is given in Table No. 7.8. Table No. 7.9 Off-Site Action Plan S. Action required to be Responsible Equipments/material No taken to mitigate disaster agencies for facilities required at site to . by aid giving agency taking action mitigate emergency A1 Arrangements for Police Self Breathing apparatus evacuation/rescue of persons Department with spare cylinder from zone of influence to Chemical gas mask with predetermined camps spare canister

Vehicle with PA system 2 Caution to public by announcement Transportation for evacuation of people 3 Traffic and Mob control by cordoning of the area 4 Law & order 5 Request to railway authority for keeping the nearest by railway gate open & to stop the up & down trains at the nearest railway B1 Control of fire District Fire Self-b reath in spare cylinders Brigade Apparatus with 1 Scrubbing of the flashed off gas Foam/water fire tenders cloud with water curtain Gas mask with spare canisters Lime water 2 To rescue trapped persons Neck to toe complete asbestos suit, PVC hand 3 If fire is big, keep surrounding area gloves, gumboots, safety cool by spraying water goggles 4 Communication to TNEB to Mobile scrubbing system continue or cut off electric supply C7-41 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

5 Communication to water supply along with suction department for supplying water arrangement. C1 Medical facilities for affected Hospital and Ambulance with onboard persons (first aid and treatment) public health resuscitation unit, first aid, stretchers

D1 Identification of concentration of Pollution Gas detector gas in zone of influence control board E1 Removal of debris and damaged Municipal Provide bulldozers structures corporation Provide cranes Provide traffic police at site F1 Monitor the incoming and Transport Provide emergency shifting outgoing transports department vehicles at site Provide stock of fuel for vehicles 2 Arrange emergency shifting of affected persons and non affected person to specified area

3 Arrange diesel/petrol for needed vehicles G1 Give all information related to Meteorological Provide wind direction and meteorological aspects for safe lDepartment velocity instruments with handling of affected area for temperature measure living beings Mobile van for meteorological 2 Forecast change if Any important parameter measurements weather H1 Representatives of all Local Crises Must have all resources at departments are in the local crisis Group hand, specially disaster group; therefore they are management plan and its expected to render services implementation method. available with them. Since it is a All relevant information 2 The district emergency or disaster related to hazardous industry control officer is the president and are generally available with he is used to mock drill etc. so crisis group action can be taken in right News paper editor is a part direction in time. of the group so that right and timely media release can be

C7-42 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

I1 Collector is the President of District Crisis All necessary facilities District Crisis Group therefore all group available at district can be district infrastructure facilities are made available at affected diverted to affected zone. zone.

Control of law and order situation.

2 All other functions as mentioned for local crisis group.

7.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 7.7.1 Monitoring of the occupational injury & impact on workers/employees: A. Provision of Industrial Hygienist –The Govt. approved Industrial Hygienist visits periodically for health checkup of workers and officers and the record is maintained as per Punjab Factories Rules, 1952. B. Monitoring of minor and major injuries and occupational health – The facility has to maintain the record of minor and major injuries of the workers as per our Environmental management plan. They are also planning to keep the record of near miss injuries and accidents as a proactive measure. The periodic monitoring of occupational health will be done as per Punjab Factories Rules, 1952. The monitoring will be as per our Prescribed EMP Plan given separately. 7.7.2 Periodical Medical health checkup of workers/employees : The pre-placement health checkup of employees done before recruitment to decide if they are physically fit to do the work in chemical factory and if they have any history of family disease and allergy as per the format in Punjab Factories Rules, 1952. The health checkup of the employees will be done by the Govt. approved medical practitioner of the industry and records will be maintained as per Punjab Factories Rules. A certificate of fitness shall be given as per Form 5 under rule 17 of the Punjab factory rules, 1952 which is attached below.

C7-43 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

C. A health register is maintained under rule 14 attached below as Form no. 17.

FORM-5 (Prescribed under rule 17) Certificate of fitness Serial No.

Date------Name------

Father’s Name------

Sex------

Residence------

Date of birth(if available & certified the age)------

Physical fitness------

Descriptive marks------

Reasons for; refusal of certificate------

Certificate being revoked------

Thumb impression Initials of certifying Surgeon Serial no------

Date------

I certified that I have personally examined------

Son/daughter of------

C7-44 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

FORM NO. 8-A (Prescribed under sub-rule (4) of rule 67-F) RECORD OF EYE EXAMINATION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Name Age (on Serial Nature of Date of Examinati Date Signature of Departme of Se Occupatio Remar Numbe employme employme on of eye result ophthalmologi nt / works worke x n last ks r nt nt sight s sts r birth day

FORM NO. 17 (Prescribed under Rule 14) [ Schedule II,III,IV,V,VI,IX,X,XII,XIV,XV,XVIII,XX,XXI,XXIV,XXV] Health Register (In respect of persons employed in occupation declared to be dangerous operations under section 87) Name of Certifying Surgeon: (a) shri------from------to ------(b) shri------from------to ------(c) shri------from------to ------S. Work Name of Sex Age Date of Date of Reason for Nature of Raw No No. Worker (last Employment leaving leaving Job or Material Birthday) on present Or Transfer Or occupation or by work Transferred discharge product to other handled work

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

C7-45 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

(In respect of persons employed in occupations declared to be dangerous operations under Section 87) Name of Certifying Surgeon: Date of medical If suspended from work, Recertified fit to If certifying of Signature with examination by Certifying state period of suspension resume duty on unfitness or date of certifying Surgeon / results of with detailed reasons (with signature of suspension issued surgeon medical examination Certifying Surgeon t o worker 11 12 13 14 15

Note- (i) Column 8:- detailed summery of reasons of transfer or discharge should be stated (ii) column11:- should be expressed as fit/unfit/suspended

C7-46 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

7.8 PERIODIC HEALTH CHECK OF EMPLOYEES. 7.8.1 Introduction: The pre-placement health check up of employees is done before recruitment to decide if they are physically fit to do the work in a chemical factory and if they have any history of family disease and allergy. The pre-placement health check also brings out any undetected defect or disease. The health check up is done as per the format in factories rules, form No 27A and form No 33. The health check up of the employees will be done by the Govt. approved medical practitioner of the company and records will be maintained as per factories rules Form No 32. The above forms are suitably modified to meet the requirements of nature and work environment. The following test are carried out during preplacement and periodic health check up. The nature of the tests, their methodology, purpose and inference from the tests is described as below

7.8.2 Audiometry Definition Audiometry is the testing of a person's ability to hear various sound frequencies. The test is perf ormed with use ofelectronic equipment called an audiomete. This testing is usually administere d by a trained technician called an audiologist . Purpose Audiometry test is used to identify and diagnose hearing loss. The equipment is used in health screening programs, for e.g. in grade schools, to detect hearing problems in children. It is also used in the doctor's office or hospital audiology department to diagnose hearing problems in children, adults, and the elderly. In Macsen drugs there are some equipments and machineries which can generate noise more than the permissible limit. The periodical Audiometry of an employee will detect if there is any adverse effect on the hearing capability. With correct diagnosis of a person’s specific pattern of hearing, and the level of hearing impairment, the right type of therapy, which might include hearing aids, corrective surgery, or speech therapy, can be prescribed . Job rotation is also recommended if the hearing impairment is due to work place noise level .

7.8.3 Spirometry Definition The meaning of Spirometry is measuring of breath and it is the most common form of the pulmonary function tests (PFTs). It measures lung function, specifically the amount (volume) and/or speed (flow) of air that can be inhaled and exhaled.

Purpose Spirometry is helpful in assessing breathing patterns that identify conditions such as asthma, pulmonary fibrosis, cystic fibrosis, and COPD. It is also helpful as part of a system of health surveillance, in which breathing patterns are measured over time. In our case this test

C7-47 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies is important as the employees are are exposed to toxic dust and chemical fumes. Spirometry generates pneumotacho graphs, which are charts that plot the volume and flow of air coming in and out of the lungs from one inhalation and one exhalation. If there is any decline in the pulmonary function test of an employee corrective action can taken in time. Further diagnosis will be done to find out the cause of the decline on PFT, like blood test, x-ray of the chest and ECG. If the employee is a habitual smoker there is a good possibility that he will have lungs problems and it will easily come out in Spirometry. In our case of Hindustan Rasayan, since there are many toxic and flammable chemicals are being handled, smoking is strictly prohibited. Any worker detected to be a smoker willnot be allowed to work in thefactory. 7.8.4 ECG

Definition ECG: An electrocardiogram (EKG or ECG) is a test that checks for problems with the electrical activity of your heart. An EKG shows the heart's electrical activity as line tracings on paper. The spikes and dips in the tracings are called waves. The heart is a muscular pump made up of four chambers. The two upper chambers are called atria. The two lower chambers are called ventricles. A natural electrical system causes the heart muscle to contract. This pumps blood through the heart to the lungs and the rest of the body. Methodology & purpose In a conventional 12-lead ECG, 10 electrodes are placed on the patient's limbs and on the surface of the chest. The overall magnitude of the heart's electrical potential is then measured from 12 different angles ("leads") and is recorded over a period of time (usually 10 seconds). In this way, the overall magnitude and direction of the heart's electrical depolarization is captured at each moment throughout the cardiac cycle. The graph of voltage versus time produced by this noninvasive medical procedure is referred to as an electrocardiogra m. An EKG is used to: Diagnose heart attacks and heart beat/rhythm problems. Offer clues about other heart conditions and conditions not directly related to the heart. 7.8.5 Blood test & Lipid profile tests In blood test following tests are generally done a. Complete blood count – CBC b. Blood sugar test ( Generally fasting) c. Urine test – Routine and microscopy ( A part of Kidney function test) d. Blood group and Rh factor e. ESR – Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate f. Blood cholesterol.

C7-48 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

g. SGPT, SGOT ( Serum Glutamic pyrubic transaminase, Serum Glutamic oxalo acetic transaminase) A lever function tests . h. S. Creatinine ( A part of Kidney function test) i. Uric acid test ( A part of Kidney function test ) j. Heavy metals especially Selenium k. Lipid profile . Lipid profile or lipid panel is a panel of blood tests that serves as an initial broad medical screening tool for abnormalities in lipids, such as cholesterol and triglycerides. The results of this test can identify certain genetic diseases and can determine approximate risks for cardiovascular disease, certain forms of pancreatitis, and other diseases. Lipid panels are commonly ordered as part of a physical exam, along with other tests such as the complete blood count (CBC) and basic metabolic panel (BMP). The results of the lipid profile are considered along with other known risk factors of heart disease to develop a plan of treatment and follow-up. 7.8.6 Chest X-Rays Chest X-rays : The chest x-ray is the most commonly performed diagnostic X-ray examination. A chest x-ray produces images of the heart, lungs, airways, blood vessels and the bones of the spine and chest. An x-ray (radiograph) is a noninvasive medical test that helps physicians diagnose and treat medical conditions related to lungs and heart. Pneumonia and congestive heart failure are very commonly diagnosed by chest radiograph. Chest radiographs are used to screen for job-related lung disease in industries such as mining and stone query where workers are exposed to dust can have lung diseases like “Silicosis ” 7.8.7 Eye Testing Eye-Testing: An eye examination is a series of tests performed by an ophthalmologist (medical doctor), optometrist, or orthoptist assessing vision and ability to focus on and discern objects, as well as other tests and examinations pertaining to the eyes. Health care professionals often recommend that all people should have periodic and thorough eye examinations as part of routine primary care, especially since many eye diseases are asymptomatic. Eye examinations may detect potentially treatable blinding eye diseases, ocular manifestations of systemic disease, or signs of tumors or other anomalies of the eye. Examination of eye is necessary after an injury or exposure to the chemical or its fumes. The eye sight can be impaired if the light level in the workplace is less than the normal or if there is chances of exposure to the glare ( e.g – welding operation or checking the boiler or furnace radiation zone by naked eyes). Eye testing during pre-placement will bring out the eye defects like color blindness, and vision disability. The color blindness can hamper the workers ability to do such test colour sptrectophotry analysis or identification of a color of a chemical. If a person has a spects rhen he

C7-49 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies is unable to wear protective goggles properly. Also wearing of contact lence is dangerous in case of chemical exposure in the eyes as the eye wash is either delayed ( for removal of lense) or it hampers the process of eyewash.

7.9 DETAILS REGARDING INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES SUCH AS SANITATION, FUEL, RESTROOM ETC. TO BE PROVIDED TO THE LABOUR FORCE DURING CONSTRUCTION AS WELL AS TO THE CASUAL WORKERS INCLUDING TRUCK DRIVERS DURING OPERATION PHASE.

7.9.1 Introduction: - During construction phase maximum number of employees will be required at any time will be 20 to 25 only.

7.9.2 Construction Phase: - The workers will be mostly skilled and semi-skilled workers. These will be sourced from nearby areas and Bhatinda town hence will not require any facilities for stay as these workers will be commuting from their village daily. Safe drinking water facilities Sanitation and shelter to protect them from sun (especially during summer will be provided) .

7.9.3 Operation Phase: - During operation phase, the employees will be provided all the required facilities like safe drinking water, a special lunch room and pantry will be provided. The workers will be provided with a hygienic towel and soap to ensure that they wash their hands before lunch and/or taking any food. The drinking water will be treated in a specially designed RO plant and will be tested once in three months as required by factories act. A safety shower cum bathing place will be provided to maintain hygiene and cleanliness. A special arrangement for women workers will be provided to take care of the small children. The total number of employees will be maximum 70 after expansion of the project . All the welfare facilities shall be provided according to the standards under Punjab factories rules, 1952 to the employees. A separate budget under employee welfare scheme will be allotted for this purpose. For this the estimated annual budget will be Rs. 2 lakhs which will be increased as per requirement. The same facilities will be extended to casual workers including truck drivers.

7.10 ENERGY SAVING PLAN

1. The facility will carry out energy audit once in two years. 2. The facility will work out an energy management plan ( ISO 50001 ) or similar 3. Electricity Distribution System: Following changes will be done in electrical distribution system to conserve energy

 The operations will be schedules to maintain a high load factor. C7-50 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

 We will try to reduce the load during peak periods & shift loads to off-peak periods.  Stagger start-up times for equipment with large starting currents to minimize load peaking.  The power factor will be maintained to at least 0.99 under rated load conditions. Use the capacitor bank to improve power factor. For better result connect the capacitor bank closed to load/control panel.  Set transformer taps to optimum settings.  Check utility electric meter with your own meter.  Shut off unnecessary computers, printers, and copiers at night. Use laptops etc. on energy saving mode.  Use of solar and nonconventional energy will be made wherever possible. .

4. Motors:  We will use Optimum sized motors as per to the load for optimum efficiency. Motor runs efficiently on full load. (High efficiency motors offer of 4 - 5% higher efficiency than standard motors).  Use energy-efficient motors where economical. 88 to 91% efficiency motors .  Provide proper ventilation (For every 10 °C increase in motor operating temperature over recommended peak, the motor life is estimated to be halved). Temperature increase can reduce the dielectric strength of insulation which can cause the short circuit in motor due to insulation failure.  Check for under-voltage and over-voltage conditions. Under voltage can reduce the efficiency of motors & over voltage can get damage the motors due to heat produced.  Balance the three-phase power supply. (An imbalanced voltage can reduce 3 - 5% in motor input power).  Demand efficiency restoration after motor rewinding. (If rewinding is not done properly, the efficiency can be reduced by 5 - 8%)

5. Drives:  Use of variable-speed drives for large variable loads.  Use high-efficiency gear sets.  Use precision alignment.  Check belt tension regularly.  Eliminate variable-pitch pulleys.  Use flat belts as alternatives to v-belts.  Use synthetic lubricants for large gearboxes.  Shut the motors off when not needed.

6. Fans:  Use smooth, well-rounded air inlet cones for fan air intakes.  Avoid poor flow distribution at the fan inlet.  Minimize fan inlet and outlet obstructions.

C7-51 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

 Clean screens, filters, and fan blades regularly.  Use aerofoil-shaped fan blades.  Minimize fan speed.  Use low-slip or flat belts.  Check belt tension regularly.  Eliminate variable pitch pulleys.  Use variable speed drives for large variable fan loads.  Use energy-efficient motors for continuous or near-continuous operation.  Eliminate leaks in ductwork.  Minimize bends in ductwork.  Turn fans off when not needed.

7. Blowers:  Use smooth, well-rounded air inlet ducts or cones for air intakes.  Minimize blower inlet and outlet obstructions.  Clean screens and filters regularly.  Minimize blower speed.  Use low-slip or no-slip belts.  Check belt tension regularly.  Eliminate variable pitch pulleys.  Use variable speed drives for large variable blower loads.  Use energy-efficient motors for continuous or near-continuous operation.  Eliminate ductwork leaks.  Turn blowers off when they are not needed.

8. Pumps:  Operate pumping near best efficiency point.  Modify pumping to minimize throttling.  Adapt to wide load variation with variable speed drives or sequenced control of smaller units.  Stop running both pumps -- add an auto-start for an on-line spare or add a booster pump in the problem area.  Use booster pumps for small loads requiring higher pressures.  Increase fluid temperature differentials to reduce pumping rates.  Repair seals and packing to minimize water waste.  Balance the system to minimize flows and reduce pump power requirements.  Use siphon effect to advantage: don't waste pumping head with a free-fall (gravity) return.

9. Compressors:  Consider variable speed drive for variable load on positive displacement compressors.  Use a synthetic lubricant if the compressor manufacturer permits it.

C7-52 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

 Be sure lubricating oil temperature is not too high (oil degradation and lowered viscosity) and not too low (condensation contamination).  Change the oil filter regularly.  Periodically inspect compressor intercoolers for proper functioning.  Use waste heat from a very large compressor to power an absorption chiller or preheat process or utility feeds.  Establish a compressor efficiency-maintenance program. Start with an energy audit and follow-up, then make a compressor efficiency-maintenance program a part of your continuous energy management program.

10. Compressed Air :  Install a control system to coordinate multiple air compressors.  Study part-load characteristics and cycling costs to determine the most-efficient mode for operating multiple air compressors.  Avoid over sizing -- match the connected load.  Load up modulation-controlled air compressors. (They use almost as much power at partial load as at full load.)  Turn off the back-up air compressor until it is needed.  Reduce air compressor discharge pressure to the lowest acceptable setting. (Reduction of 1 kg/cm 2 air pressure (8 kg/cm 2 to 7 kg/cm2) would result in 9% input power savings. This will also reduce compressed air leakage rates by 10%).  Use the highest reasonable dryer dew point settings.  Turn off refrigerated and heated air dryers when the air compressors are off.  Use a control system to minimize heatless desiccant dryer purging.  Minimize purges, leaks, excessive pressure drops, and condensation accumulation. (Compressed air leak from 1 mm hole size at 7 kg/cm 2 pressure would mean power loss equivalent to 0.5 kW).  Use drain controls instead of continuous air bleeds through the drains.  Consider engine-driven or steam-driven air compression to reduce electrical demand charges.  Replace standard v-belts with high-efficiency flat belts as the old v-belts wear out.  Use a small air compressor when major production load is off.  Take air compressor intake air from the coolest (but not air conditioned) location. (Every 50 °C reduction in intake air temperature would result in 1% reduction in compressor power consumption).  Use an air-cooled after cooler to heat building makeup air in winter.  Be sure that heat exchangers are not fouled (e.g. -- with oil).  Be sure that air/oil separators are not fouled.  Monitor pressure drops across suction and discharge filters and clean or replace filters promptly upon alarm.

C7-53 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

 Use a properly sized compressed air storage receiver. Minimize disposal costs by using lubricant that is fully demulsible and an effective oil-water separator.  Consider alternatives to compressed air such as blowers for cooling, hydraulic rather than air cylinders, electric rather than air actuators, and electronic rather than pneumatic controls.  Use nozzles or venturi-type devices rather than blowing with open compressed air lines.  Check for leaking drain valves on compressed air filter/regulator sets. Certain rubber type valves may leak continuously after they age and crack.  In dusty environments, control packaging lines with high-intensity photocell units instead of standard units with continuous air purging of lenses and reflectors.  Establish a compressed air efficiency-maintenance program. Start with an energy audit and follow-up, then make a compressed air efficiency-maintenance program a part of your continuous energy management program.

11. HVAC (Heating / Ventilation / Air Conditioning):  Tune up the HVAC control system.  Consider installing a Building Automation System (BAS) or Energy Management System (EMS) or restoring an out-of-service one.  Balance the system to minimize flows and reduce blower/fan/pump power requirements.  Use morning pre-cooling in summer and pre-heating in winter (i.e. -- before electrical peak hours).  Use building thermal lag to minimize HVAC equipment operating time.  In winter during unoccupied periods, allow temperatures to fall as low as possible without freezing water lines or damaging stored materials.  Improve control and utilization of outside air.  Use air-to-air heat exchangers to reduce energy requirements for heating and cooling of outside air.  Reduce HVAC system operating hours (e.g. -- night, weekend).  Optimize ventilation.  Ventilate only when necessary. To allow some areas to be shut down when unoccupied, install dedicated HVAC systems on continuous loads (e.g. -- computer rooms).  Use evaporative cooling in dry climates.  Reduce humidification or dehumidification during unoccupied periods.  Use atomization rather than steam for humidification where possible.  Clean HVAC unit coils periodically and comb mashed fins.  Upgrade filter banks to reduce pressure drop and thus lower fan power requirements.  Check HVAC filters on a schedule (at least monthly) and clean/change if appropriate.

C7-54 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

 Check pneumatic controls air compressors for proper operation, cycling, and maintenance.  Isolate air conditioned loading dock areas and cool storage areas using high- speed doors or clear PVC strip curtains.  Install ceiling fans to minimize thermal stratification in high-bay areas.  Relocate air diffusers to optimum heights in areas with high ceilings.  Consider reducing ceiling heights.  Eliminate obstructions in front of radiators, baseboard heaters, etc.  Check reflectors on infrared heaters for cleanliness and proper beam direction.  Use professionally-designed industrial ventilation hoods for dust and vapor control.  Use spot cooling and heating (e.g. -- use ceiling fans for personnel rather than cooling the entire area).  Purchase only high-efficiency models for HVAC window units.  Don't oversize cooling units. (Oversized units will "short cycle" which results in poor humidity control.).  Install multi-fueling capability and run with the cheapest fuel available at the time.  Consider dedicated make-up air for exhaust hoods. (Why exhaust the air conditioning or heat if you don't need to?)  Minimize HVAC fan speeds.  Consider desiccant drying of outside air to reduce cooling requirements in humid climates.  Consider ground source heat pumps.  Seal leaky HVAC ductwork.  Seal all leaks around coils.  Repair loose or damaged flexible connections (including those under air handling units).  Eliminate simultaneous heating and cooling during seasonal transition periods.  Zone HVAC air and water systems to minimize energy use.  Inspect, clean, lubricate, and adjust damper blades and linkages.  Establish an HVAC efficiency-maintenance program. Start with an energy audit and follow-up, then make an HVAC efficiency-maintenance program a part of your continuous energy management program.

12. Cooling towers:  Control cooling tower fans based on leaving water temperatures.  Control to the optimum water temperature as determined from cooling tower and chiller performance data.  Use two-speed or variable-speed drives for cooling tower fan control if the fans are few. Stage the cooling tower fans with on-off control if there are many.  Turn off unnecessary cooling tower fans when loads are reduced.  Cover hot water basins (to minimize algae growth that contributes to fouling).  Balance flow to cooling tower hot water basins.

C7-55 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

 Periodically clean plugged cooling tower water distribution nozzles.  Install new nozzles to obtain a more-uniform water pattern.  Replace splash bars with self-extinguishing PVC cellular-film fill.  On old counter flow cooling towers, replace old spray-type nozzles with new square spray ABS practically-non-clogging nozzles.  Replace slat-type drift eliminators with high-efficiency, low-pressure-drop, self- extinguishing, PVC cellular units.  If possible, follow manufacturer's recommended clearances around cooling towers and relocate or modify structures, signs, fences, dumpsters, etc. that interfere with air intake or exhaust.  Optimize cooling tower fan blade angle on a seasonal and/or load basis.  Correct excessive and/or uneven fan blade tip clearance and poor fan balance.  Use a velocity pressure recovery fan ring.  Divert clean air-conditioned building exhaust to the cooling tower during hot weather.  Re-line leaking cooling tower cold water basins.  Check water overflow pipes for proper operating level.  Optimize chemical use.  Consider side stream water treatment.  Restrict flows through large loads to design values.  Shut off loads that are not in service.  Take blowdown water from the return water header.  Optimize blowdown flow rate.  Automate blowdown to minimize it.  Send blowdown to other uses (Remember, the blowdown does not have to be removed at the cooling tower. It can be removed anywhere in the piping system.).  Implement a cooling tower winterization plan to minimize ice build-up.  Install interlocks to prevent fan operation when there is no water flow.  Establish a cooling tower efficiency-maintenance program. Start with an energy audit and follow-up, then make a cooling tower efficiency-maintenance program a part of your continuous energy management program.

13. Lighting:  Reduce excessive illumination levels to standard levels using switching; delamping, etc. (Know the electrical effects before doing delamping).  Aggressively control lighting with clock timers, delay timers, photocells, and/or occupancy sensors.  Install efficient lighting system e. g. LED lighting instead of mercury vapor lighting, etc. Efficacy (lumens/watt) of various technologies range from best to worst approximately as follows: LED , T-5, low pressure sodium, high pressure sodium, metal halide, fluorescent, mercury vapor, incandescent.  Select ballasts and lamps carefully with high power factor and long-term efficiency in mind.

C7-56 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

 Upgrade obsolete fluorescent systems to LED lighting. .  Consider daylighting, skylights, etc.  Consider painting the walls a lighter color and using less lighting fixtures or lower wattages.  Use task lighting and reduce background illumination.  Re-evaluate exterior lighting strategy, type, and control. Control it aggressively.  Change exit signs from incandescent to LED.  Do the energy auditing program at the interval of every one/two year.

14. Water & Wastewater:  Recycle water, particularly for uses with less-critical quality requirements.  Recycle water, especially if sewer costs are based on water consumption.  Balance closed systems to minimize flows and reduce pump power requirements.  Eliminate once-through cooling with water.  Use the least expensive type of water that will satisfy the requirement.  Fix water leaks.  Test for underground water leaks. (It's easy to do over a holiday shutdown.).  Check water overflow pipes for proper operating level.  Automate blowdown to minimize it.  Provide proper tools for wash down -- especially self-closing nozzles.  Install efficient irrigation.  Reduce flows at water sampling stations.  Eliminate continuous overflow at water tanks.  Promptly repair leaking toilets and faucets.  Use water restrictors on faucets, showers, etc.  Use self-closing type faucets in restrooms.  Use the lowest possible hot water temperature.  Do not use a central heating system hot water boiler to provide service hot water during the cooling season -- install a smaller, more-efficient system for the cooling season service hot water.  Consider the installation of a thermal solar system for warm water.  If water must be heated electrically, consider accumulation in a large insulated storage tank to minimize heating at on-peak electric rates.  Use multiple, distributed, small water heaters to minimize thermal losses in large piping systems.  Use freeze protection valves rather than manual bleeding of lines.  Consider leased and mobile water treatment systems, especially for deionized water.  Seal sumps to prevent seepage inward from necessitating extra sump pump operation.  Install pretreatment to reduce TOC and BOD surcharges.  Verify the water meter readings. (You'd be amazed how long a meter reading can be estimated after the meter breaks or the meter pit fills with water!).

C7-57 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

 Verify the sewer flows if the sewer bills are based on them.

15. Miscellaneous:  Meter any unmetered utilities. Know what normal efficient use is? Track down causes of deviations.  Shut down spare, idling, or unneeded equipment.  Make sure that all of the utilities to redundant areas are turned off -- including utilities like compressed air and cooling water.  Install automatic control to efficiently coordinate multiple air compressors, chillers, cooling tower cells, boilers, etc.  Renegotiate utilities contracts to reflect current loads and variations.  Consider buying utilities from neighbors, particularly to handle peaks.  Leased space often has low-bid inefficient equipment. Consider upgrades if your lease will continue for several more years.  Adjust fluid temperatures within acceptable limits to minimize undesirable heat transfer in long pipelines.  Minimize use of flow bypasses and minimize bypass flow rates.  Provide restriction orifices in purges (nitrogen, steam, etc.).  Eliminate unnecessary flow measurement orifices.  Consider alternatives to high pressure drops across valves.  Turn off winter heat tracing that is on in summer.

7.11 IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT All the activities of the human beings are for the benefit of the society. Hence, the impacts of the human activities, especially industrial project and associated activities, on the society assume a great importance. Industries and associated activities cause the following impacts on the society:- TABLE 7.10– IMPACT ON COMMUNITY DEMOGRAPHICS

S. Identification of Predict Mitigation measures. In numbers No. effects of existing (adverse/favorable) Socio-economic Impact and magnitude Issues estimates.

1 The core zone is No habitation in the Rest room will be provided to local in the Industrial core zone. Hence Zero workers to avoid tiresome Growth center (O) Loss of habitation. commuting to their houses. Bathinda

C7-58 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

2. Civilization Increase in aspiration The ethnic people of the project it may get affected their areas, with the advent of project present culture by and associate activities shall coming outside exposed to various developments and this tends to increase their aspirations. In fact, this is necessary for the overall development in the areas. Outside will also come & They will also bring better civilization.

TABLE 7.11– OCCUPATION & EMPLOYMENT

S. Identification of Predict (adverse/favorable) Mitigation measures. In No. effects of Impact and magnitude estimates. numbers existing Socio-

2 The proposed Indirect – Transportation, supply Traffic will be restricted on project is located Chains, wholesalers, agency the National Highway and in Industrial employment in the value chain. will not approach the Growth center From bringing raw materials to internal habitation road. Bathinda with dispatching finished products the major trucks, container and small district road vehicle will be used. which is Local persons will be employed Marking of yellow band, permanent, as driver, cleaner. Zebra crossing and other painted, and Other work opportunities such as markings and to create cemented. packaging, supply chain etc. will awareness about them can also be created. minimize the accident Movement of It may be increase the road vehicles accident

C7-59 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

TABLE 7.12– IMPACT ON WORKING POPULATION

S. Identification of Predict Mitigation measures. In No. effects of existing (adverse/favorable) numbers Socio-economic Impact and magnitude Issues estimates.

TABLE 7.13– IMPACT ON HEALTH AND RELATED S. Identification of Predict Mitigation measures. In No. effects of existing (adverse/favorable) numbers Socio-economic Impact and magnitude Issues estimates.

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

be made to handle complaint from the study area 2. Loss/gain of The proposed project for Regular health camps to health & fitness manufacturing of technical trace the developments in short term or grade pesticide is in the and control any ill- long term. Industrial Growth center consequences in future will Bathinda. The be done. deterioration in health & fitness of habitation will be done. There could be odour issues, but the habitation in the major wind flowing direction (SE) safe and comfortable distance. 3. Loss/gain of The proposed project will The proposed project will culture and follow universal respect promote neither selective, religion; it is for, and observance and nor relative, but universal clearly stated in protection of, human respect through as per the human rights and fundamental contribution in various rights, that the freedoms for all festivities equal obligation of observance and protection states is to among employees and promote societies at large in all CSR universal respect activities. for, and observance of, culture & Religion. Loss/Gain of No, loss of view as the Plantation will be done, view by study project is located in the Cleanliness will be area inhabitants: Industrial Growth center maintained in and around Bathinda. the factory premises. 4. Plantation There are no any plants at Plantation programme in the proposed site area. the Industrial Growth center Bathinda will be organized and free distribution of plants to the villages.

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES SUGGESTED Village development programme will undertake on regular basis – 1- Aids in Govt. Schools

C7-61 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-VII/ Additional Studies

Scholarship to the needy students. Free distribution of books & uniforms to the poor students. Construction of toilets & other facilities in Govt. Schools. 2- Medical camps - Free Medical camp will be organized in nearby village and distribution of medicines. 3- Training & awareness programmes on improved farming practices / afforestation programmes. 4- Plantation prog ramme in nearby I ndustrial Growth center area and its maintain regularly 5- Free distribution of plants & also assistance in plant maintenance watering etc. to the worker. TABLE 7.14– BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR NEXT FIVE YEARS IN THE HEAD OF CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) S. No. Activity 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th year

1 Provide drinking water 60,000/- 60,000/- 60,000/- 60,000/- 60,000/- facility in surrounding villages and schools by hand pump/dug well/water tank 2 Health camps and free 50, 000/- 50, 000/- 50, 000/- 50, 000/- 50, 000/- medicine 3 Clothes distribution to 20, 000/- 20, 000/- 20, 000/- 20, 000/- 20, 000/- poor villagers 4 Bleaching powder dosing 10, 000/- 10, 000/- 10, 000/- 10, 000/- 10, 000/- in the villages wells

5 Educational support poor 60, 000/- 60, 000/- 60, 000/- 60, 000/- 60, 000/- students specially girls

TOTAL 2,00,000 2,00,000/ 2,00,000/- 2,00,000/ 2,00,000/- /- - - Total 10,00,000/-

7.12. R & R action plans: - No houses and villages are disturbed.

***** C7-62 M/S HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

CHAPTER-VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

INDEX

8.1 INTRODUCTION 8.2 ECONOMIC VIABILITY 8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE 8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED, SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED 8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

**********

Chapter-VIII/ Project Benefits

CHAPTER-VIII PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION M/s Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd is pesticides formulation unit . The unit was set up in year 2016 Plot No.31 – 33 Industrial growth center Mansa Road Bathinda, Distt. Bathinda (Punjab). As discussed in earlier chapter of this report, M/s Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd is proposing to establish a technical pesticides manufacturing plant at existing plot.

8.2 ECONOMIC VIABILITY Agriculture is the back bone of the Indian economic. Population of the country is increasing and there is pressure to increase the agriculture production. The prevention of losses of food grain has assumed significant and importance as equal to that of food production. The extent of damage that pest and diseases caused to the crops is enormous. The loss of crop in India due to pest, diseases & weeds is known to exceed Rs. 80000.00 crores per annum in rice, pulses, cotton & other crops. It has been estimated that if pests & diseases are not systematically controlled the losses could be even more. Hence the need arises for eliminating or minimizing losses to our agriculture production & for ensuring a high yield potential. The proposed technical grade product herbicides, insecticides, and fungicides are the important pesticides for the Indian agriculture.

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE Due to proposed project activity, social infrastructure will improve by means of civilization, vocational training and basic amenities.

Civilization: Due to proposed project, employment and other infrastructural facilities will boost up income of surrounding people and improve quality of life. This will indirectly boost up the civilization of the surrounding people. C 8-1 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VIII/ Project Benefits

Vocational Training: Moreover, unit will provide vocational training opportunity to the surrounding people and greed for employment will motivate the education activities that will lead the change in life style of the surrounding and affected people hence social infrastructure will be improved.

Basic Amenities : Better education facilities, proper healthcare, road infrastructure and drinking water facilities are basic social amenities for better living standard of any human being which will further increase the above amenities directly/indirectly either by providing or by improving the facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of local communities.

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED, SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED Infrastructure will get improved and enhance the employment opportunity for both skilled and unskilled person from nearby area. Direct employment as well as indirect employment due to ancillary services will be given to the local people. Therefore, the socio-economic status of the local people will be improved. The details of employment opportunity during Construction and Operation phase are discussed underneath: Increase employment opportunity at Construction phase: In the construction phase, direct and indirect manpower will be involved. Thus temporary and permanent employment will be generated during construction phase. Unit will provide priority to local workers for the employment. Increase employment opportunity at Operation phase: During the operation phase of project, total 80 nos . of skilled and unskilled manpower will require for routine operation of the project. Unit will provide priority to local workers for the employment.

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS There are many social benefits from the proposed expansion project. The main benefits through the proposed project are:

C 8-2 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project Chapter-VIII/ Project Benefits

• There is an increasing demand for fungicides, herbicides and insecticides in India and abroad. The proposed project will manufacture of above product thus contributes in agriculture. • Punjab state is providing a large portion of agriculture product to the other state of India. Punjab farmers will get the above product on cheap rate. The organization will establish, implement & maintain Occupational health & safety objectives as per norms, at relevant functions & levels within the organization.

**********

C 8-3 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

CHAPTER-IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS INDEX

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS

********** HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Chapter-IX/ Environmental Cost Benefits Analysis Modernization of proposed project CHAPTER-IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS As per EIA Notification dated 14 th September, 2006; as amended from time to time the Chapter on “Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis” is applicable only, if the same is recommended at the Scoping stage.

As per the ToR points issued by Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) vide FileNo. J-11011/159/2016-IA II (I) dated:- 15.07.2016 proposed Activity-5 (b) Pesticides industries and Pesticides specific intermediates (Excluding formulation) Manufacture by M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd situated at plot No. 31 – 32 Industrial Growth Center Bathinda, District – Bathinda Punjab : the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not required.

**********

C 9-1 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

CHAPTER-X

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

INDEX

10.1 INTRODUCTION 10.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 10.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY 10.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES 10.5 POST-PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 10.6 REPORTING SYSTEM OF HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT LTD FOR VIOLATIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS

***************

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

CHAPTER-X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd shall adopt a specific site developed environment management plan (EMP) which will cover several environmental protection measures, not only for abatement of environmental pollution resulting from the project, but also for the improvement in the ambient environment.

The various components of the EMP are outlined in subsequent sections. An EMP is a site‐specific plan developed to ensure that all necessary measures are identified and implemented in order to protect the environment and comply with environmental legislation.

The objectives of EMP are: ‐

• To treat the pollutant i.e effluent, air emission, noise, hazardous waste with appropriate technologies. • Evaluation of the efficiency of mitigation and pollution control measures. • To follow rules and requirement of MOEF&CC and state pollution control board. • To ensure pollution control equipment’ are working in accordance with design and efficiency. • Minimization of waste generation at sources. • System that address public complaints during the operation of facilities. • An annual review of the entire system and various environment management as well as process control and monitoring system shall be done. • Adoption of additional mitigation measures if the present measures are Insufficient. • Generating the data, which may be incorporated in environmental management plan in future projects.

C 10-1 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

• To take decisions if results are not under norms and not complying the legislation.

10.2. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The management of “Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd ” is quite conscious of its responsibility for maintaining clean and a healthy environment. The unite is engaged in formulation of pesticides in the form of Liquid, Granule, Powder & WDG. The Unit is ISO: 14001:2015certified and have OHSAS 18001:2007 certification in occupational, health and safety management system. The unite is also certified in quality management system ISO: 9001:2015.

The management is conscious to make more efficient measures towards reduce the pollution load. To ensure the availability of proper treatment facilities before the commissioning of the unit. The adequate funds for pollution control measures are provided as a part of overall project financing.

About Rs. 2.0 lakhs are proposed for the environment protection program. This cost will be spending in phase wise along with the growth of project.

10.2. 1 Air Environment

Management will insure properly designed and appropriate air pollution control equipment to be attached to flue gas stack attached to Boiler. Reactors process vent will be attached to various scrubbers. Effective measures will be taken to control fugitive emissions. Inlet and out let monitoring of scrubber will be carried out to ensure air emission standards and norms are strictly followed.

10.2. 2 Water Environment

The sodium cyanide containing aqueous layer will be treated separately during the manufacturing of Lambda Cyhalothrin, Alphamethrin and Cypermethrin technical in plant. The treated aqueous layer to be condensate and distilled water collected and C 10-2 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

reused in next batch.

The other wastewater generated from the entire unit will be treated in ETP followed by RO & MEE as described above and the treated water will be completely recycled and reused in plant premises resulting Zero Liquid Discharge. Domestic waste water will be routed to septic tanks followed by soak pits.

The unit during operation phase shall take mitigation measures for minimizing the impacts on water environment. Use of fresh water shall be minimized and waste water shall be reuse/recycle after treatment and achieving CPCB/PPCB norms. Proper operation and maintenance of ETP shall be insuring. Effluent monitoring will be done regularly to track the working of ETP. Plant authorities shall shut down the plant activities in case of any problem in the ETP working.

10.2. 3 Land and Soil Environment (Hazardous Waste Management)

Highly hazardous chemical and waste will be carefully handled in plant area to avoid any soil contamination. Management of Solid Hazardous Waste will be ensured by taking care of the following steps:

• Properly designed storage area for hazardous waste with adequate capacity will be ensured. • Arrangement flame proof light in hazardous waste storage area. • Cemented floor with adequate slope to collect leakage in separate pit and send to ETP through pumping system. • Category wise stacking of drums containing hazardous with adequate space to remove any drum if leakage. • Prior permissions for TSDF will be taken and prior agreements with authorized vendors shall be made. • Spent solvents will be sent to solvent recovery units. • Spent catalyst will be send to recyclers/ regeneration /reactivation.

C 10-3 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

• Spent carbon & used filter materials will be sent to TSDF. • Distillation residues & expired date and off specification products will be sent for incineration. • Discarded container, drums, packing material etc. shall be decontaminated and sold to authorized vendors. • Used/spent oil will be disposed to PPCB authorized Recyclers, Waste/residue containing oil disposed off. • Contaminated hand gloves, discarded containers / barrels / bags shall be sold to authorized vendors. • Scraps, used spares, cotton waste, contaminated hand gloves, shall be sold to authorized vendors. • Environmental Monitoring Plan for suggested mitigation measures and monitoring plan will include. • Proper hazardous waste inventory accounting by environment cell. • Monthly review by plant head in the production meeting. • Monitoring for reduction in generation of hazardous waste quantity by director. • Internal audit of hazardous waste storage area as per ISO system. • Compliance of statutory conditions & reporting in environmental audit report. • Reviewing time bound action plan for imparting training to drivers and availability of TREM cards.

10.2. 4 Noise Control Plan

The impact of noise on environment during the operation phase shall be insignificant. D.G, air pollution control systems and plant machinery shall be main sources of noise in the proposed project, However, there impact will be very minor and temporary in nature. Unit shall adopt following control measures to minimize noise pollution in factory premises.

C 10-4 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

1. No ise generating equipment like DG set will be provided with acoustic enclosure to control the noise level within the prescribed limit. 2. Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipment’s to reduce noise generation

3. Good maintenance practices will be adopted by plant management authorities for plant machinery and equipment, which will help to avert potential noise problems.

4. Noise level will not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance to comply with the Factories Act & Rules.

5. Green belt will be developed within premises of plant to absorb the noise.

6. Proper housekeeping will be usually done to avoid excessive noise generation.

7. Management shall adopt regular noise survey process at strategic locations to monitor Noise levels.

8. PPEs like Earmuffs/plugs would be used while running the equipment in high noise area.

9. The transportation contractor shall be informed to avoid unnecessary speeding of the vehicles inside the premises.

10. The selection of any new plant equipment will be made with specification of low noise levels. 11. Areas with high noise levels will be identified and segregated where possible and will include prominently displayed caution boards.

C 10-5 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

10.2. 5 Ecology and Biodiversity Environment

Greenbelt Development

Greenbelt not only provides habitat for faunal species but also helps to suppress air and noise pollutants up to some extent. This will not only mitigate the ecological problem but also enhance the beauty of project area that will attract avifauna, small mammals and by this way ecological balance can be maintained to great extent. The unit proposes to develop 33% area for greenbelt development of total project area. Greenbelt will be developed by planting drought resistant trees suitable for local climate. Moreover, avenue trees will be planted all along the roads and local species are recommended. The plants Shall be selected for greenbelt development based on gaseous exchange capacity of foliage which is ascertained by the following characteristics:

• Evergreen species to mitigate cumulative impacts due to other industries also. • Plant should be fast growing. • Plant should have thick canopy cover. • Plant should have large leaf area index. • Plant should be indigenous. • Plant should be efficient in absorbing pollutants without significant effects on plant growth. • Control noise pollution to a considerable extent. • Prevent soil erosion. • Mitigate gaseous emissions. • Have sufficient capability to arrest accidental release. • Effective in wastewater reuse. • Maintain the ecological balance. • Improve the aesthetics. • Following guidelines will be considered in greenbelt development in the premises of plant area.

C 10-6 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

• The spacing between the trees 1 tree/4 sqm will be maintained as per SPCB Guideline. • Insure that vertically and slightly increase the effective height of the green belt. • Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation. • The short trees toward the plant side and tall tree outer the plant side shall be planted

Following list of trees are suggested for the greenbelt development with respect to this particular area. They are mostly deciduous and evergreen tree types suitable to be grown in the area.

Table 10.1: SPECIES PROPOSED FOR PERIPHERAL PLANTATION

S. No. Vernacular Scientific name Family Name 1. Amaltas Cassia fistula Fabaceae 2. Palash Butea monosperma Fabaceae 3. Neem Azardirachta indica Meliaceae 4. Si rish Albizzia lebbek Fabaceae 5. Kachnar Bauhinia variegata Fabaceae 6. Shesham Delbergia Sissoo Fabaceae 7. Kaner Nerium oleander Apocynaceae 8. Gulmohar Delonix regia Fabaceae 9. Bottle brush Callistemon citrinus Myrtaceae 10. Rose periwinkle Catharanthus roseus Apocynaceae 11. Marigold Tagetes patula Asteraceae 12. Gudhal Hibiscus rosa -sinensis Malvaceae Linn. 13. Ranawara Senna auriculata Fabaceae 14. Bougainvillea Bougainvillea Nyctaginaceae spectabilis

C 10-7 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

S. No. Vernacular Scientific name Family Name 15. Fishtail palm Caryota mitis Arecaceae

Survival rate of trees and post plantation care Since the water availability in sufficient in proposed plant area, thus survival rate is expected to be around 77 ‐80%. To protect the plantation wire net guards will be provided and proper manuring and irrigation shall be insured so that it can grow well. Cow dung is easily available in the study area. Damaged plants will be replaced with new plants.

10.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY The management shall insure following check‐ups regularly to avoid occupational hazard, • Pre‐medical check‐up of the employees at the time of employment in unit. • Provision of periodic medical check‐up for all the employees. • First aid training shall also be given to the employees. • Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure shall be carried out at frequent intervals. • Appointing the medical officer for the regular medical examination and treatment of the employee.

10.3.1 Expected occupational health hazard, its control Chemical agents: There are possibility to generate gases, vapours and aerosols (dusts, fumes, mists). We will take care to reduce it at optimum minimum level and advices to workers to use PPE who work in such identify area. Noise: Noise is considered as any unwanted sound that may adversely affect the health and well‐being of individuals or populations. Aspects of noise hazards include total energy of the sound, frequency distribution, duration of exposure and impulsive noise. C 10-8 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

Noise might result in acute effects like communication problems, decreased concentration, and sleepiness and as a consequence interference with job performance. Exposure to high levels of noise (usually above 85 dB(A)) over a significant period of time may cause both temporary and chronic hearing loss.

Permanent hearing loss is the most common occupational disease in compensation claims. There will be no high noise level issue. However, unit will identify such areas like D.G. Sets, utilities area, pollution control systems and advice to workers to not enter without PPE.

10.3.2 Occupational surveillance: Occupational surveillance involves active programmes to anticipate, observe, measure, evaluate and control exposures to potential health hazards in the workplace. Depending upon the occupational environment and problem, two surveillance methods can be employed: medical and environmental.

(A)Medical surveillance is used to detect the presence or absence of adverse health effects for an individual from occupational exposure to contaminants, by performing medical examinations and appropriate tests. (B) Environmental surveillance is used to document potential exposure to contaminants for a group of employees, by measuring the concentration of contaminants in the air, in bulk samples of materials and on surfaces. Medical surveillance is performed because diseases can be caused or exacerbated by exposure to hazardous substances. Therefore, periodic medical check‐up will be carried out. Preventive Measures Following methods shall be adopted for protecting the work force from exposure to toxic agents in the workplace:

1. Enclosures or special ventilator control of processes

C 10-9 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

2. Good general ventilation ‐ particularly important if the solvent is used in a confined pace 3. Personal protection ‐ Protective clothing should be worn, including gloves. Suitable respiratory protection is necessary like gas mask with cartridge suitable for the chemicals 4. Breathing air apparatus and Air hood with instrument air connection. 5. Keep Emergency alarm systems in confined area. 6. Emergency preparedness plan 10.3.3 Occupational Health Plan Management shall have insured to employed well qualified and experienced safety manager and make arrangement for part time/full time doctor for regular checking of health of the employees. Also, plans to become member of any local hospital for emergency need. Annual health check for employees will be carried out and record will be maintained. Regular training to plant personnel in safety, firefighting and first aid will be provided. Unit will maintain a healthy work environment.

(A) Exposure of workers with major chemicals :‐ Mainly Solvents, acids will be the major chemicals where workers are directly exposed. All workers are directly or indirectly coming with above chemicals should be aware about the hazardousness of such chemicals and all have provide Personnel protective equipment’s and also provide appropriate training for use it.

(B) List of chemicals, their threshold limit and measures: - Unit will use numbers chemicals where workers are directly or indirectly exposed in work area. Unit will handle above chemicals with proper handling process suggested in MSDS. 10.3.4 Periodic Medical Examinations Management shall insure periodic medical examinations. It aims to detect susceptible workers for whom corrective actions are required before they develop overt occupational diseases. The frequency of periodic medical examinations depends on the C 10-10 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

nature of the occupational hazards. For most hazardous exposures, however, these examinations are conducted annually. The requirements of medical examinations depend on the nature of the hazardous exposures of workers. In general, the doctor will take a detailed occupational and medical history, conduct a physical examination and prescribe a range of ancillary laboratory and/or radiological investigations such as urine test, blood test, X‐ray, lung function test and audiometric test.

10.3.5 Occupational Health and First aid measures Management shall insure handling of all chemical and solvent in safe ways with all precautions (as detailed in respective MSDS) and will not cause harm to employees. However, in rare case of exposures, immediate action is to be taken to save life and reduce the extent of damage. Management shall insure first aid facilities and ambulance facilities should be available round the clock.

10.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES: Management shall insure budget of corporate social responsibility (CSR) to improve the living conditions (economically, socially, environmentally) of local communities and to reduce the negative effects of the project. Following activities shall be considered under CSR program. Education 1. Awarding meritorious school students in SSC & HSC 2. Providing utensils to schools and anganwadi for Mid‐Day Meal preparation 3. Science Lab ‐ Equipment & books in libraries for schools 4. Supports for sport & cultural competitions in schools

Health and family welfare 1. Malaria eradication camps (collection of blood sample & detection of 2. virus & free medicine distribution, Blood donation camp) C 10-11 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

3. General Health Camp for men, women & kids 4. Contribution towards primary Health Services depending on local needs.

Preservation of the Environment and to Sustainable Development 1. Water harvesting systems in nearby villages. 2. Landscaping and greenbelt development in & around the project site. 3. Provide sanitation facilities to villagers. 10.5 POST-PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Post ‐ project environmental monitoring suggested herewith should be as per the guideline. The highlights of the integrated environmental monitoring plan are: 1. The stack monitoring facilities like ladder, platform and port‐hole of all the stacks maintained in good condition. 2. Regular monitoring of all gaseous emissions from stacks/vents and all fugitive emissions in the process areas. 3. The performance of air pollution control equipment evaluated based on these monitoring results. 4. Water consumption in the unit recorded daily. 5. Analysis of untreated and treated effluent will be carried out regularly. 6. Performance of effluent treatment plant units evaluated based on these analysis results. 7. As far as possible, noise curbed at its source, with the help of acoustic hoods and other such noise reducing equipment. Regular noise level monitoring carried out. 8. Green belt properly maintained and new plantation programmes undertaken frequently. 9. Continued environmental awareness programmes carried out within the employees and also in the surrounding villages. 10. Rain water harvesting ponds will be developed within the industrial premises and encouraged in the surrounding villages too. C 10-12 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

10.6 REPORTING SYSTEM OF HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT LTD FOR VIOLATIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS The management shall develop reporting systems of violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors. • Identify deviation/non‐compliance/violation of environmental norms as lay down in consent to operate and letter of Environmental clearance. • Record to communication/complain received from plausible stake holder. • The EHS manager will identify deviation/non‐compliance/ violation from failure to comply with statutory requirements. • Respond from EHS manager within reasonable time limit to concern authorities with c/c mark to Technical head. • Technical head will take it in action and give necessary guideline to comply this deviation/ non‐compliance/violation of environmental norms. Parallel arrange budget for necessary action to comply the condition. • Communication received from the EHS manager will be discussed in technical management meeting. The chairperson (Technical Director) will review the information available and take a decision depending on the seriousness of the violation. The decision will be taken to ensure the compliance of noncompliance/violation of environmental norms and it’s safeguarded. Management will take care to not occur same violation in future. Table: 10.2 Environment Monitoring Plan Nature of Analysis Frequency of analysis Parameters

Wastewater Monthly by external agency H, COD, BOD, NH3‐N, DS, SS, Oil & Grease, etc.

tack Monitoring of Monthly by external agency PM, SO2, NOX, HCl, Cl2 each stack

Ambient Air Monthly for 24 hours or as M10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX per the statutory conditions by external agency

C 10-13 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

Nature of Analysis Frequency of analysis Parameters

Noise level Monthly as per the statutory Nr. Main gate, Nr. boiler, conditions by external agency Process area, Nr. ETP, Nr. D.G. etc.

Work area monitoring Monthly by external agency RPM, VOC, Acid Fumes

Health check‐up of As per the statutory guideline All workers workers

Figure 10.1 EHS Management Technical Director

General Manager (Operation)

EHS Manager

ETP Operator Environmental Chemist

Table no. 10.3 Environment Management Budget

C 10-14 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-X/ Environment management plan

S. No. Particulars Capital Cost Recurring Cost in ( Rs) (Rs per annum) Pollution Control 700000 250,000/‐ 20,000/‐ 1 Dust Suppression Maintenance of ETP Pollution Monitoring Air pollution 2 100000/‐ Water pollution 25000/‐

3 Green Belt 50,000/‐ 30,000/‐

Total 750,000/- 425000

***********

C 10-15 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

CHAPETR XI EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONCLUSION INDEX

11. 1 INTRODUCTION 11. 2 LOLATION OF PROJECT 11. 3 PRODUCTION CAPACITIES 11. 4 INVESTMENT OF THE PROJECT 11. 5 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 11. 6 AIR ENVIRONMENT 11. 7 WATER ENVIRONMENT 11. 8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 11. 9 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 11. 10 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME 11. 11 QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS 11. 12 PROJECT BENEFITS 11. 13 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 11. 14 CONCLUSION

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

CHAPETR XI

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11. 1 INTRODUCTION

M/S Hindustan Rasayan is private limited company located at plot No. 31 – 33 Industrial Growth Centre Bathinda, District – Bathinda, State Punjab and engaged in pesticides formulation in the form of Liquid, Granule, Powder & WDG.

M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt Ltd runs by a board of directors supported by a professional management. Its Promoter Mr. Vinay Pal Jain has an experience of more than 45 years in Agro Industry and Mr. Sanjay Jain has experience of over 25 years in this industry. Other promoter Mr. Ankit Jain is a computer Engineer and MBA, and youngest promoter Vasu Jain is Mechanical Engineer from Delhi college of Engineering. Thus, the company has a good combination of experience, education, technology and youth.

M/s. Hindustan Rasayan Pvt. Ltd, proposed to manufacture deferent type pesticide like Fungicides, Herbicides and Insecticides.

11. 2 LOCATION OF PROJECT

The details of location and site details are tabulated below.

1. Location of the Project Plot. No. 31 - 32 Industrial Area Industrial Growth Center Village Bathinda Tehsil Bathinda District Bathinda State Punjab Latitude: 30.14° 98’77 "N Longitude: 75.05° 77’93 "E

C 11-1 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

2. Area Details Total Project area 10000 sq yard Greenbelt/ 3300 sq yard Plantation area Environmental Setting Details (With approximate aerial distance and direction from the project site) S. PARTICULARS DESCRIPTION NO 1 Nearest Railway Railway Station: Bathinda 15 KM away from site station/airport along Airport: Chandigarh 350 KM away from site- with distance in kms. 2 Nearest town, city, Nearest town: Bathinda district headquarters District: Bathinda 3 Village Panchayats, Village Panchayat: Zilla Parishad, Zilla Parishad: Bathinda Municipal Municipal Corporation: Bathinda Corporation

11. 3 PRODUCTION CAPACITIES Sl. Product Existing Proposed Total No. capacity capacity (TPA) (TPA) (TPA) HERBICIDES 1 Clodinafop Nil 50 50 Propargyl 2 Glyphosate Nil 50 50 3 Lembdacyhelothrin Nil 50 50 INSECTICIDES 4 Fifronil Nil 50 50 5 Imidacloprid Nil 50 50 6 Cypermithrin Nil 50 50

C 11-2 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

7 Alphamithrin Nil 50 50 FUNGICIDES 8 Thiram Nil 50 50 9 Ziram Nil 50 50

11. 4 INVESTMENT OF THE PROJECT

The estimated cost of the proposed project will be around Rs. 6 crores. Out of which, around Rs.35.5lacs will be earmarked for EMS as capital investment and around Rs. 7.5 Lacs as recurring cost per annum.

11. 5 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

To predict the impact of the proposed activities on the surrounding environment, the current baseline environmental status was studied by collecting the data and carrying out monitoring for the period of 2nd October 2017 to 30 th December 2017. The environmental monitoring data has been analysed with respect to ambient air quality, water quality, noise levels, soil characteristics, flora & fauna and parameters concerning human interest. On the basis of monitoring data, the relevant impacts on various environmental components were also predicted by using appropriate mathematical models as well as impact assessment techniques. An appropriate environmental management plan was also delineated to minimize the adverse impacts.

11. 6 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight locations, to assess existing air quality status of area during the period of October 2017 to December 2017.Respirable dust sampler & Fine Particulate Sampler along with the analytical methods prescribed by CPCB were used for carrying out air quality monitoring. At all these sampling

locations; PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, HC, HCl, Cl 2 & VOCs were monitored to enable the comparison with ambient air quality standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board. The data on concentrations of various pollutants were processed for different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, standard deviation, minimum and maximum concentration and various percentile values.

C 11-3 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

11.6. 1 Particulate Matter (PM10)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM 10 values at all the locations was found minimum 69.69 µg/m 3 and maximum 90.11µg/m3, which are well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 100 g/m3.

11.6. 2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

An average and 98 th percentile value of 24-hourly PM 2.5 values at all the locations was found minimum 36.7µg/m 3 and maximum 47.18 µg/m 3, which are well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 60 µg/m 3

11.6. 3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly SO2 value at all the locations was found minimum 6.72µg/m3 and maximum 15.07µg/m3, which are well within the stipulated standards of 80 µg/m 3.

11.6. 4 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24 hourly NOx at all the locations was found minimum 11.83 µg/m3 and maximum 17.50 µg/m3 respectively, which are much lower than the standards i.e. 80 µg/m3, stipulated by CPCB.

11. 7 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Ground water quality (Primary data)

Water quality refers to the chemical, physical and biological characteristics of water. It is most frequently used by reference to a set of standards against which compliance can be assessed.

The pH value of ground water is an important index of acidity or alkalinity. pH value of the sample varies from 7.39 to 7.84 in all locations, which is well within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. Electric Conductivity vary from 605.5μs to 2.126Ms. Highest Electric Conductivity was found at Phusmandi and minimum at Model Town.

C 11-4 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

Total dissolved solids ranges from 294 to 1628 mg/l. Highest Electric Conductivity was found at Phusmandi and minimum at Model Town. The TDS values were found at all locations within permissible limit as per Indian Standard IS: 10500-2012. The hardness values in ground water of the study area ranges between 280 to 540 mg/l. Hardness values at all locations were within the permissible limit as per Indian Standard IS: 10500- 2012. The chloride values in ground water of the study area ranges between 24 to 264 mg/l. Chloride values at all locations were within the permissible limit as per Indian Standard IS: 10500- 2012. The fluoride content was found high at Gehri Bhagi and Phusmandi. In other locations Fluoride contents were found within the range. The analysis results of ground water samples of study area indicate that the quality of ground water is good and suitable for drinking purpose. The water quality at Model town is very good, but the quality of Project site and Phusmandi is moderately. Over all, the obtained results are meeting the permissible limit of Indian Standard IS: 10500-2012.

11. 8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is sound, which is composed of many frequency components of various types of loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise levels and assess the impact of the total noise expected to be generated during the project operations around the project site. The day time (Leq day) noise levels are observed in the range of minimum 62.9 and maximum 77.5 dB(A) and the night time (Leq night) Noise levels are observed to be in the range of minimum 44.0 and maximum 55.6 dB(A).

11. 9 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 11.9. 1 Air Environment

Main source of gaseous emission will be point source and fugitive emission. Flue gas emission will be from stack of Boilers due to combustion of fuel. Rice husk briquette will be used as fuel in boiler. The multi-cyclone with dry scrubber will be installed at C 11-5 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

boiler. Emitted pollutants from flue gas stack SPM, SO2 and NOX will be well within norms of CPCB Process emission will be from stack attached to Lambda Cyhalothrin ,Fipronil and thiram reactor. Alkali scrubber followed by water scrubber will be installed to the stack attached to Cyhalothrin ,Fipronil and thiram reactor. Main pollutants emitted from process will be HCl, Cl2 and SO2. Adequate stack height to the flue gas stack and process gas stack will be provided for proper dispersion of gaseous emission. Unit proposed to install D.G. set of 62.5 kVA capacity which will be treated as stand by and use in case of non-availability of power/emergency, where HSD will be used as a fuel. Hence no need of APCM.

11.9. 2 Air Quality Modelling and Predictions

In the present case model simulations have been carried out for the study period. The ground level concentration is computed for 1-hr average. Maximum Ground level

concentrations of PM, SO 2 and NO x for study period were 3.82 µg/m 3, 0.10 µg/m 3 and 0.14 µg/m 3 respectively and were filling at 300 meter from point of source in the direction of south. The obtained GLC’s are well within the stipulated CPCB standards.

The incremental ground level con centrations for NOx and SO2 are given in below Table.

Predicted 24-Hourly short term incremental Concentrations

Pollutant Maximum Incremental Distance (M) Towards Concentration (µg/m 3 ) Direction

PM 3.82 300 South

SO2 0.10 300 South

NOx 0.14 300 South

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of

PM 10 , SO 2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 will remain well below the 24 - hourly ambient air

quality standards for SO 2 & NOx (80 µg/m 3), PM10 (100 µg/m 3), PM 2.5 (60 µg/m 3),

HCl & Cl 2 (norms not prescribed by CPCB) prescribed by CPCB.

C 11-6 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

11.9. 3 Zero discharge in unite The unit will satisfy its fresh water requirement through municipal corporation Bathinda. Total water requirement of the plant will be 12.5 KL/day. The main source of the industrial wastewater generation will be from process, washing and utilities. Total industrial wastewater generation will be 7.0 KLD. Entire quantity of wastewater will be treated in ETP. Treated water from ETP will be passed through RO & reject of RO and scrubber liquid will be sent to MEE for further treatment. RO permeate & condensate from MEE will be reused for utility & greenbelt development, so there will be no effluent discharge from unit. Sewage generation will be approximately 1.0 KLD, which will be disposed through soak pit followed by septic tank. Thus, there will not be any major impact on the water environment due to proposed project activities.

11.9. 4 Hazardous Waste Management The entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) rules'2008, amended time to time. Main source of hazardous waste generation will be ETP sludge, waste carbon, process residue, Off specific products, Discarded containers/ liners, Used Lubricating Oil.

ETP sludge will be disposed by land filling at approved TSDF site. Waste carbon, process residue & off specific products will be sent for Incineration common hazardous waste incineration facility approved by PPCB. Spent oil will be sold to actual users and Drums & liners will be sold to registered recyclers. Unit will provide isolated storage area for the storage of hazardous waste. Thus, hazardous waste management system proposed by the unit will be adequate and there will not be any major impact on the environment due to hazardous waste management.

11.9. 5 Noise Control Measures

The main sources of noise pollution will be from operation of boiler, D.G. set, process plant, APCM and other machineries etc. However, the noise transmitted outside the plant boundary will be low because most of the noise generating equipment’s will be in closed structures provided with acoustic enclosure. Greenbelt will be developed around

C 11-7 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

the periphery of the plant. Ear muff, ear plug will be provided to all workers working at noisy area.

11.9. 6 Green Belt Development Total land area is 8361 M 2. Unit proposes to develop greenbelt in area of 2760 M 2. and it will be 33% of the utilized area of the project. 11. 10 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

The details of monitoring are given below table:

Nature of Frequency of analysis Parameters Analysis

Wastewater Monthly by external pH, COD, BOD, NH3-N, agency TDS, SS, Oil & Grease, etc.

tack Monthly by external PM, SO2, NOX, HCl, Cl2 Monitoring agency of each stack

Ambient Air Monthly for 24 hours or as M10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX per the statutory conditions by external agency

Noise level Monthly as per the Nr. Main gate, Nr. boiler, statutory Process area, Nr. ETP, conditions by external Nr. D.G. etc. agency

Work area Monthly by external RPM, VOC, Acid Fumes monitoring agency

Health As per the statutory guideline All workers check-up of workers

11. 11 QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS

Risk analysis and study have been carried out for identification of hazards, selection of credible scenarios, Risk Mitigation measures etc. All the hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled as per MSDS guidelines. C 11-8 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

11. 12 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in terms of infrastructural development, Social development, employment and other tangible benefits. The proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semi- skilled and unskilled manpower during construction phase as well as operational phase.

11. 13 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Overall objective of EMP

Prevention: Measures aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative environmental impacts and/or preventing such an occurrence having harmful environmental impacts.

Preservation: Preventing any future actions that might adversely affect an environmental resource or attribute.

Minimization: Limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude, or duration of adverse impacts.

11. 14 CONCLUSION

Based on the study it is concluded that,

1. Entire quantity of wastewater will be treated in ETP. Treated water from ETP will be passed through RO & reject of RO will be sent to MEE for further treatment. RO permeate & Condensate from MEE will be reused for utility & greenbelt development, so there will be no effluent discharge outside the premises from unit. 2. Domestic effluent will be disposed to soak pit followed by septic tank. 3. Multi-Cyclone with dry scrubber will be installed at boiler. Hence pollutants will be well within the prescribed norms. 4. Alkali scrubber followed by water scrubber will be installed to the process gas stacks. 5. To prevent Fugitive emission, various steps will be taken like regular sprinkling of water and paved road. 6. Adequate arrangement for handling and disposal of Hazardous solid waste will be made. C 11-9 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Chapter-XI/Executive Summary & Conclusion

7. Fire protection and safety measures will be provided to take care of fire and explosion hazard. 8. Suggestions of qualitative risk analysis study will be followed to minimize accidents and for safe operations. 9. Recommendations suggested in Environmental Management Plan will be followed to minimize the impact of proposed project.

Overall, direct and indirect employment opportunities, improvement in basic infrastructures by development of industry etc. will be observed with negligible impact on environment.

It can be concluded that on positive implementation of mitigation measures and environmental management plan during the construction and operational phase, there will be negligible impact on the environment.

*************

C 11-10 HINDUSTAN RASAYAN PVT.LTD Modernization of proposed project

Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner Scanned by CamScanner